QUEENSLAND H

PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE

Ferns of Queensland by S.B. Andrews (1990), 427pp., illustrated, hard cover.

A Key to Australian Grasses by B.K. Simon (1990), 150pp., card cover.

Flora of South-eastern Queensland by T.D. Stanley and E.M. Ross.

Volume 1 (1983), 545 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 2 (1986), 623 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Volume 3 (1989), 532 pp., illustrated, hard cover.

Vegetation of the Sunshine Coast, Description and Management by G.N. Batianoff and

J.A. Elsol (1989), 107pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Vegetation Map and Description, Warwick, South-eastern Queensland. Botany Bulletin

No. 8 by P.A.R. Young and T.J. McDonald (1989), 47pp., illustrated, including

a map, card cover.

Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland, 2nd edition by M.B. Thomas and W.J.F.

McDonald (1989), 76pp., soft cover.

The Flora of Lamington National Park, 3rd edition by W.J.F. McDonald and M.B.

Thomas (1989), 25 pp., soft cover.

Honey Flora of Queensland, 3rd edition by S.T. Blake and C. Roff (1988), 224 pp.,

illustrated, soft cover.

Acacias in Queensland by L. Pedley (1988), 275 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Weeds of Queensland by H.E. Kleinschmidt and R.W. Johnson (1979), 469 pp., illustrated,

hard cover, reprinted with corrections 1987.

Keys to Cyperaceae, Restionaceae and Juncaceae of Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 5

by P.R. Sharpe (1986), 47pp., illustrated, card cover.

Use of Fodder Trees and Shrubs by S.L. Everist (1986), 72 pp., illustrated, soft cover.

Moreton Region Vegetation Map Series ~ Summary Report and Species Checklist for

Caloundra, Brisbane, Beenleigh and Murwillumbah by W.J.F. McDonald and J.A.

Elsol (1984), 247 pp., card cover.

Vegetation Survey of Queensland —- South Central Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 3 by

| V.J. Neldner (1984), 291 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

‘Vegetation Survey of Queensland - South West Queensland. Botany Bulletin No. 4 by

D.E. Boyland (1984), 151 pp., illustrated, including a map, card cover.

Enquiries regarding the cost and ordering of these publications should be directed

to Information Centre, Queensland Department of Primary Industries, G.P.O. Box 46,

Brisbane Q. 4001, Australia.

Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication

of results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special

emphasis on Queensland plants.

Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the

policies or views of the Queensland Herbarium. |

VOLUME 3

NUMBER 2 1990

A JOURNAL OF PLANT SYSTEMATICS

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM

DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARY INDUSTRIES

ee ees UMUC seat

2 ‘ ves ve

". e =

. 3 Pa v4 ty . 4 we, rH ri

4 y ‘ J whe “ae ‘. ‘

_- z : . ad eee ; Mn ‘

a Bare Sesein : on ‘ 7 *.4: : q q cn 'e ‘ peel Sevens [ik OB: : care eh Pe

i aS : :& 4. Be. : : P > © » i i ce Z i a ‘a a: ‘EG: : BS

: i : : “I 3 dateeess, Gt ee ff f %, ‘mR Pi Fi t mn i Bias BB. 3 eed

= sos *. ? 7a * a *, : MS p . ry “ 2)! $ Ww : * H in

Serres = “s ae, ea = 4 oy BI VTTT A “a os tare eas” Ane a tat r 7 * und *% ‘a a, 5 a

‘foe 37 7. 2 pees = ad : = 2 “iy SL TT ae Whee kiero Oat 4 4 : ms 5 “ « assaser ee c “

Editorial Committee

E.M. Ross (editor)

R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)

Word Processing Cover design & Graphics

C.G. Watkins W.A. Smith

K.M. Ryan

Austrobaileya

Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977

Vol. 3, No. 1 was published on 12 October 1989

Austrobaileya is published once per year.

Exchange: This journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.

Subscriptions: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is

(1990) A$20 per issue for individuals, A$35 for institutions, including postage.

All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal

should be addressed to The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Department

of Primary Industries, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Q. 4068, Australia.

ISSN 0155-4131

Queensland Department of Primary Industries

GPO Box 46

Brisbane 4001

Australia

Austrobaileya 3(2): 173-329 (1990)

CONTENTS

Argophyllum verae AREER § a new apeces from northern as aus miabin

Paul I. Forster Sire Matte Sete idm te, ae :

Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch. _etgento nae) x in Australia

s.T. Reynolds | vt

Six new species of Hedyotis L. a ans from northern Australia

David A. Halford = pus certs 82 Gy teat Ng Ph

New combinations in Acacia Miller itis gunna inhih bk menicees

. Pedley ecto arats we off AUSSHE Ss a5

Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia - an alternative classification

Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle... ......

Two new species and a new name in Commelina L. SORTER AE SAE) in Australia

T.D. Stanley ...... Me ihn feted. Ae be pond aed lt regg eee

Gondwanan grasses in the Australian flora

B.K. Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs

Acacia porcata (Mimosaceae), a new species from south-east Queensland

Paul I. Forster mere Vet dy Fea Vn raged Saye sal Pe: Seat de ay ta he hee

Notes on bene en R. Br. ERATE O NPD | in Peduasianics

edley ..

Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2

Paul I. Forster

A new species of Eucalyptus L’Herit. erty from southern Queensland

Poise, MACON: Cis eesti ase aut pice eke bagth Ae eh op euke) Ud UA Gt Rage oh Ar Denedecl he pened

Acacia acrionastes (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from south-

eastern Queensland

L. Pedley

Owenia X reliqua (Meliaceae), a new cic aaes from he arcana

Paul I. Forster ENE, 5 ete :

Pomaderris Labill. CE REEOBR ORT) in 1 alaiaaaaee i

BCTV, TSOSS cs fa. cin clue anh er ae

The recognition of subspecies in Dendrobium discolor canst cbaceiaiis

David J. Liddie & Paul I. Forster . ee:

NOTES

Two calicialian lichens new to Australia

Leif Tibell & Géran Thor

Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham. subsp. muricatum (Ceratophyllaceae), a new

record for Australia

T.D. Stanley .. .. .

Further notes on Bertya sharpeana Guymer (Euphorbiaceae): a significant

extension of its range in Queensland

George N. Batianoff & Steven G. Pearson ..

173

£77

203

215

217

235

239

261

265

273

291

Zo 1

301

309

319

323

327

Austrobaileya 3(2): 173-176 (1990) 173

ARGOPHYLLUM VERAE (SAXIFRAGACEAE), A NEW SPECIES

FROM NORTHERN QUEENSLAND

Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Argophyllum yverae sp. noy. occurs on Cape York Peninsula in northern Queensland. A key and comparative table

to distinguish it from other species of Argephyllum in Australia is given.

During botanical exploration of the area between Moreton Telegraph Station and

Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, I collected flowering material of a species of

Argophyllum. Subsequent comparison of this material ‘with collections of Argophyllum

lejourdanii F. Muell., A. nullumense R. Baker or A. cryptophlebum Zemann held at the

Queensland Herbarium or Australian National Herbarium, Atherton, showed that it 1s

specifically distinct from all previously known species of Argophyllum from Australia;

nor can it be matched with any taxa described by Zemann (1907) in her revision of the

genus.

Argophyllum verae P. Forster sp. noy. affinis A. /ejourdanio F. Muell. sed margine

tidras integro, sepalis 2.3-2.5 mm longis, petalis 2.2—-2.3 mm longis indumento

denso intus, ratione longitinis petali sepalo 0.9-1.0, filis staminum c. 1 mm longis

et basi ovarii valde papillata differt. Typus: 1 km N of Maloney’s Springs, 12°27'S,

142°55’E, 19 June 1989, PJ. Forster 5285 & M.C. Tucker (holo: BRI (3 sheets);

iso: CANB,K,MEL,MO,P,QRS),.

Erect perennial shrub to 3 m tall. Stems to 3 cm diameter, with dense indumentum of

white hairs. Leaves alternate, ovate, up to 15 cm long and 7.5 cm wide, tip acuminate,

base cuneate, margins undulate, entire or very occasionally with small isolated teeth c.

0.5 mm long; discolourous, upper surface green with isolated to sparse indumentum of

white hairs, lower surface with dense indumentum of white hairs giving a white

appearance; secondary veins 10 on each side of midrib, tertiary veins prominently raised

below. Inflorescence axillary, up to 3 cm long, but not extending beyond the leaves, with

dense indumentum of white hairs on axes and perianth parts; peduncle up to 5 mm

long, 1.4-1.5 mm diameter; bracts linear-lanceolate, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,

with dense indumentum of white hairs. Flowers 3.8-—4.2 mm long, 3.5~3.8 mm diameter;

pedicels 1-1.6 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with dense indumentum of white hairs.

Receptacle 1.5-1.6 mm long, 3.5-3.8 mm wide, with dense indumentum of white hairs.

Sepals 5, triangular-acute, 2.3-2.5 mm long and c. 1.7 mm wide, with dense indumentum

of white hairs. Corolla cream; petals lanceolate, 2.2-2.3 mm long, 1-1.1 mm wide,

incurved over top of stigma, with dense indumentum of white hairs both externally and

internally, Anthers c. 0.8 mm long and 0.6 mm wide. Filaments c. 1 mm long, lowest

c. 0.6 mm fused to middle of sepal-base. Styles 2, c. 0.7 mm long, style-head 0.6-0.7

mm diameter. Ovaries 4, fused in flower, c. 2.5 mm long, 2.8-3 mm diameter, lowest

c, 0.6 mm strongly papillate; each ovary 2.4-2.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, becoming

brown at maturity and the whole splitting apart to release the seeds. Seed globose to

somewhat reniform, brown, 0.5—0.6 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, with reticulate surface

patterning.

Specimens examined: Thus far known only from the type collection.

Distribution and habitat: Maloney’s Springs occurs at the southern end of the Glennie

Tableland on far northern Cape York Peninsula, an area of raised sandstone clifflines

and gorges. The main vegetation communities in the area are open eucalypt forest on

sandy soils and palm-domuinated rainforest communities on the bottom of sandstone

gorges where there is permanent running water. The population of A. verae occurs on

narrow sandstone ledges next to the open eucalypt forest and overlooking the rainforest-

inhabited gorges. Plants may be intolerant of fire as none were observed on ledges where

there was evidence of past fires. Other plants noted in close proximity included Gardenia

174 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

psidioides (which 1s also restricted to the general area), Spermacoce sp. (Forster 5291),

Acacia calyculata, Lamprolobium fruticosum, Anthobolus ‘Alifolius, Stylidium sp. (Forster

$295), Dodonaea polyandra and Welchiodendron longivalve.

Notes: The only known population of A. verae occurs at least 500 km to the north-

north-west of the nearest populations of A. /ejourdanii which appears to be its closest

relative in Australia on gross morphological grounds (Table 1). A. /ejourdanii also grows

on open rock platforms, but these are predominantly of granite or slate. A. verde appears

to be the only species in the Glennie Tableland area that is restricted to the sandstone

clifflines, as other associated species occur also in the adjoining plant communities.

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for Australian species

of Argophyllum.

Character A, verae A. nullumense A. cryptophlebum A. lejourdanii

leaf shape ovate oblong-elliptic ovate oblong-elliptic

to ovate

secondary vein LO 9-12 5-7 9-13

number per side

of midrib

tertiary raised obscure obscure raised

veins

petiole 25-30 10-15 15-20 20-25

length (mm)

leaf teeth + absent present present present

leaf teeth Q-3 5-8 11-17 9~54

number

sepal length 2.3-2.5 {-1.5 0.91.0 1.2-1.5

(mm)

petal length 2.2~2.3 3.7-4 2,.8-4 2.53

(mm)

petal:sepal 0.90-1.0 2.7-4 3-4 2-2. 1

length ratio

ovary number él 2 or 3 2 or 3 2 or 3

Conservation status: A. verae is known only from the type locality where 10-20 mature

plants were present. One small seedling was seen. Examination of other sandstone

clifflines in the vicinity of Maloney’s Springs and on the eastern side of the Glennie

Tableland did not reveal further populations; however it 1s to be expected that further

populations exist in the Glennie Tableland sandstones. A conservation coding of 1K

(Briggs & Leigh 1988) is accorded this species.

Etymology: A. verae is named for Vera Scarth-Johnson, the well-known botanical artist

and plant collector of Cooktown. Vera has contributed many specimens both to the

Queensland Herbarium and the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.

Forster, Argophyllum verae

a a

ea :

rd ee ar

atelier Pane iaobran er Es

tet eet erl errr tere

rire!

Fp ee i ea ee

ea ent t ieae

Tp eer eo ae ne ag shes

Pett pole tetas bed Ab eee Fal tnt pte

ee ee rd ee

Sherer th ae : ee ee pie

ae oS

nat treet pera

Se ee

Soa oe hae ae en

Ped ets NA a actos

ee a ara tp beak poe ae ea aT =n Sone

os a é f * " bot arn re ree Den PT ee CL a etnies eS] Care et

Dee ed Be eee 2 ‘5

ne r a

Sere) Beery beat ns oy

sama pepe en a Be

Sat al Bs

a ee ae ee HIS

Eee ern Pe EET

= Cate ate ase Sere Pet TTS cot alongs TES Se cs = et toe Fast 7

SM gc ar dn on gn a nn fe ea ep age en, leas <4

seer

SeLie tte lee eee esta lee

wears. ze

noEe, syetee I llelee le leee cee ester.

peer

so cane and,tee

Bice

eee

perreee

— ms es * wefelet teat Seles

goeet Sate eee ESTEE EEE EEE Eee EEE

Pine rt IIDEAD SSE brio eset eer P a eeee Were teetetes

IHD Eeriiiisbtewtatsriag ih eteredereiteauerrer

SEE ee oe eae

pee ee led UE t alates ee eee EON seas EOE ¥

Pee cehe eee ee

IyVES EEF iH

HSN:

SHI F

TEESE Sgn EEE

PNET

igpiisese

Beas THe vie Mae

aoe gts Seng iets t ss asset ee ayet te ates

TSE rd Snr

TIN SRLS ie a eee eee eee

Paeeeeatries a itan tne eee

POETS DUE Pe USL apt et Sea

Spagalontseicei nen elrsees ieee

Von Eee ES ee see

TESTS HINES

SS ERE io

Pecease eae reed Seater

TORIES Ee ee

EPL Lee he See ed et eo EEE

PEASE eee

EERE Ne Sine bless Poe

pean

eietie

TEA Bee oe

EERE Tie TREES et

te SE PS EES ra

oT LEE bE EC dT EEO EET

TEES DSIRE

Erte Ape ero oattads detest esses

Bye Tage:

Pa ee

WPS ie

—

es cepts te teres MES: Weel test ves

FSA ED EA,

Bpedefstie dee eleva diserlieleet to

2 PIETER TS SUIS INL

felel es" tere = = StIIIE TETETIIELL IDG IFIMUNY Tegtiee

Eeee fe De DIES REE EEPeS SIESIEIE Ie veestss eee eeeee

oe . Sn ay "Se eel teliteete Tie lipelesel er ee IIIS nel tee

oe sf AIS RUE einen esseectcs : ? wre & pinatiseteeeed

a BAER et trike a ee ne ie ne Sa a aka Se

? ? ks see Tee DSTI La Te Ena ee TEESE Deve c Dee Dee Ue EE ee et edo ee eee bores eee eee

Pie LF eg et ee ee i ESE SRS ict PEE Sat cea sieaac eee ane er Sets

. ‘ Seach eens es Sea eaE SE SInEE SSEERE SRE ieE SLOT See Sea Si Stee ear eee

; 3 . Bt a ae nee a ee a SS ae ead eee

4 © 8 . Sg Sa MES PEST Cased TAL pe Stata DOE DATED T Tose bere raeea oll poet ceeds core oeeca eee Dee egeeee toffee cate De

: F 2 : foo. DHIBESS INE SEES DUE eros sce erg senepeesere ste Selb oe gob rel sceeee ge etyns Sen pee pene ene

ta * e . ‘ 2 of DESTIN SET Bn ere Deer ne ee IED Davee oe Dev Deeb eb eee eet eet oD Teeter De Le rpes eben rrp

7 roe » ? foe CESSES IEEE RESIDE eee DDD one foe ee ene See Ege PE nS gee EE EEE olletesieuwetrevee sapip ee benecenge

2 woes SUNS geTIEIS S21 SDSS Bete Los EEIE De Uy Se Es oe Sno Deeg er ne gE SEE ED nD DEE Le BE eB See LEDS HEIST H eS

. 2 * Sool ote) SAIAVRA SSS oS DSS eH GE BBL Der pec ses eee re note be reoe ed eee Bed rore bet ne peep oe rest asd ore ee

fy 2 - < é Ste aie ene eta ne ee na a Oa Die EON et Re ee eee eee i Bee ie SR i

* . . eee tage SLED eT eTeee ewe lic ele cede one ce Soetoro ag ete tate bg Prete oe EES ee ee eee ee een Ee ee ee Eee nent eee ee eens eee ER EE Le

: woe De URDEESUIIISEIII SES DLE Bresso neeseesonene sere seed fee Denne le oe go regreneg line Sener ered se gbne SToEW ptweetebee neers ont en era

. . wo 0 USTED Ies test ets EASES SVE IES TS ISIED i eso bocce ong Do Seg EE DED Eee Pope EF EEE Ee SEES CHIE irel Beereverrenerretinestets

i . - i" we SLES STA TSN ESE EIS ES SSS SDDS ESSE LSS DDD Ee De DE DE SEE DEE DEED EEE Ee BLEEDS SORE EEEE SE sete STII tse sete lee ener

TSI TSS ESE os oo 0b nD ED nee EE EEE SEE De De Lp fo ne Da Ee De SHEESH LETIen iver lista tineenectens

* Wrellsly a ra

Z . eet taaaaeaane tone Oe Seieet Oe ene ee ee eae ee ea eee eee

e « . 2 TH Dn ee! Withee tt tent

Fe s SHS Se

. . IST lio: =,

é ay x

ne ¥ Ls : * . “ . Fe - pa

is A = es at es 2 L, . . . ee sete= .

* nena . = rae . A i ties ps a ala we Se * 7

* a Lirpeinep retains . . ee t Pan ah " * *, es el” SE

- * Dee et rede eet ETD rears, . . . - noe . % ws aye a TE . re ae

sTe Seth lleetegerss ; ; . . 7 J . . . : Ms &: i = i ew

F * . * iter roy * oe . : d pe ee ie ne

oe Denys ws . Head . ‘ ~ "= for, . woe ale Pe, ee F. ae * . —_

a ; 4S 1 te . id . . . ‘ are = -_, « . %

Teel my SR Mar eg Mle ale Dies a Fens Si I. EP Od Oe ag oF oe ae an PY ay Ree

a LNeS III ete * a 7 soe p f tl we A # b * ca § ‘¢ . as . :

' 7 . . *, a

* . x ‘

' 7 7 7 *

” . " * Pe v

Fig. 1. Argophyllum verae: Flowering branch X 0.5. From Forster 5285 & Tucker.

176 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Key to Australian species of Argophyllum

1. Leaf margins entire, or with occasional minute tooth; petal: wha ane

ratio 0.9-1; ovaries 4 ..... A, Verae

Leaf margins toothed; petal: sepal length ratio 2-4: ‘ovaries 2-3

2. Leaf teeth 5~8 on each side of lamina; petiole length 8-16 mm ....A. nullamense

Leaf teeth 9-54 on each side of lamina; petiole length 15-25 mm

3. Secondary veins per side of midrib in leaf blade 5-7; petal:sepal length

ratio 3-4. .. A. eryptophlebum

Secondary veins per side of midrib in leaf blade 9-1 3: ; petal sepal length

ratio 2-2.1 .... : = A. lejourdanii

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Ted Youngman of “Bromley” for permission to botanise

on his property, D.J. Liddle, G. Kenning, M.C. Tucker and G. Sankowsky for assistance

on the trip, P.R. Sharpe for translating parts of Zemann’s paper, R.J. Henderson for

correcting the latin diagnosis and the Directors of BRI and QRS for making available

collections and facilities.

References

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

LS atc and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14, Canberra: Australian National Parks and

ildlife Service.

ZEMANN, M. (1907). Studien zu einer monographie ‘der gattung Argophyllum Forst. Annalen des k.k. Naturhis-

torischen - Hofmuseums. Wien, 22: 277-292.

Accepted for publication 1 Feburary 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2) 177-202: 1990 177

AESCHYNOMENEAE (BENTH.) HUTCH. (LEGUMINOSAE) IN

AUSTRALIA

S.T. Reynolds

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

The tribe Aeschynomeneae has been revised. Seven genera, viz deschynomene L. (6 species), Arachis L. (1 species),

Cyclocarpa Afzelius ex Urban (1 species), Ormocarpum P. Beauv. (1 species), Smithia Aiton (2 species), Stylosanthes

Swartz (5 species) and Zornia J. Gmelin (17 species), occur in Australia. With the exception of Zornia (discussed

previously) all genera are dealt with in this paper. All taxa are described and keys to the subtribes, genera and

species (in each genus) and distributional maps of the species are provided. No new taxa are described in this

account,

Aeschynomene, Arachis and Stylosanthes have been introduced into Australia (some probably from pre European

times) and have become naturalised. Arachis was introduced for its fruits and Aeschynomene and Stylosanthes for

trials as pasture legumes.

AESCHYNOMENEAE

Tribe Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch., Gen. Fl. Pl. 1: 470 (1964).

aeaag lee subtribe Aeschynomeninae Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. PI.

1865).

981 in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 347-354; 349, f. 1; 351, f 2

1981).

Herbs, shrubs or rarely small trees, sometimes glandular punctate with pellucid dots or

with tubercular-based (hispid) hairs, or glandular hairs. Leaves alternate, 2- or 3-foliolate,

Or pari- or imparipinnate; leaflets alternate or opposite. Stipules attached at their base,

or peltate and appendaged below point of attachment into a basal spur; stipels absent.

Inflorescences axillary or terminal, racemose, spicate, paniculate, fasciculate or subcymose,

or flowers solitary; bracteoles paired, rarely absent. Calyx campanulate with 5 subequal

lobes, or bilabiate with the vexillary lip entire or 2-fid, the carinal lip entire or 3-fid.

Petals clawed, standard elliptic, orbicular or obovate, entire or emarginate; wings often

transversely plicate; keel incurved. Stamens 10, filaments connate into a sheath, often

splits above into 2 lateral bundles of 5; anthers uniform, rarely dimorphic (Stylosanthinae

and Poiretiinae), dorsifixed, versatile or basifixed. Ovary mostly stipitate; style filiform;

stigma small, terminal. Fruits jointed, straight, curved or plicate; articles indehiscent or

rarely dehiscent; rarely fruits unjointed and geocarpic (Arachis); seeds reniform, ovoid,

oblongoid or ellipsoid, with a small hilum.

| Twenty five genera, in tropical and warm temperate countries. Seven genera occur

in Australia, three of these, viz Aeschynomene, Arachis and Stylosanthes have been

introduced and have become naturalised.

Four of the five subtribes recognised by Rudd (1981), viz Aeschynomeninae,

Ormocarpinae, Poiretinae and Stylosanthinae are represented in Australia. Only Dis-

colobiinae is not represented here.

Key to the subtribes and genera in Australia

1. Pellucid dots or pustular glands usually present on stems, leaves, stipules

and bracts. Inflorescences spiciform with numerous stipule-like bracts

enclosing the flowers. Flowers sessile: ebracteolate. Fruit articles reti-

culate-veined, ornamented with glands or bristles. Leaves 2-foliolate Zornia

4.* (subtribe Poiretiinae)

Pellucid dots absent. Inflorescence not as above. Flowers sessile or pedi-

cellate; bracteolate. Fruit articles without glands or bristles, smooth,

striate or reticulate-veined. Leaves 3—many-foliolate ................ 2

178 | Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

2. Stipules usually adnate to the petiole at the base. Leaflets 3 or 4. Calyx

tube (hypanthium) long and filiform bearing petals and stamens at

apex; upper 4 calyx lobes connate, lower free .. .. . ie sph 3

Stipules not adnate to the petiole. Leaflets 5-many, pari- or imparipinnate.

Calyx tube short, campanulate with 5 subequal lobes, or bilabiate with

entire or 2- or 3-fid lips Pet, SG By iis ate Gt Bee tect ek ea aan ee ee a es (Foss, aoe gc) 4

3. Leaves 3-foliolate. Fruits 2-articulate, small, beaked, not geocarpic. Flowers

composed of |-flowered spikes placed in axil of primary bracts, lower

most in axil of ordinary leaf, each flower vianien saeuin by a secondary

bract and 1 or 2 bracteoles ...........0.... Stylosanthes

_3.* (subtribe Stylosanthinae)

Leaves 2-paired. Fruits not jointed, large, geocarpic. Flowers in short,

sessile spikes, each flower subtended by 2 bracts .. Arachis

3.* (subtribe Stylosanthinae)

4. Fruits curved into a ring, or plicate. Stipules appendaged below point of

attachment into an unequally bilobed spur; one lobe of spur long and

attenuate, acuminate, the other short and erose Palio, 5

Fruits linear and long, straight or slightly curved. Stipules basally attached,

or appendaged below point of attachment into an unlobed spur ........ 6

5. Fruits curved into a ring, not enclosed in the calyx. Bracts and bracteoles

membranous. Inflorescences umbelliform racemes. Leaflets 3- or

ASDA oop el ga aie SS Geet he, He ew EN fe Cyclocarpa

-1.* (subtribe Aeschynomeninae}

Fruits plicate, enclosed in the calyx. Bracts and bracteoles scarious.

Inflorescences subumbellate or peeps cymes or racemes. Leaflets

Gd 1S aoe 02 02 Goro Ae Ct a Sa Smithia

a —1.* (subtribe Aeschynomeninae)

6. Articles + quadrate, hemispherical or + globose, finely reticulate veined.

Calyx tube campanulate with 5 subequal lobes, or bilabiate with entire

or 2- or 3-fid lips. Leaves pari- or imparipinnate, not fasciculate on

young shoots ........ ae. ae Aeschynomene

[.* (subtribe Aeschynomeninae)

Articles narrow and elongate, ellipsoid, with strong continuous nerves on

sides. Calyx tube campanulate, 5-lobed, 2 upper ones joined to about

half-way, lower lobe the longest. Leaves s imparipinnate often fasciculate

on young shoots ........... by AE Bed Fe i Ormocarpum

2.* (subtribe Ormocarpinae)

Note: {. Throughout the following account, the calyx 1s measured from the base to tip

of the lobes, and the length of the stipules, bracts and petals include the spur or

claw.

2. In the list of specimens examined, only the institutions from which duplicates

are seen are cited.

Subtribe 1. AESCHYNOMENINAE

Subtribe Aeschynomeninae Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 352 (1981).

Leaves without pellucid dots, usually sensitive, 5-many-foliolate, pari- or imparipinnate.

Flowers pedicellate. Calyx tube campanulate ‘with 5 subequal lobes, or bilabiate with

entire or 2- or 3-fid lips. Ovary stipitate, conspicuously jointed. Articles of fruit finely

reticulate veined.

Eight genera, three in Australia (Aeschynomene, Cyclocarpa and Smithia).

* Denotes the order in which the subtribes occur in the following account.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 179

Aeschynomene

Aeschynomene L., Sp. Pl. 2: 713 (1753). Type: A. aspera L.

Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 226-227 (1864); Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 406-408 (1900); Rudd,

Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 1-124 (1955), J. Wash. Acad. Sc. 49(2): 45-52 (Feb

1959), Reinwardtia 5(1): 23-36 (Jun 1959); Verdc., Fl. Trop. E. Afr. Legum.-Pap.

3; 364-406 (1971).*

* with illustration.

Derivation of name: from Greek Aischynomene (modest, ashamed) the name given by

Pliny to some plants with sensitive leaves.

Herbs or shrubs; usually hispid. Leaves pari- or imparipinnate; leaflets subopposite or

alternate, small, entire or serrulate, 1—-3-nerved, usually sensitive. Stipules paired, mem-

branous or foliaceous, striate, basally attached or appendaged below point of attachment

into a basal spur, usually persistent. Inflorescences axillary or terminal, few-flowered,

open, racemose or + paniculiform, rarely flowers solitary; bracts mostly striate, persistent;

bracteoles paired, appressed to calyx, striate, deciduous. Calyx campanulate, with 5

subequal lobes, or deeply bilabiate, upper lip entire or 2-fid, lower usually 3-dentate.

Standard elliptic, obovate or orbicular, abruptly shortly clawed, entire or emarginate;

wings obovate-oblong attenuate into a short claw, straight or + falcate, usually with a

lateral spur and small pockets on its blade; keel + obovate, incurved, the lobes usually

partly joined. Staminal tube split into 2 groups of 5, filaments free half-way, anthers

uniform, dorsifixed. Ovary linear, sessile or stipitate, style persistent, stigma capitate.

Fruits subsessile or stipitate, linear or oblong, cuspidate (remnant style), lower margin

usually crenate, (1-)2-18-articulate; articles subquadrate, ellipsoid or semiorbicular,

laterally compressed, reticulate veined, smooth or tuberculate, indehiscent or dehiscent

by lower sutures. Seeds reniform or oblong, smooth.

About 150 species, mainly in tropical America and Africa, with a few in Asia,

New Guinea and Australia. Six species in Australia, all probably naturalised.

Aeschynomene is distinguishable by the long, linear, articulated pods, sensitive

leaves with usually many small leaflets and few-flowered, lax, open inflorescences.

J. Vogel’s (1838) division of the genus into two sections, is retained here.

Section 1. Aeschynomene L. — Stipules spurred. Calyx bilabiate.

section 2. Onchopodium J. Vogel - Stipules basally attached. Calyx campanulate; lobes

5, subequal.

Rudd (1955), recognised five series under sect. Aeschynomene and three series

under sect. Onchopodium. Two series viz ser. Americanae (with 2 gore and ser.

Indicae (with 2 ea of sect. Aeschynomene, and one series viz ser. Viscidulae (with

2 species) of sect. Onchopodium occur in Australia.

The species in Australia are sometimes difficult to separate when not in fruit and

a whole series of characters have been used in the following key to differentiate them.

Key to the species

1. Stipules with a basal appendage. Calyx deeply 2-lipped. Leaves 12-112-

foliolate; leaflets usually narrowly oblong, sometimes -tfalcate.. ........ 2

(section Aeschynomene)

Stipules not with a basal appendage. Calyx campanulate, with 5 subequal

lobes. Leaves 5-12-foliolate; leaflets obovate or elliptic oblong ........ >

(Section Onchopodium)

(series Viscidulae)

180 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

2. Leaflets with 1 main nerve (midvein), not falcate .... . ais) leva Re Mareen

(series Indicae)

Leaflets with 2 or 3 conspicuous + Bier atiaar tig nerves, ineumcidee

PRIORI i ee ees . . big wy SAA tact Ae be wit | A

~ (series Americanae)

3. Fruits 1-S-articulate; articles 10-15 x 7.5—-9 mm, margins verrucose at

maturity. Flowers 12-18 mm long. Leaves (20-)44- 12-foliolate. Sti-

Strid aeeabaiae 6-1 1-nerved, not si nia eects Stems thick and

spon . |. A. aspera

Fruits ‘ea )6-10- articulate: articles 3-5.5 X 3-5 mm, the centres only

verrucose at maturity. Flowers 7-9 mm long. Leaves 8~-22-foliolate.

Stipules obscurely 3—5-nerved, mn vOHE sea abate Stems slender or thick

and fistular, not spongy. . Sie Mie ae inet eva ace “oe A, ATCA

4. Ovary and fruit glabrous or puberulous. Fruits spreading + falcate, upper

margin + entire, lower ones deeply indented between seeds; joints

between articles short: articles semiorbicular, thick-walled. Leaves 26-

60-foliolate; leaflets 6-14.5 mm long, usually 3-nerved. Flowers

purple. 3. A. americana

Ovary villous. Fruits deflexed, “hispid, not falcate, ‘slightly indented on

both margins; joints as long as articles; articles globose or ellipsoid,

thin-walled. Leaves 16-38-foliolate; leaflets 4-9 mm “ORs 2- Aor 3)-

nerved. Flowers usually yellow .... .. 44, A. villosa

5. Stems with fine appressed hairs only. Leaves 5—9-foliolate; petiole and

rachis 3-15 mm long. Stipes of fruits (2.5-)4.5-7.5 mm long . 5. A. brevifolia

Stems with spreading hispid hairs, as well as glandular hairs and + curved

fine hairs. Leaves 9- 12-foliolate: petiole and rachis is sialas mim long.

Stipes of fruits 2~3(-6) mm long Be ys motte, 6. A. micranthos

Section 1. Aeschynomene L. Type: A. aspera L.

Stipules appendaged below point of attachment into a spur at base. Calyx deeply bilabiate,

upper lip 2-fid or entire, lower one 3-dentate.

Five series, two, viz series Americanae (2 species: A. americana and A. villosa)

and series Indicae (2 species: A. aspera, A. indica), in Australia.

Series Indicae Rudd, Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 55 (1955). Type: A. indica L.

Leaves 1-costate.

1, Aeschynomene aspera L., Sp. Pl. 2: 713 (1753). Type: Ceylon, P. Herman (n.y.).

Rudd, Reinwardtia 5: 29-30 (1959); Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 1: 600 (1963).

A. aspera var. oligartha F. Muell., Vict. Nat. 8: 136 (1892). Type: Port Darwin,

Northern Territory, in 1891, N. Holtze 1332 (holo: MEL).

Robust erect herbs to 1.25 m high; stems thick and spongy at base, hispid. Leaves

(20-)44-112-foholate; petiole and rachis 6-22 cm long, sparsely hispid or glabrous;

petioles pulvinate at base; leaflets linear oblong, 7-16 X 1.5-3 mm (upper and lower

leaflets smaller); apex obtuse, subacute or + truncate, mucronate; base subobtuse, oblique;

margins entire ciliate; midrib usually black, lateral nerves obscure; petiolules to 0.5 mm

long. Stipules basally spurred, narrowly ovate, 8-19 X 1.5-3 mm, prominently 6-11-

nerved; spur short, truncate or erose. Inflorescences racemose, 1-3-flowered, peduncles

0.6-3 cm long, hispid: bracts ovate-cordate, acuminate, 3-5 ¥ 23 mm, obscurely 5-

nerved, glabrous or hispid, ciliate. Flowers 1.2-1.8 cm long; pedicels 5-10 mm long,

hispid; ‘bracteoles ovate, obtuse, 2~2.5 X 1-2 mm, hispid, nerves obscure. Calyx 2-lipped,

8-10 mm long, conspicuously striate; lips ovate, one entire or retuse, sparsely hispid,

the other 3-dentate. Petals yellow; standard obovate, 11-15 X 14-17 mm, glabrous except

hairy upper margins; wings 12.5-16 mm long; keel 14-17.5 X 7-9 mm. Stamens 15-20

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 181

mm long, filaments alternately long and short. Fruits linear-oblong, 4.2-6.1 cm long,

margins crenulate, smooth, very strongly verrucose at maturity; (1-)3—5-articulate; articles

subquadrate, 10-15 X 7.5-9 mm, hispid, + rugose at centre (at maturity); stipes 0.9-2

cm long, hispid. Fig. 1A.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Port Darwin, in 1891, Holtze (MEL); Bullkine Billabong, Wagait Reserve,

[2°55’S, 130°33’E, Apr 1981, Duniop & Craven 5917 (DNA); Approx. 5 km N of Nathan River Stn, May 1985,

Leach 617 (DNA). South Australia. Charlotte Waters, in 1887, Byrne (MEL). Queensland. Cook District: About

200 m E of Watson River about 27 km upstream from Arukun, May 1982, Clarkson 4381 (BRI,DNA); N of

Silver Plains towards Massey Ck, Aug 1978, Kanis 2033 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: Native of South East Asia where it is widespread. Naturalised ©

in Australia (Map 1) at the edges of water holes, in swampy areas and flood plains with

their stems rooted in 10-50 cm of water.

A, aspera can be distinguished from other species in Australia by its large flowers;

by the few large articles of the fruits and strongly verrucose margins of mature fruits;

by the thick, spongy stems, and robust habit.

Uses: The pith is said to be used as a cork substitute in South East Asia.

Note: The var. oligartha F. Muell. is not retained here because the characters of the

fruit used to distinguish the variety falls within the range of the typical variety.

2. Aeschynomene indica L., Sp. Pl. 2: 713 (1753). Type: Neli-Tali, Malabar, India: 31,

t. 18, in Rheede Hort. Malab. 9 (1689).

Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 226 (1864); Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 407 (1900); Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 207 (1921); Rudd, Reinwardtia 5(1): 30 (1959); Verdc., Man. New Guinea

Legumes 367; 369, f. 85 (1979).

For synonyms see Rudd /oc. cit.

Erect, usually much branched herbs or subshrubs to 2 m high; stems slender, or thick

and fistular towards base, sparsely hispid or glabrous. Leaves sensitive, 8—22-foliolate;

petiole and rachis (2-)5—10.5 cm long, hispid; leaflets linear oblong, 3-12 = 1-3 mm,

apex + rounded, mucronate; base rounded, oblique; entire or serrulate; glabrous; midrib

prominent, lateral nerves obscure; petiolules to 0.2 mm long. Stipules basally spurred,

narrowly ovate or elliptic, acuminate, 5-18 xX 1-3.5 mm, usually hyaline margined,

obscurely 3—5-nerved; spur acute or erose. Inflorescences racemose, 0.6—2 cm long, 1-5-

flowered, peduncles hispid; bracts ovate-cordate, acuminate, 2-6 X 1-2.5 mm, subentire

or serrulate, obscurely nerved. Flowers 7-9 mm long; pedicels to 2 mm long, hispid;

bracteoles ovate, 2-3 X 1-1.5 mm, subentire or serrulate, nerves obscure. Calyx 2-lipped,

4-6 mm long, lips narrowly oblong, one 2-fid, the other 3-dentate, glabrous, nerves

absent. Petals yellow with orange flush; standard broadly elliptic, 6.5-9 X 4-6 mm; wings

6-7.5 mm long; keel 7-9 mm long. Stamens 7—9 mm long. Fruits linear oblong, 1.2—5

cm long, straight or slightly curved, upper margin straight, lower slightly crenate, 3-10-

articulate; articles subquadrate, 3-5.5 X 3-5 mm, finely reticulate veined in the centre,

sparsely hispid or glabrous; strongly rugose with ridges and tubercles at maturity; stipes

recurved, 4—11 mm long, hispid or glabrous; seeds dark brown or black, 3 X 2 mm. Fig.

1B.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Coondiner Pool, about 74 km N of Newman, Mar 1984, Newbey 10068

(PERTH); Bindoola Creek, 8.5 km WSW of Home Valley H.S., Mar 1978, Lazarides 8617 (BRI,DNA). Northern

Territory. Tomahawk Soak, Utopia, Jun 1955, Chippendale 1204 (DNA); Stirling Stn, near 9 mile waterhole, Aug

1985, Leach & Smith 702 (DNA); Arnhem Highway, 19.5 km NW Nourlangie Ranger Stn, May 1980, Craven

5442 (DNA). South Australia. Callamurra Waterhole, Cooper Creek, 6 miles [9.6 km] E of Innamincka H.S.,

May 1966, Smiyt/ 66 (AD). Queensland. Cook District: 61 km S of Cooktown, Apr 1975, Halliday 397 (BRI).

BURKE District: Green Creek about 33 km NW on road to Normanton, Apr 1973, Henderson 1779 (BRI).

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: + 12 km NW of Proserpine, Apr 1980, Anderson 2001 (BRI). GreGorRY NORTH

District: Tranby, May 1936, Blake 11422 (BRI). WARREGO District: 10 km SE of Charleville along Boatman

Rd, Mar 1976, Purdie & Boyland 37 (BRI). Port Curtis District: Rockhampton, Feb 1980, Stan/ey 541 (BRD.

MOoRETON District: Serpentine Ck, approx. 11 km NE of Brisbane, Jan 1973, Durrington 500 (BRI). New South

Wales: Narran R, on Goodooga — Lightning Ridge Road, Mar 1978, Wilson 1793 (BRI.

Distribution and habitat: Native probably of South America (fide Rudd 1959), widespread

in the tropics and subtropics. It 1s the most common Aeschynomene species in Australia,

naturalised in northern Australia, eastern Queensland and New South Wales, also in

South Australia (Map 2); usually in wet places e.g. flood plains, fresh water swamps and

sandy banks near permanent water.

182 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

A, indica is distinguishable by the greenish colour of dried plants, by the numerous

small oblong leaflets per leaf, and by the linear long fruits with (3-)6-10, + quadrate

articles which are brown and verrucose in the centre at maturity.

Common name: Budda pea

Uses: Used as a fodder for sheep and cattle. It is a troublesome weed of summer crops

in Queensland.

Series Americanae Rudd, Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 22 (1955).

Type: A. americana L.

Leaves 2-several-costate.

33 la ota americana L., Sp. Pl. 2: 713 (1753). Type: Jamaica, Sloane, lecto: BM

(HY.

Rudd, Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 23-30 (1955), Reinwardtia 5: 25 (1959);

Verdc., Man. New Guinea Legumes 367 (1979).

Erect or rarely decumbent, hirsute, viscid subshrubs to 2 m high; usually densely hispid

with pale or yellow hispid hairs with mostly dark tuberculate bases, sometimes subglabrous

or with glandular hairs on stems, leaf axes, peduncles and pedicels. Leaves (26-)36-60-

foliolate; petiole and rachis 2-4 cm long; leaflets linear oblong, subfalcate, (6-)7-11(-

14.5) * 1-2 mm (upper ones smaller), apex oblique acute or obtuse, mucronate: base

obtuse, + oblique; serrulate towards apex; glabrous except ciliate margins, prominently

3-nerved with longitudinal nerves, often with | or 2 short faint ones near base; petiolules

to 2 mm long. Stipules basally spurred, narrowly ovate, attenuate-acuminate, 11-21 x

1-2.5 mm, conspicuously 7-13-nerved, usually hispid at point of attachment only; spur

acute or erose. Inflorescences open, racemose, 1.5—4.7 cm long, (2-)4-6-flowered; pedun-

cles flexuose; bracts ovate-cordate, acuminate, 3-5 * 2-4 mm, serrate, hispid. Flowers

5-7 mm long; pedicels filiform, 4-7 mm long; bracteoles narrowly ovate, acute or

acuminate, 2-4.5 X 0.5-1 mm, margins serrate, hispid. Calyx bilabiate, 4.5-5 mm long,

usually thin with faint nerves; lips narrowly ovate, ciliate, one lip entire or 2-fid, the

other 3-dentate. Petals mauve brown or purple, or with purple streaks; standard orbicular,

6-~6.5 * 4-5 mm, apex ciliate; wings 6-7 X 2-2.5 mm; keel 6-7 XX 2.5-3 mm. Stamens

5-7 mm long, staminal sheath divided to about middle. Ovary glabrous or sparsely hairy

or ciliate. Fruits spreading, arcuate linear, subfalcate, 2~3 cm long, upper margins +

entire, lower deeply indented between seeds, with narrow, short definite articulations

between articles, (3-)5—7-articulate; articles semiorbicular, 2.5-4 X 3-5 mm, + thick

walled, finely reticulate veined (prominent near margins), puberulent or glabrous, ver-

rucose in centre at maturity; stipe to 2 mm long, glabrous. Fig. 1C.

Specimens examined: Northern pig ait & Berrimah Farm, 12°26’S, 130°5S’E, May 1981, Rankin 2587

(BRI,;CANB,DNA); Darwin, May 1984, Rankin 2930 (CANB). Queensland. BURKE District: Cliffdale Stn airstrip,

Nicholson BRD W of Burketown, Apr 1985, Johnson (BRI), NoRTH KENNEDY District: Cordelia, May

1985, Houit

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America where it is widespread, and extending

to tropical America. Naturalised in Indonesia, Philippines, New Guinea and northern

Australia (Map 3); usually in dry areas along roadsides.

A. americana can be distinguished by the narrowly oblong subfalcate leaflets with

an oblique apex and 3 longitudinal nerves; by the spreading, arcuate linear + falcate

fruits with deeply crenate lower margins and with short evident joints between (3-)5-7,

semiorbicular articles. It is very closely related to A. villosa Poiret and the species are

difficult to separate when not in fruit. The two species have been combined and A.

villosa reduced under A. americana by Urban (1905) but they are retained as distinct

species here because of the differences in fruits (see discussion under A. villosa).

Rudd (1955, pp. 24-27) recognised three varieties under A. americana. The plants

naturalised in Australia are probably referable to the typical variety.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 183

4, Aeschynomene villosa Poiret in Lam., Encyc. Meth. Bot. Suppl. 4: 26 (1886). Type:

Puerto Rico, Ledru (n.y.).

Rudd, Contr. U.S. Nat! Herb, 32(1): 32-37 (1955), Reinwardtia 5: 27-28 (1959);

Verdc., Man. New Guinea Legumes 368 (1979).

[A. americana auct. non L.: F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 19 (1882); Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 407

(1900), quoad specimene Endeavour River, Persieh]

Herbs to | m high with decumbent stems, usually densely viscid-hispid with hace or

brown hairs on stems, leaf axes, org a and pedicels, or subglabrous. Leaves (1 ee

22-—30(—38)-foliolate; petiole and rachis 1-4 cm long; leaflets narrowly elliptic-oblong, +

falcate, (4-)6-8(-9) X 1-2.5 mm (upper ones smaller); apex oblique, acute, mucronate;

base obtuse or + rounded; margins entire or slightly serrulate towards apex; glabrous:

prominently 2- (or 3)-nerved with longitudinal nerves, often with 1 or 2 short faint ones

near base; petiolules to 0.2 mm long. Stipules basally spurred, narrowly ovate, acuminate,

(6—)8-16 x (0.5-)1-2 mm, prominently 5-7-nerved, glabrous; spur truncate or erose.

Inflorescences open, racemose or paniculate, (1.5-)3- 10cm long, 2-6 (-9)-flowered; bracts

ovate-cordate, acuminate, 2-6 X 1-2 mm, 7-13-nerved, hispid-ciliate. Flowers 4-5 mm

long: pedicels 2-4 mm long: bracteoles narrowly ovate, acuminate or acute, 1-3 * 0.5-

| mm, 3-7-nerved, hispid-ciliate. Calyx bilabiate, 3-4 mm long, + membranous, nerves

not apparent; lips narrowly ovate, one 2-dentate, the other 3-dentate. Petals yellow,

standard suborbicular, 4-5 X 2-3 mm; wings 4-4. 5X 1-1.5 mm; keel 3-5 < 1-1.5 mm.

Stamens 4-5 mm long, staminal sheath deeply divided into two. Ovary densely villous.

Fruits deflexed, + oblong, (0.6-)0.9-2 cm long, slightly indented between seeds on both

margins, pale brown with darker margins and dark tuberculate bases of hispid hairs; (1-)

3-5(—7)-articulate, joints between articles nearly as long as the articles; articles subglobose

or ellipsoid, 2. 5-3.5 X 3-4 mm, thin-walled, hispid; margins thick often ica away

from the body of the articles; stipes {-3 mm long, hispid. Fig. 1D.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. 19 km SE of East Wyndham -— Kununurra Rd, Jul 1974, Carr 3232 and

Beauglehole 47010 (PERTH); Port Warrender, Mitchell Plateau, Jun 1976, Kenneally 5258 (PERTH). Northern

Territory: Burns Rd, Berry Springs, May 1953. Rankin 2716 (DNA): Katherine reg National Park, Apr 1977,

Dunlop 4512 (DNA); Fish River H.S./Gorge area, Jun 1974, Maconochie 2008 (CANB, DNA). Queensland. Cook

District: 6 miles [9.6 km] from Petford on Herberton Rd, Apr 1962, MfcKee 9425 (CANB). BURKE DISTRICT:

Old Corinda Outstation, NW of Doomadgee, May 1974, ‘Pullen 9082 (CANB). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Bodalla, 40 km N of Pentland, May 1989, Glenwright 316 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America, where it is widespread, and ranges

from Central America to northern South America. Naturalised in old world tropics

including South East Asia, New Guinea and northern Australia (Map 4); usually along

roadsides, creeks and lagoons, in moist soil.

A. villosa is recognisable by the hispid stems and fruits and also by the narrowly

oblong subfalcate leaflets with oblique apex and prominent 2 or 3 longitudinal nerves.

It is very closely related to A. americana L. which has similar leaves and indumentum

and the two species are difficult to distinguish when not in fruit.

The two species have been combined by Urban (1905). He reduced A. villosa as

a variety under A. americana, and was followed by several authors. But Rudd (1955) in

her revision of the American species of Aeschynomene, retained A. villosa as a distinct

species and recognised three varieties under it. The latter is followed here because of

the differences of the fruits and also because the specimens available for study of the

two species were too few to ascertain their range of variation.

The Australian plants are probably referable to var. villosa, although the leaflets

are usually longer than allowed in var. villosa and approach var. /ongifolia (Micheli)

Rudd, but differ from the latter in the character of the inflorescence.

Section 2. Onchopodium J. Vogel, Linnaea 12: 86 (1838). Type: A. falcata (Poiret) DC.

Stipules attached by their base; basal appendage absent. Calyx campanulate, lobes 5,

subequal.

Three series, only series Viscidulae (2 species: A. brevifolia and A. micranthos) in

Australia.

184 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Series Viscidulae Rudd, Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 71-72 (1955). Type: A. viscidula

Michx.

Stems prostrate or suberect; leaflets mostly obovate; fruits small; articles 2-53.5 mm

diameter.

5. Aeschynomene brevifolia L.f. ex Poiret* in Lam., Encyc. 4: 451 (1797). Type: Mada-

gascar, 1770-71, P. Commerson (n.¥.).

DeCandolle, Prod. 2: 322 (1825); Rudd, Contr. U.S. Natl Herb. 32(1): 88 (1955),

J. Wash. Acad. Sc. 49 (2): 45: 47 (1959).

A, falcata var. paucijuga Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 221 (1864) p.p.; Bailey, Qd FI. 2:

407 (1900) p.p.; Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 208 (1921) p.p.

[A. falcata auct. non (Poiret) DC.: F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 20 (1882) p.p.]

Slender tufted herbs with prostrate (rarely ascending) stems to 30 cm long; stems with

fine appressed hairs, sometimes subglabrous. Leaves 5-9-foliolate; petiole and rachis (7-)

8-17 mm long, hispid; petioles (3-)5-6(-12) mm long; leaflets obovate or + elliptic

oblong, 5—8(-12) X 2.5-4(-5) mm, apex + truncate, rounded, mucronate; base + truncate,

unequal; glabrous above, finely appressed hairy below, ciliate; conspicuously lateral

nerved and reticulate veined; petiolules to 0.5 mm long. Stipules basally attached, ovate

acuminate, 1.5-4 X 0.5-1.5 mm, striate, sparsely hairy. Inflorescences usually racemose,

3-5.5 cm long, 3- or 4-flowered; peduncles 0.8-2.1(-5) cm long, sparsely hispid; bracts

ovate or subelliptic, acute, 1.5-2 * 1-1.5 mm, ciliate, striate. Flowers 7-8 mm long;

pedicels 3-6.5 mm long, hispid; bracteoles elliptic or narrowly ovate, 1-2 < 0.5-1 mm,

striate. Calyx campanulate, 3-3.5 mm long, finely appressed hairy outside; lobes 5,

subequal, ovate. Petals yellow; standard suborbicular, 7 X 6-7 mm; wings 6-7 X 1.5

mm: keel 6 X 2 mm. Stamens 5 mm long. Ovary densely appressed hairy. Fruit 1- or

2(—5)-articulate, articles + obloid or semiorbicular, sometimes with short necks between

them, 3.5-4 X 4 mm, finely reticulate veined, sparsely appressed hairy or subglabrous;

stipes (2.5—)3-—4.5(-7.5) mm long, hispid.

Selected specimens: Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Rangeview about 30 miles [48 km] SE of Ravens-

wood, May 1954, Everist 5548 (BRI). SourH KENNEDY D1sSTRICT: Shaw Island, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3358 &

Dalliston (BRI). Port CURTIS DISTRICT: 8 miles {12.8 km] W of Biloela, Sep 1964, Johnson 2830 (BRI); Gladstone,

Dietrich 13 (MEL); Middle Percy Island, Mar 1966, Tryon (BRI). BURNETT DistTRICT: Gayndah, Dec 1960,

Schoneveld 317 (BRI). MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Urah, Apr 1983, Sharpe 3323 (BRI); Dinmore near Ipswich, Jan

1961, Pedley 735 (BRI); Walloon, Bowmann (MEL), Taylor Range, Jul 1843, Leichhardt (MEL).

Distribution and habitat: Native of Madagascar, probably naturalised in Queensland

(Map 3); usually on rocky ridges and hillsides.

A. brevifolia is distinguishable by the fine appressed hairy stems, small leaves with

small, obovate, prominently nerved leaflets and by the long stipes of the fruits. It is

very similar to A. miicranthos in the attributes of leaves and fruits but the latter species

differs in having spreading hispid, as well as + curved fine hairs on stems.

Typification: The type of A. brevifolia L.f. ex Poiret* is missing, the specimen in the

type folder at PLA 1s A. falcata (Poiret) DC. (BRI microfiche). Nevertheless the specimens

in Australia referred to as A. brevifolia are a good match with plants from Madagascar

under that name, and also agree with available literature.

Notes on A. brevifolia complex: Plants from Queensland previously placed under A.

brevifolia s. lat. are very variable with at least two taxa present, viz one with fine

appressed hairs on the stem (treated here as typical A. brevifolia s. str.) and the other

taxon with coarse spreading hispid hairs (some of these sometimes gland-tipped), as well

as fine + curved hairs (referred here to A. micranthos). Typical A. brevifolia resembles

A. falcata (Poiret) DC., differing 1n the characters of the fruit, while A. micranthos

approach some of the forms under the very variable A. brasiliana (Poiret) DC. Identi-

fication of these species (A. brevifolia s. lat., A. brasiliana and A. falcata) is therefore

difficult, because similar looking plants can be found under these names.

* The correct author citation for A. brevifolia should be L.f. ex Poiret not L. ex Poiret, because it was the younger

Linneaus who saw Commerson’s collections from Madagascar and probably named the plant (fide his (Linneaus)

letter to his friend Claes Alstroemer, April 1781, in Smith Herbarium (BRI microfiche)).

185

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae

Brae ee et

oe ee

aes 2 ee

aod

ae a A he a am Pee ey.

”

ooh me ee

pe mere ee

a il

Ct tele

Cee.

= Seca uF

er esea* =

a f

ee ee

aT hee)

eet tery

wren

oot

ahi

mare

bie ae | F Mek st oy

”

won”

sore ees?

ere ree a

re |

er)

4" és

vm ty

. nt a eer ee

pel /» 7 wn,

oO Fis

ates =

< aha

> 4

aves:

x¥sa

oO = &

oF’ Sea

Ew) OS ws

mS.

Tt Ce

eae

oy xX i

+ = ee

we S

So ee =

ATO D

Ay W

ica:

D,. seed X 6. E. A

B, G

aS” oe.

uw OO

~ZAx §

Sais

aX &O

<y oe

Pay ~

A'BP a.

xEys

m . ak

Oo ..>

eS:

g* me

~ wy AS

SO.

o wr o x *»

EX OFF

Sg rt OD

>.> 2

pe en OS

» wns

<x mw ee

Vm od

Bo... S

BETS E

& 2% X

_ ro [1]

SS o.

ee =

=x 2. 2

ay Cys

SeVuy

“Dw ene

SEsrs

1SSx

m= nS a

e apecnadt

Bo = 5.3

Se oc

186 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

A. brasiliana (Poiret) DC. and A. falcata (Poiret) DC. have been cultivated in

Australia for a very long time but as yet not reported to be naturalised. Yet in the past

both names have been applied to naturalised Australian species. Confusion existed from

the time of Bentham; he considered the Australian plants to be the same as the South

American ones under A. falcata var. paucijuga Benth. (1864, p. 227). He reduced 4.

micranthos (Poiret) DC. from Madagascar under it. But Rudd (1955, p. 88) placed A.

falcata var. pauc yuga Benth. under A. falcata var. falcata. She aoa ‘the Australian

species under A. brevifolia L.f. ex Poiret (1959, p. 47) and reduced A. micranthos under

it. Following Rudd, the Queensland specimens were previously placed under A. brevifolia

s. lat. Although the plants look very similar with similar fruits and leaves, they have

been segregated in this account because of the differences in stem indumentum (as

indicated above) into A. brevifolia and A. micranthos. Their differences from closely

related A. falcata and A. brasiliana are indicated in the following key which is based on

available material and literature.

1. Stems with fine appressed hairs only Leaves 5—9(-10)-foliolate. iia

2.5-14 mm long ..... eS 2

Stems with spreading hispid hairs as well: aS glandular hairs wd alee +

curved fine hairs. Leaves (8-)9-18-foliolate. Stipes 0.5-6 mm long ...... 3

2. Fruits falcate, (4-)5-7-articulate. Stipes 6.5-14 mm long. Petioles short

(2-5 mm long). Leaves 8-10-foliolate; leaflets mostly obrong STDs

obtuse, 8-12 * 3-5 mm. Pedicels appressed hairy. . A. falcata

Fruits not falcate, 1—5-articulate. Stipes 2.5~7.5 mm heise: ‘Petioles fotiver

((3-)5-6(-12) mm long), Leaves 5-9-foliolate; leaflets mostly obovate, |

+ truncate or obtuse, 5- Sahni x 2. ie Ree mm. Pedicels with spreading

hispid hairs...... .... A. brevifolia

3. Petiole with rachis 1.5-4.5 cm long. Leaves (9-)12-18-foliolate; leaflets

(8.5-)12.5-18 x (4.5-)6-10 mm, obtuse or rounded. Stems viscid-

hispid, usually densely hispid and glandular hairy. Fruits 2- or 3-

articulate, articles 2-4 mm long; stipes 0.5-—2(—3) mm long.. .. A. brasiliana

Petiole with rachis 0.8-2.1 cm long. Leaves 8-10(—12)-foholate; leaflets

4.5-11.5 * 2.5-5.5 mm, + truncate or obtuse. Stems with dense or

Sparse hispid hairs and very few glandular hairs .......... A. micranthos

6. Aeschynomene micrantha (Poiret) DC., Prod. 2: 321 (1825); Hedysarum micranthos

Poiret, Encyc. Meth. Bot. 6: 446 (1804). Type: Madagascar, in 1770-71, P.

Commerson (holo: P-JU (BRI: microfiche)).

Rudd, J. Wash. Acad. Sc. 49(2): 47-48 (1959); Verdc., Kirkia 9(2): 443 (1974).

A. falcata var. paucijuga Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 227 (1864) p.p.; Bailey, Qd Fl. 2:

407 (1900); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 208 (1921) p.p.

[A. faicafa auct. non (Poiret) DC.: F. Muell., Fragm. 12: 20 (1882) p.p.]

Slender tufted herbs, with prostrate (rarely + ascending) stems to 50 cm long; stems

densely or sparsely coarsely hairy with spreading, long or short hispid hairs (sometimes

gland-tipped) intermingled with fine + curved hairs. Leaves 9-10(—12)-foliolate; petiole

and rachis (8-)15-21 mm long, hispid; petiole 5~9 mm long; leaflets subobovate, 4.5-

[1.5 * 2.5-5.5 mm; apex obtuse, rounded or subtruncate, mucronate; base truncate or

subcordate, oblique; glabrous above, sparsely appressed hairy below, ciliate; conspicuously

lateral nerved and reticulate veined; petiolules to 0.5 mm long. Stipules basally attached,

ovate or narrowly ovate, acuminate, 2-5 X 1-1.5 mm, striate, puberulous, spar sely

cihate. Inflorescences racemose, 2. 3-8 cm long, (1-)2—-4- flowered, peduncles 1.6—3(-4.5)

cm long, hispid; bracts ovate, acute or acuminate, |.5-3.5 x 0,5-2 mm, striate, puberulous.

Flowers 7~10 mm long; pedicels (2.5-)6-—9 mm long, hispid; bracteoles elliptic, 1.5-2.5

x | mm, striate, puberulous. Calyx campanulate, 3.5-4.5 mm long, sparsely pilose on

outside; lobes 5, subequal, ovate. Petals yellow or orange-yellow; standard suborbicular,

6.5-10 X 6-8 mm; wings 6-9 X 2.5-3 mm; keel 7-9 X 2 mm. Stamens 6-10 mm long.

Ovary densely hispid. Fruits I- or 2(-4)- articulate: articles semiorbicular or oblongoid,

4-5 X 3-3.5 mm, finely reticulate veined, sparsely hairy with fine appressed hairs and

hispid hairs; stipes 2—3(-6) mm long, hispid. Fig. 1E.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 187

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DisrricT: Tinaroo Ck Rd, about 15 km SE of Mareeba, Apr 1972,

Staples 030472/3 (BRD; *Brown’s Ck above Blackdown Stn., Jan 1971, MacDonald 19 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY

District: Herbert River, Rockingham Bay, May 1{868, Dallachy (MEL); Ewan, Nov 1930, Millar (BRI); Taravale

near Hell Hole Ck, 0.5 km E of homestead, Mar 1987, Jackes 8221A (BRI); Cape Pallaranda, Feb 1980, Stanley

80146 (BRI); *Pentland, Apr 1935, Blake 8401 (BRI). SouTH KENNEDY DistTrRicT: Bowen River, Bowman 279

(MEL). PorT Curtis District: Between Broadsound and Thirsty Sound, inner entrance, Sep 1802, Brown (BRD);

60 km NW of Yarwun, Mt Larcom Range, Mt Larcom, May 1988, Gibson 142 (BRI). MITCHELL DISTRICT:

Torrens Ck, Mar 1933, White 8698 (BRI), LercHHARDT District: *about 15 km WNW of Duaringa, Feb 1984,

Anderson 3637 (BRI).

* indicates a very hairy form approaching some forms of A. brasiliana (Poiret) DC.

Distribution and habitat: Madagascar, Mozambique, South Africa and Australia. Probably

naturalised in Queensland before 1802 (it was collected by R. Brown in 1802) (Map 1);

usually in flat plains amongst granite boulders, in dry river beds creeping on stones, and

on low dissected hills, in skeletal or sandy soil.

A, micranthos is distinguishable by the spreading hairy, hispid stems, small obovate

leaflets and 1-4-articulate fruits on long stipes.

Typification: The type specimen has not been seen to study the stem indumentum

(microfiche at BRI). Nevertheless the Australian plants placed under A. micranthos agree

in other characters with microfiche of the type and with plants from South Africa under

this name; they also agree with available literature and are probably correctly named.

Note: A. micranthos (as discussed under A. brevifolia) was reduced under 4A. falcata var.

paucijuga Benth. (now A. falcata var. falcata), by Bentham (1864, p. 227), and under A.

brevifolia L.f. ex Poiret by Rudd (1959, p. 47), but has been retained as a distinct species

in this account because of the differences in stem indumentum and also because it 1s

doubtful that Poiret would have made a mistake and described the same plant twice,

even after 6 or 7 years (although these things are said to have happened before).

Smithia

Smithia Aiton, Hortus Kew. ed. 1(3): 496, t. 13 (1789) nom. cons.

Type: S. sensitiva Aiton

Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 227-228 (1864); Bailey, Qd FI. 2: 408 (1900); van Meeuwen,

Reinwardtia 5(4): 443-446 (1961); Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst.

I: 352, f. 2.11 (1981).

Derivation of name: after James Edward Smith (1759-1828), one of the most famous of

British botanists.

Herbs or subshrubs. Leaves paripinnate; leaflets opposite, l-nerved, subsessile; stipules

appendaged below point of attachment into an unequally bilobed spur, membranous,

striate, persistent; one lobe of spur linear and long, acuminate, the other short, + truncate

or erose. Inflorescences axillary, usually short densely flowered subumbellate or scorpoid

cymes or racemes; bracts small, slightly peltate, scarious, brownish, finely striate; brac-

teoles 2, usually scarious, finely striate, persistent. Calyx scarious, deeply 2-lipped, finely

striate, upper lip entire, lower one toothed. Standard + obovate or suborbicular, usually —

emarginate; wings free, oblong, laterally spurred and with a series of small pockets on

its blade; keel elliptic, united dorsally, free at apex, with a short lateral spur above claw.

Stamens united to about 2/3 their length, filaments alternately long and short; anthers

uniform, dorsifixed. Disk short. Ovary sessile or shortly stipitate, linear, one margin

straight, the other crenate, 2—7-ovuled; style curved; stigma small. Fruits stipitate, plicate,

included in the persistent accrescent calyx, 2—7-articulate; articles obovoid or semiorbi-

cular with the broader sides against each other, warty, glabrous; margins smooth or

tuberculate; indehiscent. Seeds reniform, compressed.

Thirty species, tropical Africa, Madagascar, New Guinea and Australia; two in

Australia.

__ Smithia is characterised by the plicate fruits and scarious bracts. The leaves are

similar to those of Aeschynomene L., but the fruits are linear and long, straight or falcate,

bracts not scarious, and the inflorescence open and lax in the latter genus.

188 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

1. Flowers sessile, in a head-like inflorescence ............ 1. S. conferta

Flowers pedicellate, in a long peduncled raceme ........ 2. SS. sensitiva

1. Smithia conferta Smith, Rees Cycl. 33: 2 (1816). Ce not designated.

Benth., Fl. austral. 1: 228 (1864); Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 408 (1900); Van Meeuwen,

Reinwardtia 5(4): 445 (1961); Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 600 (1963); Verdc.,

Man. New Guinea Legumes 370-371 (1979).

S. capitata Desvaux, J. Bot. 1: 121 (1813) nom. nud.

Herbs or subshrubs with spreading, decumbent stems to | m, glabrous except bristly

leaves. Leaves (6—)10-14-foliolate; petiole 1-2 mm long; rachis 7-17 mm long, with

sparse long bristles; leaflets narrowly oblong, elliptic or obovate, 7-12 X 1.5-3(—3.5) mm;

apex acute or obtuse; base obtuse, or + truncate, unequal; margins entire or finely

remotely serrulate and bristly; glabrous above, sparsely appressed hispid hairy below;

petiolules tumid to 0.5 mm long. Stipules (7-)9-16 X x 1.5-2.5 mm, striate, glabrous,

upper lobe ovate, acute or acuminate; one lobe of spur long, narrowly ovate acuminate,

the other short erose. Inflorescences a leafy head, 1.5-2.5 X 1.7-3.2 cm, comprising of

2~4 flowers 1n clusters in axil of ordinary (upper) leaves congested into a leafy head;

bracts ovate, aristate, 3-3.5 X 2 mm, glabrous. Flowers 7-9 mm long; sessile; bracteoles

ovate- elliptic, cuspidate, 4-5 x 2-2.5 mm, sparsely bristly outside. Calyx 6- 8 mm long,

lips 5-7 X 3-4 mm, narrowly ovate, upper one acuminate, glabrous except for few hairs

at apex, lower lip acute, 2-toothed, sparsely long hairy near apex and along the midrib.

Petals yellow, standard obovate, 9-10 X 4-5 mm (claw [.5-2.5 mm long); wings oblong,

8-9 X 1.5 mm (claw 1.5-2.5 mm long); keel obovate, 7-8 X 1.5-2 mm (claw 2-2.5 mm

long). Stamens 7-8 mm long. Ovary linear, 3-5-ovuled, glabrous. Fruit 3-5-articulate,

articles 1.5-2 X 1.5-2 mm, + rugose or verrucose; seed ‘brown, smooth, 1-1.5 * 1-1. 5

mm.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. Port Darwin, in 1889, Holtze 983 (MEL); Nangalala, May 1972, Reeve

244 (CANB); 25 miles [40 km] S Giddy River crossing, Jun 1972, al isin 2675 (DNA); Koongarra area, May

1978, Dunlop 4586 (CANB). Queensland. Cook District: 4.5 km E of Arukun - Beagle North Camp road, 6-

8 km south of omnia Ck, Jun 1982, Clarkson 4452 (BRI); Hammond Island, Jul 1974, Heatwole 252 (BRD):

Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW of Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18487 (BRI). BURKE DISTRICT: Wellesley Island,

Jun 1963, Tindale & Aitken (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Townsville, Pollock [AQ237539] (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Tropical Asia, New Guinea and northern Australia (northern

Queensland and Northern Territory) (Map 5); in subcoastal plains, near swamps, margins

of lagoons, creek and river banks, in damp sandy soil in Melaleuca or Pandanus forests.

S. conferta is recognisable by the congested head-like inflorescences subtended by

young leaves with long bristles.

2. Smithia sensitiva Aiton, Hort. Kew. ed. 1(3): 496 (1789). Type: not designated.

van Meeuwen, Reinwardtia 5: 444 (1961); Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 1: 600 (1963);

Verdc., Man. New Guinea Legumes 370; 372, f. 86 (1979).

Tufted diffuse herbs with decumbent, glabrous stems to 60 cm. Leaves (8-)12-22-

foliolate; petiole 1-2 mm long; rachis 1-3 cm long; leaflets narrowly oblong or subobovate,

5-11 X 1.5-3.5 mm (upper ones usually smaller), apex obtuse, mucronate, rarely acute

or + truncate; base obtuse or + truncate; remotely finely serrulate and bristly, upper

surfaces glabrous, lower ones with scattered bristles; petiolules to 0.5 mm long. Stipules

7-17 X 1-2.5 mm, glabrous, striate, upper lobe ovate acuminate, one lobe of spur long,

linear, acuminate, the other short truncate. Inflorescences in the axil of well spaced

leaves, long peduncled racemes, 3-5 cm long, (1—-)2-5-flowered; peduncles (0.6-)3-6 cm

long, filiform, glabrous, with flowers crowded at their tips; bracts ovate, aristate, 3-6 X

1.5-2 mm, glabrous. Flowers 5.5-7 mm long; pedicels 1~3 mm long, glabrous; bracteoles

ovate or ovate-elliptic, 2.5-4 X 1.5-2 mm, cuspidate or acuminate, glabrous. Calyx 5-

8 mm long, lobes 4-6 X 3 mm, narrowly elliptic or subobovate, acute or obtuse, glabrous,

striate. Petals yellow often tinged with red; standard broadly obovate, (6-)7-8 xX 4-6

mm (claw 1-2 mm long); wings oblong, 6.5-7.5 mm long (claw 1-2 mm long); keel

elliptic, incurved, 6-7 mm long (claw 1.5-2 mm long). Stamens 6-8 mm long. Ovary

4..8-ovuled, glabrous. Fruits 5~7 mm long, 4—-7-articulate; articles 1-1.5 X 2 mm,

tuberculate; sceds reddish brown, about 1.5 X 1-1.5 mm. Fig. 2A.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 189

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook DisTRIcT: Euramo Plains, Jun 1938, Langdon (BRI). NorTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: Preston near Proserpine, Michael [AQ 237551] (BRI). MORETON District: Mt Coolum, Mar 1945,

Clemens (BRI); Yaroomba about 3 km S of Coolum Beach, 100 m W of Marakari Drive, Mar 1983, Sharpe

3296 (BRI); Moreton Island, Mar 1973, Durrington 343 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Africa, New Guinea and Australia (chiefly coastal Queensland)

(Map 5); usually grows in wet sandy peaty soil at edge of swamps or in damp places

along roads.

S. sensitiva is distinguished by the long stalked inflorescences with the flowers

clustered towards tip of the long peduncles.

Cyclocarpa

Cyclocarpa Afzelius ex Urban*, Jahrb. bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 248 (1884). Type: C. stellaris

Afzelius ex Urban”.

J.G. Baker in Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. 2: 151 (1871); Urban, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin

3: 248 (1884); Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 1: 645 (1963); Verdc., Fl. Trop. E. Afr.

Legum. -Pap. 3: 406-407, f. 57 (1971); Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legum.

Syst. 1: 351, f. 2.16; 353 (1981).

Derivation of name: from Greek Cyclos (circle); carpos (fruit), apparently after the round

(in a circle) fruits.

Small herbs. Leaves sensitive, paripinnate; leaflets opposite, 3 or 4 paired, small; stipules

appendaged below point of attachment into unequally bilobed spur, membranous; one

lobe of spur long, linear acuminate, the other short erose. Inflorescences axillary, few-

flowered umbelliform racemes; bracts and bracteoles small, membranous. Flowers ped-

icellate. Calyx bilabiate, hardly tubular at base, deciduous, lips entire or 2- or 3-fid.

Standard obovate, emarginate; wings and keel finely denticulate at apex, wings oblong

obovate, oblique, with small pockets; keel obliquely obovate. Stamens connate, the tube

splits unilaterally for 1/2 its length into 2 bundles of 5, anthers uniform. Ovary subsessile,

linear, falcate; style arcuate, stigma small, terminal. Fruit linear, curved into a ring or

spiral, compressed, minutely warty on the margins (ridges); articles subdeltoid, reticulate

wee dehiscent, the sutures persisting after the fall of the segments; seeds small, +

reniform.

Monotypic genus widely distributed in the tropics of the Old World.

Cyclocarpa is distinguishable by the coiled pods, small pinnate leaves and leaflets,

and also by the membranous stipules and bracts.

Cyclocarpa stellaris Afzelius ex Urban*, Jahrb. bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 248 (1884). Type:

Sierra Leone near Freetown, Afzelits (n.v.).

Specht, Rec. Amer.-Austr. Expdn. Arnhemland 3: 242; 243, Pl. 3.B (1958); van

Steenis, Reinwardtia 5(4): 419; 430-431 (1961).

C. stellaris Afzelius ex J.G. Baker in Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afr. 151 (1871), nom. provis.

Small tufted, erect or spreading, glabrous herbs (occasionally leaf axes sparsely hairy).

Petiole 0.5-1 mm long; rachis 3-5 mm long, terminated by a long sharp mucro; leaflets

obovate or + oblong, 4-10 X 2-4 mm (upper leaflets larger), apex obtuse, rarely truncate,

mucronate; base acute or obtuse; finely and remotely serrulate; petiolules 0.5 mm long.

Stipules narrowly ovate, acuminate, (3-)5-8 x 0.5-1.5 mm long, 5—7-nerved. Infloresc-

ences 1-4-flowered; peduncles 0.5-2 mm long; bracts narrowly ovate, acuminate, 1.5-2

x 1 mm. Flowers 4-5 mm long; pedicels 1.5-4 mm long; bracteoles ovate, 1-1.5 X 0.5-

1 mm. Upper calyx lip oblong-obovate, 3-3.5 X 1.5-2.5 mm, margins + truncate; lower

one narrowly ovate, 4-5 X 1.5 mm, acuminate. Standard 3.5-4 X 3-3.5 mm (claw 0.5

mm long), yellow; wings 4-5 X 2 mm (claw 0.5~1 mm long); keel 4 * 2-3mm (claw

0.5-1mm long). Stamens 4-5 mm long. Fruits 5-10-articulate, 4-5 mm diameter; articles

1.5-2 * 2-2.5 mm, + rounded or keeled, minutely warty on the ridges; seeds olive

green, | X I-1.25 mm. Fig. 2B.

* The correct authors for Cyclocarpa should be Afzelius ex Urban and not Afzelius ex J.G. Baker as indicated

in some literature. J.G. Baker (in Oliver 1871) gave only a provisional description of a plant called C. stellaris

by Afzelius, he did not describe the genus.

190 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Mitchell Plateau, 2 km N of camp, Apr 1982, Keighery 4793 (PERTH).

Northern Territory. Munmulay Stn, Apr 1973, Lafz 3923 (CANB,DNA), ditto, Mar 1982, Dunlop & Taylor 6238

(BRELCANB DNA): Berry Springs near Goose Lagoon, Apr 1978, Rankin 1224 (NT); about 10 miles (16 km) N

Mudginbarry, May 1970, Byrnes 1915 (BRLCANB,DNA); South Bay, Bikerton Island, Gulf of Carpentaria, Jun

1948, Specht 469 (AD, BRI ,;CANB). Queensland. Cook District: Lockerbie, 10 miles (16 km) WSW of Somerset,

Apr 1948, Brass 18448 (BRI, CANB). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kelsey Ck, date unknown, Michael 949 (CANB).

SoutH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Koumala, Mar 1977, Bishop (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Tropical Africa, South East Asia and northern Australia (Map

6); usually along streams and creeks, or in swampy forests 1n sandy soil.

Note: The leaves of C. stellaris resemble some species of Aeschynomene L. and also

Smithia Aiton, but the former differs in the linear long, straight or falcate fruits, while

the latter may be separated by its concertina-like fruits and scarious bracts and stipules.

Subtribe 2, ORMOCARPINAE

Subtribe Ormocarpinae Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 350 (1981).

Leaves not pellucid dotted, crowded on young shoots or well spaced, imparipinnate.

Flowers pedicellate. Calyx campanulate, lobes 5 subequal or 2 upper ones joined to

about middle, the lower lobe the longest. Ovary stipitate. Fruits usually with strong

continuous nerves on sides,

Seven genera, only Ormocarpum occurs in Australia.

Ormocarpum

Ormocarpum P. Beauv., Fl. d’Oware et de Benin 1: 95, t. 58 (1807), nom. cons. Type:

O. yerrucosum P. Beauv.

Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 226 (1864); Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 406 (1900); Backer & Bakh.,

Fl. Java 1: 598 (1963); Verdc., Fl. Trop. E. Afr., Legum. -Pap. 3: 352-364 (1971)*,

Man. New Guinea Legumes 364-366 (1979)*: Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv.

Legume Syst. 1: 350, f 2.1 & 2 (1981).

* with illustration

Derivation of name: from Greek Ormos (a cord, chain); carpos (fruit), referring to the

necklace like pods.

Shrubs or small trees with white weak deciduous hairs as well as stiff tuberculate-based

hairs (bristles), the latter sometimes gland-tipped. Leaves fasciculate on young short

shoots, or distichous, imparipinnate; leaflets alternate, entire. Stipules basally attached,

striate, persistent. Inflorescences axillary, few- flowered short racemes or flowers solitary;

bracts striate, persistent; bracteoles situated near base of the receptacle, paired, striate,

persistent. Calyx campanulate, striate, unequally 5-lobed, lobes longer than tube, 2 upper

ones + connate, lower lobe the longest. Petals strongly veined; standard orbicular or

broadly ovate, curved back, usually ridged above claw; wings obliquely obovate, slightly

puckered above claw; keel broad, obovate + incurved, obtuse or + acute at apex, slightly

attached along upper margins. Stamens united, the tube splits into 2 lateral fascicles of

5, anthers uniform. Ovary + stipitate, style curved, stigma minute. Fruits linear, (1-)2-

8-jointed, constricted between elongate articles; articles narrow, transversely ellipsoid,

compressed, longitudinally ribbed; pericarp corky, indehiscent. Seeds ellipsoid, flattened.

About 20 species, tropical Africa, Madagascar, islands of the Pacific and northern

Australia. One species in Australia.

Ormocarpum is distinguishable from other members of the tribe Aeschynomeneae

in Australia, by its longitudinally ribbed fruits with elongate articles and short necks

between articles. The plants are also small trees with usually large fasciculate or distichous

leaves.

Ormocarpum orientale (Sprengel) Merrill, Intepr. Rumphius Herb. Amboin. 266 (1917);

Parkinsonia orientale Sprengel, Syst. 4: 170 (1827). Type: Moluccus Island,

collector unknown (n.y¥.).

Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 1: 598 (1963); Verdc., Man. New Guinea Legumes 364;

366, f. 84 (1979).

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 19]

Aeschynomene coluteoides A. Rich., Sert. Astrol. 87, t. 32 (1834). Type: Guam,

Mariannas (7.¥.).

O. sennoides var. laevis Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 226; Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 406 (1900).

Type: Endeavour River, R. Brown (n.y.).

[O. sennoides auct. non DC.: Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 226 (1864)].

Shrubs or small trees; branches drooping, glabrous, with whitish, loose flakey bark,

striate, lenticellate. Leaves 9-13-foliolate; petiole 0.8-2.5 cm long; rachis 5-9 cm long;

leaflets subobovate or oblong, (1.8—-)2.7-4.5 X Q0.9-1.8 cm, apex truncate, mucronate;

base obtuse (acute in terminal leaflet); glabrous, + glaucous below; finely lateral nerved

and reticulate veined; petiolules 1-1.5 mm long. Stipules ovate, acuminate, (3.5-)S-12

x 2~3 mm. Racemes 2-4-flowered; bracts ovate, 2-3.5 mm long. Flowers 1.5-1.6 cm

long; pedicels 1.9-2.5 cm long, filiform; bracteoles ovate, 1.5-3.5 mm long. Calyx tube

4-5 X 6-7 mm, lobes ovate, acute, lower acuminate, 4-8 mm long. Petals white or

creamy yellow with purple streaks and transparent veins; standard 1.4-1.6 x 1.1-1.4

cm, shortly clawed (claw to 2.5 mm long); wings |.2-1.3 cm long (claw to 5 mm long);

keel 1.6-1.7 cm long, long clawed (claw 6-8 mm long). Stamens 0.8-1.8 cm long. Fruits

§.5-11.5 cm long, 2—8-articulate; articles 16-25 =< 5—5.7 mm, strongly ribbed with raised,

+ parallel ribs. Fig. 2C.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Endeavour River, date unknown, Persieh [AQ235633] (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Indonesia, Solomon Islands, Vanuatu, New Guinea and northern

Queensland (Map 6); usually in subcoastal forests in swampy areas, river banks and

sandy seashores.

Note: This species appears to be poorly collected from Australia, the above being the

only collection I have seen from here.

Subtribe 3. STYLOSANTHINAE

Subtribe Stylosanthinae (Benth.) Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 353

(1981).

Hedysareae subtribe Sylosanthinae Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 1: 449 (1865),

as “Stylosantheae’’.

Leaves without pellucid glands, imparipinnate, 3(—9)-foliolate or 4-foliolate, sometimes

with a pattern of tannin deposits on lower surfaces. Stipules free, or adnate towards the

base of the petiole, then apiculate and bearing a leaf from the sinus. Flower sessile or

subsessile in axil of bracts, or on a common axis, bracts and bracteoles then adjacent.

Calyx tube (hypanthium) long and + filiform, pedicel-like; petals and stamens inserted

in throat of calyx. Ovary sessile or subsessile. Fruits usually jointed, but geocarpic and

unjointed in Arachis, mostly with strong nerves on its sides.

Five genera, two viz Stylosanthes and Arachis occur in Australia.

Arachis

Arachis L., Sp. Pl. 2: 741 (1753). Type: A. Aypogea L.

Bailey, Qd FI. 2: 408 (1900); Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1:

354, f. 2.20 (1981).

Derivation of name: Arachis from Arachidna of earlier authors (fide Smith (1950) 809).

Herbs or low shrubs. Leaves paripinnate with 2 pairs of leaflets, rarely leaves trifoliolate.

Stipules adnate to the lower part of petiole, membranous, striate, persistent, 2-lobed with

acuminate apiculate lobes, bearing a leaf from the sinus. Inflorescences axillary; flowers

sessile, congested in short dense sessile spikes; each flower subtended by a membranous

bract and borne on a minute branch of inflorescence which is in the axil of a second

bract; bracts keeled, lower one biapiculate with bristly tips, upper one entire, bristly or

bifid. Calyx with a long and filiform tube (hypanthium) and 5 membranous lobes, upper

4 lobes connate, toothed, obtuse, the lower free, acute. Standard suborbicular, abruptly

clawed; wings oblong or obovate with a lateral spur above the long claw; keel obovate,

long clawed, incurved, apex acute, beaked; stamens monadeliphous, anthers alternately

192 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

long and short, the long ones basifixed, short ones versatile. Ovary sessile; style filiform;

stigma minute. Fruits geocarpic (pushed below the soil by the lengthening and reflexing

of the gynophore which had stiffened to form a stalk), obloid, 1-5-seeded, constricted

between seeds but not jointed, aseptate; walls thick and reticulate veined; indehiscent:

seeds ovoid or obloid; cotyledons thick, fleshy, oily.

Twenty two species, mainly eastern South America. One species (A. hypogea L.,

the ground nut or peanut) 1s cultivated throughout the warmer parts of the world and

has become naturalised in a few places including Australia.

Arachis is characterised by the 4-foliolate paripinnate leaves, membranous stipules

adnate towards the base of the petiole and the geocarpic fruits.

Arachis hypogea L., Sp. Pl. 2: 741 (1753). Type: cultivated specimen, in Hort. Upsal.,

Sweden (LINN (Specimen No. 901.1), microfiche BRI), fide Verdc., Fl. Trop. E.

Afr., Legum. -Pap. 3: 442 (1971).

Bailey, Qd Fl. 2: 408 (1900); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 208 (1921); Smith, Amer.

J. Bot. 37: 802-815, f. 1-19 (1950); Verdc., Fl. Trop. E. Africa, Legum. -Pap. 3:

441-442, f. 63 (1971), Man. New Guinea Legumes 381-382, f. 89 (1979); Rudd

in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 354, f. 2.20 (1981).

Herbs with + erect stems; usually densely hispid with long spreading + rusty hairs on

stems and leaf axes. Leaves 4-foliolate; petiole and rachis broadly channelled above;

petioles 2.5-5.5 cm long; rachis 0.8-2 cm long; leaflets opposite, obovate or + elliptic,

2.5-6.7 * 1.4-3.6 cm, apex obtuse, truncate or emarginate; base obtuse or + truncate,

+ oblique; glabrous, or margins and lower surfaces sparsely pilose; lateral nerves 7—14-

paired, oblique, prominent below; petiolules 1-2 mm long, densely villous. Stipules 2.8-

3.5 X Q.8-1 cm; sheath finely hispid outside; lobes + oblique, narrowly ovate or

subtriangular, with long pointed tips, glabrous or ciliate. Inflorescences in the axil of

lower leaves; flowers appearing solitary and stalked (calyx tube); lower bract ovate-

lanceolate, with long pointed bristly tips, 10-12 * 4-5 mm; upper one narrowly ovate,

entire, acuminate, bristly, 7-9 mm long. Calyx tube (hypanthium) long and slender,

pedicel- like, 2. 3-5 cm long, usually with dense long hispid hairs; lobes 7.5~8 mm long,

sparsely hispid outside. Petals yellow, usually with red streaks; standard abruptly shortly

clawed, 9-11 X 14 mm; wings 7-11 X 5 mm; keel incurved, 6-7 mm long. Stamens 7-

8 mm long, tube fleshy, incurved; ovary densely villous towards the base. Fruits obloid,

pale yellow, 2.2-3.8 X 1.2-1.8 cm, constricted but aseptate between the 2-4 seeds,

glabrous. Fig. 2D.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Endeavour River, in 1883, Persieh (MEL); Cooktown, Parker

(AD 98572030). WIDE BAY District: 4 miles [6.4 km] SW of Gympie on Mary Valley Rd, Mar 1958, Marlow

(BRI). Moreton District: Old North Rd, Lawnton, 19 miles [30.4 km] N of Brisbane, Dec 1931, Blake 3085

(BRI

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America (probably Brazil), grown throughout

the warmer parts of the world for its fruits. Occasionally found as an escape from

cultivation in a few countries including Australia (Queensland) (Map 7).

A. hypogea is recognisable by the 2-paired leaflets with prominent, closely arranged,

+ parallel lateral nerves, hispid stems and leaf axes, and by the oblong, swollen, reticulate-

ribbed pods.

Common name: Peanut or Ground nut.

Uses: The peanut is one of the chief economic plants of the world. It has been cultivated

for centuries in South America and is now extensively grown in many countries for their

fruits.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 193

Stylosanthes

Stylosanthes Swartz, Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 108 (1788), Fl. Ind. Occ. 3: 1280, t. 25 (1806).

Type: S. procumbens Swartz nom. illeg. = S. hamata (L.) Taubert (Hedysarum

hamatum L.).

Mohl., Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 44: 299-354 (1958), Rhodora 65(763): 245-258

(1963); Verdc., Man. New Guinea Legumes 371-375 (1979); Burt & Willliams,

704 (198° esi No. 25 (1975); McVaugh, Fl. Novo-Galiciana, 5: Legum. 700-

7).

Derivation of name: from Greek Sty/os (pillar, column); anthos (flower) — column flower,

alluding to the column-like calyx tube.

Herbs or subshrubs; usually hispid. Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate. Stipules adnate to lower

part of petiole, biapiculate, bearing a leaf from the sinus, lobes aristate, bristly, sheath

cylindrical, persistent. Inflorescences axillary or terminal, sessile, spicate or headlike, |-

many-flowered, composed of 1-flowered spikes placed in axil of primary bracts, the

lowermost in the axil of primary leaf; primary (outer most) bracts sheathing, very

imbricate, stipule-like, 1-3-foliolate; secondary ones ovate, 2- or 3-fid, hyaline, ciliate,

persistent. Flowers sessile, each accompanied by a secondary bract, and | or 2 hyaline,

linear, ciliate bracteoles and sometimes by a plumose filiform axis (axis rudiment)

representing a reduced part of the inflorescence now absent. Calyx tube (hypanthium)

long filiform, pedicel-like; lobes 5, membranous, ciliate, united at their base, upper 4

lobes, connate for about half their length, obtuse, lower one free, narrow, acute. Petals

and stamens inserted in throat of calyx. Standard obovate or suborbicular, emarginate,

shortly clawed; wings free, oblong or obovate, laterally spurred and with small pockets

on its blade; keel incurved, appendaged (as the wing). Stamens monadelphous, tube

splits into 2, anthers dimorphic, 5 anthers long and basifixed alternating with 5 short

versatile ones. Ovary linear, subsessile, 2- (or 3)-ovuled; style curved, filiform, persistent,

stigma minute. Fruits small, sessile, 2-articulate, both articles fertile, or lower abortive;

upper ones mostly + obloid, beaked (remnant style), laterally compressed, keeled,

reticulate veined: seeds ovoid or ellipsoid, compressed.

About 25 species, mostly in South America, a few in tropical and warm temperature

areas of the world. Several species have been introduced into Australia since 1900 (Burt

& Williams 1975), five now naturalised.

Stylosanthes can be distinguished from other members of the tribe Aeschynomeneae

by the 3-foliolate leaves, biapiculate stipules adnate to base of petiole; sessile, mostly

dense inflorescences and by the very small fruits with short or long beaks.

J. Vogel (1838) divided the genus into two sections.

Section 1. Stvlosanthes (as “Eustylosanthes’). Type: S. viscosa Swartz

Flowers not subtended by an axis rudiment. Inner bracteoles 1.

Section 2. Styposanthes J. Vogel, Linnaea 12: 68 (1838). Type: S. hamata (L.) Taubert

Flowers (at least the lower ones) subtended by an axis rudiment. Inner bracteoles 2.

Note: In the following account the species are not treated separately under their respective

sections since only five species are naturalised in Australia, and because S. humilis Kunth

can have the characters of both sections.

The species naturalised in Australia resemble each other closely, having similar

habit, aspect, indumentum, leaves and flowers and are difficult to identify without fruits.

A whole series of characters are therefore used in the following key to the species to

separate them. Differences of closely related species are also discussed under the respective

SPeCies.

194 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Key to the species

1, Flowers not subtended by an axis rudiment. Inner bracteoles 1. ae ee

Flowers (at least the lower ones) subtended by an axis rudiment, Inner

bracteoles 2. ee Wace see dick eee teye pier Seatlesbete Mite Monte ra cum bs ote) te cane Bae he, Eee 4

2, Fruit beaks 3.5-7 mm long. Stems hairy on one side with lines of fine

hairs; bristles scattered all over the stem. Leaflets not = a reticulate

pattern of tannin on lower surfaces... . 3. S. humilis

Fruit beaks 0.2—1 mm long. Stems either hairy all over, or only on one

side with lines of fine hairs; bristles and glandular hairs present all

over the stem, or absent. Leaflets with a reticulate paTtern of tannin

on lower surfaces............ 0. 0s o. aa sh corel SARUM fe) eA see 3

3. Stems densely hairy all over with fine hairs, glandular hairs and bristles.

Fruits with 1 or 2 fertile articles; beaks strongly uncinate, to 1 mm

long. Leaflets obtuse. Inflorescences narrow .. 1. S. viscosa

Stems densely or sparsely bristly all over, and with lines of dense fine

hairs on one side of stem, puberulous elsewhere, rarely glabrous, often

slandular hairy. Fruits with 1 fertile article; beaks bent, to 0.5 mm

long. Leaflets mostly acute. Inflorescences short and broad. 2. S. guianensis

4. Beak of fruits 1.5-2.5 mm long. Stems finely hairy and bristly all over;

glandular hairs sometimes present. Leaflets obtuse usually with a

reticulate pattern of tannin on lower surfaces .. . 5. 8. scabra

Beak of fruits 3-7 mm long. Stems finely hairy on one side with lines of

fine hairs; bristles scattered all over the stem or absent; sees hairs

absent. Leaflets acute or acuminate, not as above.............0. 0... 5

5. Stems and bracts finely white hairy; bristles absent. Beak of fruits 3-5.5

mm long; both articles fertile. Axis rudiment persistent. Lateral nerves

5—7-paired, thick, very conspicuous... . 4. S. hamata

Stems and bracts finely hairy as well as bristly. Beak of fruit 3-7 mm

long; only upper article fertile. Axis rudiment deciduous. Lateral nerves

2- or 3- (or 4)-paired, slender, thickening only at their tips.. .. 3. S. humilis

1. pe viscosa Swartz, Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ.: 108 (1788). Eipe: not designated.

, Rhodora 65 (763): 257, f. 27; 258 (1963); McVaugh, Fl. Novo-Galiciana,

5: Spaces 703 (1987)

Subshrubs or herbs with ascending stems to 0.5 m; usually viscid, and densely hairy

with soit hairs, bristles and glandular hairs on stems, leaf axes, and stipules; glandular

hairs denser on stems and leaf axes. Free part of petiole and rachis 9-12 mm long;

leaflets elliptic, 8-13 < 3-6 mm, apex obtuse or subacute, mucronate; base obtuse or

subacute; both surfaces finely hairy. lower surfaces also with scattered small bristles and

elandular hairs (especially on midrib), and with a reticulate pattern of tannin; lateral

nerves 3- or 4-paired, feeble + inconspicuous, only thickening towards their tips (apex

of leaflet with 3 prominent nerves, made up of the midrib (which extends to form a

sharp mucro) and the tip of 2 top lateral. nerves); petiolules to 0.5 mm long. Stipules

10-12 mm long, the sheath slightly longer than the teeth, 6-8 mm long, 5-nerved, finely

hairy and bristly. Inflorescences narrow and long, 12-18 x 4-8 mm, 4—7(-16)- flowered:

primary bracts 10-14 mm long, 1-foliolate (the leaflet nearly as long as in the ordinary

leaf), finely hairy and bristly; secondary ones usually bilobed, 4-4.5 X 2 mm, ciliate;

bracteoles 1, narrowly ovate, 3.5-4 < 0.7 mm, ciliate. Axis rudiment absent. Calyx tube

4-4.5 mm long, lobes to 2.5 mm long. Petals yellow with maroon stripes; standard 4.5-

5 X 5 mm; wings 4-4.5 * 4 mm; keel 3-4 X 4 mm. Stamens 3-4 mm long. Fertile

articles | or 2; upper ones 2.5 X 2 mm, shortly beaked, laxly reticulate veined, puberulent

or papillose especially on the ridge; ‘beak very strongly uncinate, about i mm long,

shortly hairy; seeds 2 < 1.5 mm. Fig. 21.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 195

Fig. 2. A. Smithia sensitiva: A,. fruit < 6; A,. seed X 6; A,. stipules * 2. B. Cyclocarpa stellaris: B,. fruit * 6;

B,. seed X 6. C. Ormocarpum orientale C,. standard * 2; C,. keels * 2; C,. wing * 2; C, stamens * 2; C,. fruit

xX 1; C,. seed X 6, D, Arachis hypogea: D,. flower * 2; D,. fruit X 1; D,. seed * IL. E-I. Stylosanthes: E. S.

hamata: E,. fruit X 6; E,. seed < 6; E;. part of the inflorescence X 6 showing (a) secondary bract (b) 2 bracteoles

seed X 6. H. S. scabra: H,. fruit < 6; H,. seed X 6; H,. part of inflorescence X 6, showing (a) secondary bract

(b) 2 bracteoles, (c) axis rudiment. I. S. viscosa: I. fruit < 6; I. seed * 6. A, Durrington 343; B, Brass 18448;

C,-C,, Vandenberg & Mann NGF 42285, C.-C,, Turner BRI 346261; D, living material; E, Stanley 80214; F,

Pullen 8852; G, Sharpe 3651; H, Clarkson 5068; I, Cowie 309.

196 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. Berrimah, 12°27’S, 130°55’E, Darwin, Mar 1977, Duniop 4168 (DNA);

Corndori Billabong, 12°31’S, 132°52’E, Jabiru, Apr 1986, Cowrie 309 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in northern and eastern South America and

extending to tropical America. Introduced into Australia (in 1965) from Brazil and now

naturalised in the Northern Territory (Map 8).

S. viscosa can be distinguished by the viscid, densely glandular hairy stems and

leaf axes, and by the fruits with 1 or 2 fertile articles and short, strongly uncinate beaks

(to | mm long). It resembles S. scabra but in the latter species the lateral nerves are

very conspicuous and raised, the stems are very sparsely glandular hairy, and the fruits

have 2 fertile articles, and have longer beaks (to 2.5 mm long).

2. Stylosanthes guianensis (Aublet) Swartz, Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. 10: 301 (1789);

Trifolium guianensis Aublet, Pl. Guiana 2: 776, t. 309 (1775). Type: French

Guiana, Macouria, Aub/et s.n. (B.M. n.y.).

Mohl., Rhodora 65 (763): 249; 254, f. 19 (1963); tMannetje, Aust. J. Bot. 25:

347-362; f. 1, 2, 7, 8, 9 (1977).

S. gracilis Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 6: 396-397, t. 596 (1823). Type: Venezuela,

Crescit in monte Turimiquiri, prope El Cocollar, alt 700 hex. (Provincia Novae

Andalusiae), A. Humboldt & A. Bonpland (n.y.)

Herbs or subshrubs with usually much branched, erect or semierect stems to 2 m high;

usually setose and viscid; stems hairy on one side with a line of dense fine hairs,

puberulous elsewhere, usually densely hispid all over with spreading, long, brownish or

purple bristles, rarely subglabrous, sometimes with scattered glandular hairs. Free part

of petiole and rachis 3~10 mm long, densely long hairy and bristly, or glabrous; leaflets

narrowly elliptic or ovate, 13-44 X 3-9 mm, apex acute or subacute, mucronate; base

acute or + obtuse; entire or minutely spinulose toothed; glabrous or lower surfaces with

sparse fine hairs and bristles (midribs bristly), and also with tannin deposits; lateral

nerves 4—7-paired, dries whitish, basal pair thick, others usually slender, thickening only

towards their tips; petiolules to 0.5 mm long, pubescent. Stipules 1-2.2 cm long, usually

flushed with red, sheath nearly as long as the long aristate lobes, 11-15-nerved, glabrous

or bristly. Inflorescences short, broadly ovoid, loosely arranged, 1-1.5 X 1.2 cm, 2-32-

flowered; primary bracts 1-foliolate, 0.8-2.1 cm long, densely fine hairy outside and

bristly, (bristles sometimes gland-tipped); pubescent from apex to the middle inside;

secondary ones 6 mm long, entire or dentate; bracteoles 1, narrowly ovate, 4.5-6 X 0.5-

1 mm, ciliate. Axis rudiment absent. Calyx tube 2-6 mm long, lobes 2.5-3.5 * 1-1.5

mm. Petals cream to orange-yellow with red or dark streaks; standard 4.5-6 X 3,5-4

mm; wings 2.5-4 xX 3-4 mm; keel 2.5-4 X 2-3 mm. Stamens 3-4 mm long. Fertile

articles 1, + ovoid with a very minute beak, 2.5-3 X 1-2.5 mm, obscurely reticulate

veined, glabrous or with few hairs at apex; beak strongly bent, 0.1-0.5 mm long; seeds

pale brown. Fig. 2G.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Port Hedland area, in 1953, Runius (PERTH). Northern Territory. Near

Mudginbarry—Oenpelli Rd, May 1986, Cowie 311 (DNA); Port Keats Mission Stn, Sep 1972, Robinson (DNA);

Tortilla Flats, Jul 1973, Parker 123 (DNA). Queensland. Coox District: Innisfail, Jul 1957, Dodd (BRI). NORTH

KENNEDY DISTRIcT: Mission Beach, Jul 1966, Hyland 3899 (BRI). SouUTH KENNEDY District: Wollombi, Mackay,

Jun 1960, Chicont (BRD). Port Curtis District: Between Stockyard Point and Five Rocks, about 15.5 km ENE

-of Byfield, Jul 1977, Clarkson 1008 & Stanley (BRI). MORETON Districr: 2 km N of Coolum Beach, Sep 1975,

Sharpe 1303 (BRD).

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America, widespread in northern and central

South America. It is the most widely distributed species of the genus; it had been

introduced as a pasture legume and cover crop and subsequently become naturalised in

most tropical countries, viz tropical America, Africa, New Guinea and Australia (Map

9): usually along roadsides and other disturbed areas. Several strains have been introduced

-into Australia from South America (between 1931-75).

___S. guianensis is distinguishable by the coarsely hairy stems with brown or purple

hispid hairs; broad inflorescences with greenish or purple bracts, and fruits with 1 fertile

article and very minute, bent beaks.

Common name: Common stylo.

Uses: As a pasture legume and as a cover crop.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 197

Note: The species varies considerably in the density of indumentum and in the attributes

of their leaves. Six varieties were recognised by t'Mannetje (1977); the naturalised plants

in Australia are referable to the typical variety.

3. Stylosanthes humilis Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. 6: 506, t. 594 (1823). Type: Venezuela,

Crescit ad Orinocum (Orinoco), prope Carichanam, locis calidissimis, 4. Humboldt

& A. Bonpland (n.y.).

Mohl., Rhodora 65 (763): 245-258, f. 11 & 30 (1963); Nooteboom, Reinwardtia

5(4): 447~—450 (1961); Pedley, Austrobaileya 1(1): 37-38 (1977); Verdc., Man. New

Guinea Legumes 373; 374, f. 87 (1979).

S. sundaica Taubert, Verh. Brand. 32: 21 (1890). Type: Sunda Island, collector

unknown (H.¥.).

[S. mucronata auct. non Willd.: Bailey, Qd Agr. J. 31: 115-116, t. 99 (1913); C.

White, Proc. R. Soc. Qd 34: 34 (1923)]

Herbs or subshrubs, with tufted, branched, decumbent stems to 60 cm; usually densely

hairy on one side of the stem with dense soft fine hairs; the other side puberulent or ©

glabrous; bristles usually scattered all over the stem (dense below nodes). Free part of

petiole and rachis (2—)5-11 mm long, finely hairy and bristly; leaflets narrowly elliptic

or ovate, (7-)10-38 x 2-4(—6) mm, apex acute or acuminate; base acute or subobtuse;

glabrous above, finely hairy or sparsely bristly on lower surfaces and margins, usually

papillose below; lateral nerves 2- or 3- (or 4)-paired, oblique, + feeble, sometimes

thickening towards apex; petiolules to 0.5 mm long, hairy or glabrous. Stipules scarious

with green tips, (3~)6-11 mm long, sheath usually as long as the aristate lobes, 5~7-

nerved, finely hairy and bristly. Inflorescence short, ovoid or capituliform, 4-15 x 6-10

mm, 3~11-flowered; primary bracts |-—3-foliolate, 5-15 mm long, finely hairy and bristly

outside; secondary ones 4—4.5 X 1.5-—3 mm, entire or toothed; bracteoles 1 or 2, narrowly

ovate, acuminate, 3-4.5 X 0.5-1 mm, densely ciliate. Axis rudiment rarely present, then

deciduous. Calyx tube 2-5 mm long, lobes 1.5 X 0.5-1 mm. Petals yellow or orange;

standard 3-4.5 X 2-3 mm: wings 4 X 2 mm; keel 2~3.5 X 2 mm. Stamens 3-4 mm

long. Fertile articles 1, rarely 2, upper articles long beaked, 2.5-3.5 X 1.5-2.5 mm, ridged

above, keeled and prominently reticulate veined; sparsely appressed hairy; beak protruding

from the inflorescence, 3.5—7 mm long, strongly curved, uncinate at apex, sparsely hairy;

seeds ovoid, 2.5 X 1.5 mm. Fig. 2F.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. Derby, May 1962, Royce 6881 (PERTH); Great Northern Highway, 200

km N of Halls Creek, Apr 1985, Aplin et al 392 (PERTH). Northern Territory. Victoria Settlement, Cobourg

Peninsula, May 1963, Letts (DNA); Gove Peninsula, Apr 1974, Hinz B7494R (DNA), On Munmarlary track S

of junction with Arnhem Highway, 11 km N of Nourlangie Ranger Stn, Jun 1980, Craven 6523 (CANB);

Mullapunyah Spring Stn., 51 km from Barkly Tableland Highway, May 1984, Halford 84523 (DNA). Queensland.

Cook District: Vallack Point, 1.5 miles [2.4 km] S of Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18802 (BRI, CANB). BURKE

District: Mornington Island, May 1963, Tindale (AD). NORTH KENNEDY District: Castle Hill, Townsville, Jun —

1931, Blake 5969 (BRI). Port Curtis Disrricr: Couti-Outi, 70 miles (112 km) NNW of Rockhampton, Jun

1960, Johnson 2007 (BRI). WARREGO Districr: 45 miles (72 km) S of Charleville on Warrego River, Apr 1962,

a E328 (BRI). MorETON District: D.P.I. Complex, Indooroopilly, May 1981, Dilleward & Stanley 554

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America; widespread in Central South America

and tropical America. Naturalised in most tropical countries including Malaysia, Indo-

nesia, New Guinea and Australia. It was introduced into northern Australia (about 1900)

probably from Brazil and now widely naturalised in Queensland and parts of Northern

Territory and Western Australia (Map 10); usually along roads and other disturbed areas.

The species 1s common around Townsville.

S. humilis 1s easily distinguished by the long beaks of fruits which protrude from

the inflorescences; by the bristly bracts and stems, and also by the lines of dense fine

hairs on one side of the stem. Some forms of this can be confused with S. Hamata, but

may be separated by the non bristly stems and bracts, and by the very conspicuous

lateral nerves which are also greater 1n number (up to 7-paired) of the latter species.

Common name: Stylo, Townsville stylo or Townsville lucerne.

Uses: Regarded as a very useful fodder legume in Australia.

198 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Note: S. Aumilis varies considerably in hairiness, in the shape and size of leaflets and

articles, in the number of bracteoles, and in the absence or presence of an axis rudiment.

The majority of the Australian specimens have only | bracteole and no axis rudiment,

but a few plants however are provided with a second bracteole and a small deciduous

axis rudiment (very rarely); these are probably the same as Malesian ones previously

called S. sundaica Taubert (Pedley 1977).

4. Stylosanthes hamata (L.) Taubert, Verh. Bot. Brand. 32: 22 (1890); Hedysarum

hamatum L., Syst. Nat. 10: 1170 (1759). Type: Jamaica, Sloan Herb. t. 119, f. 2.

Mohl., Rhodora 65 (763): 248; 254, f. 16 (1963).

S. ween Cin Swartz, Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ.: 108 (1788) nom. illeg. Type: Jamaica

oc. Cit.

Herbs with usually much branched, erect (rarely + procumbent) stems to 70 cm high;

stems usually densely hairy on one side with a line of fine pilose hairs, the rest of the

stem glabrous. Free part of petiole and rachis (2—-)4—7 mm long, channelled above, pilose

at margins; leaflets elliptic, narrowly ovate to elliptic-ovate, (10-)13-29 X 2-5 mm, apex

acute or acuminate; base acute; both surfaces glabrous, or lower ones finely sparsely

hairy, ciliate; lateral nerves thick, prominently raised below, (4-—)5-—7-paired, oblique,

ascending and arched at their tips, dries whitish; petiolules to 0.5 mm long, pilose.

Stipules (8-)11-16 mm long, sheath nearly as long as the long aristate lobes, 5-9 mm

long, 5-9-nerved, glabrous or with fine appressed hairs outside, ciliate. Inflorescences

small, narrow, oblong or ovoid, 1.2-1.5 X 1.2-1.5 cm, 4-11-flowered; primary bracts

unifoliolate, (0.7-)1-2 cm, sheath 5—7-nerved, usually sparsely villous with white hairs

on both surfaces, ciliate; secondary ones 3-dentate, 4 X 1.5 mm; bracteoles 2, narrowly

ovate, attenuate, acuminate, ciliate, 3-4 X 1-1.5 mm. Axis rudiment present (usually in

the lower flowers), 4-6 mm long, densely villous. Calyx tube 3-6 X 1 mm, lobes 2 X

0.8-1 mm. Petals yellow; standard 4-5 X 3-3.5 mm; wings 4.5 X 3.5 mm; keel 3-4 X

2 mm. Stamens 4-5 mm long. Fruits 2-articulate, the lower one densely villous; upper

one long-beaked, ovoid, 3-4.5 x 1.5-2 mm, prominently reticulate-veined, glabrous or

with sparse hairs along the ridge only; beak 3—5.5 mm long, curved, uncinate at apex;

seeds dark brown, 2-2.5 X 1-1.5 mm. Fig. 2E.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Derby to Broome Rd, 19.6 km S of Derby, Apr 1985, Aplin ef al 56

(PERTH); S of Hunter Ck, E of Cape Leveque, Dampierland Peninsula, Aug 1985, Kenneally 9468 (PERTH).

Northern Territory. IB Bore, Benmarra Stn, May 1984, Strong 109 (DNA); Soudan Stn, 9 km W of HLS., May

1977, Henshall 1796 (CANB,DNA); Arnhem H/W, S. Alligator, Oct 1984, Cowie 192 (CANB); about 17 km from

ENE of Soudan H.S., Aug 1978, Donner 6139 (AD). Queensland. Coox District: 17 km along main Weipa Rd

off Peninsula Rd, Apr 1988, Forster 4046 & Liddle (BRI). NorTH KENNEDY District: NW of Townsville, Feb

1980, Stanley 80219 (BRJ). BURKE Distrricr: 13 miles {20.8} km from Cloncurry towards Kynuna along

Landsborough H/W, Jul 1979, Carriage 16 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America; widespread in the Caribbean Islands,

and tropical America. Introduced into Australia (between 1961 and 1975) from South

America (Venezuela), naturalised in northern Australia and central Queensland (Map

11); along riverbanks, in swampy areas and disturbed areas.

S. hamata is distinguishable by the white hairy, non bristly stems and bracts,

lines of long fine hairs on one side of stem, and by the presence of a + villous axis

rudiment. It can be confused with S. Aumilis which has similar leaves, but bracts and

stems are bristly, and lateral nerves fewer (only 2 or 3 (—4) pairs), + feeble in the latter

species.

Common name: Caribbean stylo.

5. Stylosanthes scabra J. Vogel, Linnaea 12: 69 (1838). Type: Brazil in Serra da Moeda,

F. Sello as ““Sellow”, & B. Luschnath ad Baia (syn. 1.¥.).

Mohl., Rhodora 65(763): 247; 251, f. 6 (1963).

Subshrubs with erect, much branched stems to 1 m high; usually viscid and hairy;

densely hairy on stems and leaf axes with fine long hairs and bristles, sometimes sparsely

glandular hairy, rarely + glabrous. Free part of rachis and petiole 6-9(-15) mm long.

Leaflets elliptic, 10—22(-28) < 3.5-7(-9) mm, apex subacute or obtuse, mucronate; base

subacute or subtruncate; finely pilose above, lower surfaces and margins densely or

sparsely hairy with soft long hairs and scattered short bristles and glandular hairs, usually

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 199

with a reticulate pattern of tannin below; lateral nerves 4-6-paired, oblique and ascending,

thick and very conspicuous, dries whitish: petiolules to 0.5 mm long. Stipules (9—)12-

14 mm long, sheath nearly twice the length of the aristate lobes, 7—-9-nerved, sparsely

finely hairy and bristly. Inflorescences short, oblong, 10-18 x 8-12 mm, 7-9-flowered:

primary bracts unifoliolate, 11-12.5 mm long, sheath longer than teeth, 5-—7-nerved,

densely hairy and ciliate; secondary ones ovate, 3-dentate, 2-3 < 1.5-—2 mm, ciliate;

bracteoles 2, narrowly ovate, acute, 2.5-3 * 0.5 mm, ciliate. Axis rudiment 5 mm long,

rusty villous. Calyx tube (3-)4-6 mm long, lobes 2 mm long. Petals yellow with red

markings; standard 4-6 X 3.5-6 mm; wings 4-5 X 3-4 mm; keel 3.5 X 3 mm. Stamens

3.5-4 mm long. Fertile articles 2; upper article 5-6.5 mm long (including short beak),

2~-2.5 mm diameter, obscurely reticulate veined, sparsely hairy except densely appressed

hairy ridge; lower article 3 X 2 mm, densely appressed hairy; beak 1.5-2.5 mm long,

age curved, uncinate at apex; usually densely long hairy; seeds 2 X 1-mm, brown.

ig.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Kimberleys, Gibb River-Kalumburu Mission Rd, 2 km S$ of Drysdale

River crossing, + 182 km WSW of Wyndham, May 1976, Beauglehole 51700 (PERTH). Northern Territory.

Tortilla Flats, Jul 1973, Parker 122 (DNA); Bullita Stn airstrip, Feb 1986, Clarke 345 and Wightman (DNA).

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Weipa, top of A and B Slurry Dam, May 1981, Morton 1291 (BRD; Road to Bolt

Head off Maloney Springs to Carron Valley Rd, Jun 1989, Forster 5489 (BRD): Bamboo Range, !9 km past

Musgrave on Coen Rd, Jun 1989, Forster 5230 (BRD: Source of Shanty Ck, | km SW of Stones Hill, Jul 1989,

Forster 5603 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Native of South America where it is widespread. Introduced

into Australia (in 1965) from Brazil, and now naturalised in northern Australia (Map

12); along roadsides and other disturbed areas, in open forests.

S. scabra 1s distinguishable by the elliptic, obtuse or subacute leaflets; thick, very

conspicuous lateral nerves; densely hairy stems with long fine ordinary hairs, scattered

bristles and glandular hairs, and also by the fruits with 2 fertile articles and a long hairy

beak to 2.5 mm long. This species can sometimes be confused with S. gulanensis (Aublet)

Swartz, and S. viscosa Swartz, but the former differs in having lines of fine hairs on one

side of stem and fruits with 1 fertile article and a minute beak, while the latter differs

in the densely glandular hairy stems, petioles and rachis, and fruits with | fertile article

and a short strongly uncinate beak.

Subtribe 4. POIRETITINAE

ali rail (Burkart) Rudd in Polhill & Raven, Adv. Legume Syst. 1: 353

1981).

Hedysareae subtribe Poiretiinae Burkart, Darwiniana 3: 124 (1939) as “Poiretinae’”’.

Leaves usually with pellucid or pustular glands, leaflets digitately (1 or) 2 or 4, or

numerous and imparipinnate. Flowers sessile or pedicellate, pedicels usually without

joints or bracteoles. Calyx tube short. Anthers dimorphic. Fruits with | to several,

sper plehe subsimilar, reticulately veined articles, often ornamented with crests, bristles

or glands.

Four genera, only Zornia (Reynolds & Holland 1989) occurs in Australia.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the Australian Biological Resource Study, Federal Department of

the Arts, Sports, The Environment, Tourism and Territories for a grant in 1987 to

undertake Research on the tribe Aeschynomeneae in Australia. I would like to thank

Mr Les Pedley for his constructive comments on the manuscript, Dr Bob Johnson for

his support and Mr Rod Henderson for his helpful suggestions and useful advice, Mr

David Halford for his assistance with measurements and maps, and Mr Will Smith for

the illustrations and maps. My thanks are also extended to Dr J. Ross, Miss H. Aston

and Dr B. Briggs for allowing me full access to specimens in their institutions, Dr P.

Morat and Mr J. Bosser of Museum National d’ Histoire naturelle Paris for checking

the types of Aeschynomene brevifolia and A. micranthos, and the Directors of the

following herbaria for the loan of herbarium material, types and photographs -— AD,

CANB, DNA, FI, G, L, MEL, NSW, PERTH and PR.

200 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

3 = f 4 2% f

a e a

c © eT

<=> oO

t .

te Wy,

i ?

) { t

<3 a

‘ ‘

vy, U

Maps 1-6, 1-4. Aeschynomene spp.: 1. @ A. aspera, @ A, micrantha, 2. A. indica. 3, @ A. brevifolia, @ A.

minal nk 4. A. villosa. 5. Smithia spp.. @ S. conferta, BS. sensitiva. 6. @ Cyclocarpa stellaris, @ Ormocarpum

orientale.

Reynolds, Aeschynomeneae 201

, @

a a

4 }

F ven

’ " ; "

9 ad ; f

2% 6 a

' > ;

‘ \ 8 a,

11 ee 120 ZH

= @ & rf

w/ ” °

6 8 8

; 4

Pa]

ve vi

Maps 7-12. 7. Arachis hypogea. 8-12. Stylosanthes spp.: 8. S. viscosa. 9. S. guianensis. 10. S. humilis. 11. S.

hamata. 12. §. scabra.

202 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

References

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Flora Australiensis 2: 225-228.

BURT, R.L. & WILLIAMS, W.T. (1975). Plant introduction and the Stylosanthes story. Australian Meat Research

Committee Review No. 25: 1-26.

MCVAUGH, R. (1987). Flora Novo-Galiciana 5: Leguminosae 256-276 & 700-704. Ann Arbor: The University

of Michigan Press.

OLIVER, D. (1871). Flora of Tropical Africa 2: 151. London: Reeve.

PEDLEY, L. (1977). Notes on Leguminosae J. (Stylosanthes Swartz). Austrobaileya 1(1): 37-38.

REYNOLDS, S.T. & HOLLAND, A.E. (1989). The genus Zornia J. Gmelin (Leguminosae) in Australia.

Austrobaileya 3(1): 13-38.

RO V.E. tee The American species of Aeschynomene. Contributions from the U.S. National Herbarium

32(1): 1-

mane 0 45 ee Supplementary Studies in Aeschynomene. Journal of the Washington Academy of Science

RUDD, V.E. (1981). Tribe Aeschynomeneae (Benth.) Hutch. In R.M. Polhill & P.H. Raven (eds), Advances in

Legume Systematics 1: 347-354.

tMANNETIE, L. (1977). A Revision of Varieties of Stylosanthes guianensis (Aublet) Swartz. Australian Journal

of Botany 25: 347-362.

URBAN, I. (1905). Symbolae antillanae 4: 288. Berlin: Fr. Borntraeger.

VOGEL, J. (1838). De Hedysareis Brasiliae. Linnaea 12: 63-96.

Accepted for publication 21 February 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 203-214 (1990) 203

SIX NEW SPECIES OF HEDYOTIS L. (RUBIACEAE) FROM

NORTHERN AUSTRALIA

David A. Halford

G.P.O. Box 2282, Brisbane, Qld 4001

Summary

Hedyotis argillacea, H. largiflorens, H. leptocaulis, H. laceyi H. thysanota and H. delicata are described as new,

and their distribution and relationship to allied species occurring in Australia are discussed.

Introduction

In the course of investigations into the delimitation of the two closely related

genera Hedyotis L. and Oldenlandia L. in Australia, it has become apparent that there

are a number of undescribed taxa in them. This is a preliminary paper to formalise

names for six taxa to be used in my forthcoming revision of the genera in Australia.

The taxa have been described under Hedyotis L. which is the correct name for these

genera when combined (Merrill & Metcalf 1942).

Herbarium material from BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW, NT. and PERTH has

been examined. All measurements have been taken from dried and spirit material except

for H. leptocaulis where dried and reconstituted material was used. Floral and fruit

measurements were made using a Wild binocular microscope fitted with a Wild MMS

235 Digital Length Measuring Unit. Note: NT specimens are now incorporated in DNA.

Hedyotis argillacea Halford, sp. nov. affinis H. coerulescentis F. Muell. sed capsulis

ellipsoido-obconicis rostro obtuso-retuso praeditis et seminibus depresso-ellipso-

ideis diagnoscenda. H. coerulescens capsulis oblongo-ellipsoideis rostro retuso-

truncato et seminibus dorsiventraliter complanatis praeditur. Typus: Northern

Territory. DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: 6 km NE of Cape Crawford Roadhouse

towards Borroloola, 16°38’S, 135°46’E, 30 April 1989, D. Halford H93 (holo: BRI;

iso: DNA,K,PERTH).

Slender erect, ascending or diffuse annual herb up to 40 cm tall, branches often sprawling

at maturity. Stems terete or obtusely 4-angled, glabrous or with short erect hairs, usually

scabridulous on ribs. Leaves opposite; basal leaves subsessile, elliptic to ovate, 5-10 mm

long, 3-5 mm wide, often disappearing before plant matures; cauline leaves sessile, linear

to narrowly obovate, 1.5-—5 cm long, 1—-2.5 mm wide, attenuate at apex and base, glabrous

or with minute scabrous hairs above and on midrib below, glabrous below, with midrib

prominent below. Stipules fused and adnate to the leaf bases; stipule-sheath 0.5-1 mm

long, glabrous, produced into triangular lobe, margin sometimes fimbriate. Inflorescences

lax, terminal monochasial or dichasial cymes with leaf-like bracts decreasing in size

towards apex. Flowers in pairs at nodes sometimes solitary. Pedicels terete, 5-20 mm __

long. Calyx lobes 4, triangular, 0.5-1.0 mm long, slightly keeled, connate at the base,

with margin serrulate or entire; sinus between lobes rounded or acute. Corolla pale

mauve outside, with lobes white on adaxial surface becoming pale pink with age; tube

short, 0.5-1 mm long; lobes 4, linear, 2.5~3.5 mm long, apex acute, geniculate at c.

1/4 of their length from the tube, with a line of hairs on lobes at knee. Filaments c. 0.3

mm long, attached in corolla tube at or just below sinus between lobes; anthers oblong,

0.4-0.7 mm long. Ovary obconical, 2-locular, 1-2 mm long, glabrous. Style c. 0.5 mm

long; stigma bifid; lobes c. 0.5 mm long, erect, subulate. Stamens and style exerted from

corolla tube but enclosed by lobes, overtopped by ring of hairs. Placenta fleshy, oblong,

attached below centre of septum by stout stalk; ovules 30-50/locule. Capsule crustaceous,

ellipsoid-obconical, 2.5-5 mm long (including beak), 1.7-3 mm wide, always longer than

wide, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs, laterally compressed, furrowed along

dissepiment: beak short, obtuse-retuse, 0.8-1 mm long, splitting loculicidally, secondary

splitting septicidally, beak enclosed by persistent calyx lobes. Seeds numerous, depressed

ellipsoid-ovoid, c. 0.7 mm wide; testa brown, reticulate. Figs 1 & 4A

204 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Cotton fields, Kununurra, May 1967, Scrymgeour

1710 (PERTH); {| km E of grid, 15 km S junction of old road & Victoria Hwy, Jul 1978, Andrew 144 (DNA).

Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF District: 6 km NE of Cape Crawford Roadhouse towards Borrolooia,

Apr 1989, 16°38’S, 135°46’E, Halford H93 (BRI). Vicroria RIVER District: 37 km E of W.A./N.T. border along

Victoria Hwy, Newry Station, 16°03’S, 129°17’E, Apr 1989, Halford H59 (BRI); 40 km W of Suplejack [Supplejack]

Homestead, 19°18’S, 129°36’E, Sep 1978, Latz 8129A (NT); Timber Creek, 15°37/S, 130°27/E, Jul 1977, Parker

1077 (BRI,NT). BARKLY TABLELAND District: 28 km N Connell’s Bore, 18°43’S, 136°27’E, Jun 1982, Latz 9571

(NT); 3 km W of IB Bore, Benmara Station, 17°55’S, 136°52’E, May 1984, Strong 139 (NT). Queensland. BURKE

Districr: 13 km W of Gregory Downs Homestead towards Lawn Hill, 18°38’S, 139°07’E, May 1989, Halford

H1I00 (BRI). NorTH KENNEDY DIstTRicr: 126 km towards Lynd Junction from Mt Garnet along Kennedy

Development road, 18°41’S, 144°44’E, May 1989, Halford H126 (BRI); Low Holm, NW of Pentland, 20°06’S,

145°59’E, Jul 1954, Blake 19365 (BRI). (14 specimens examined).

Distribution and habitat: Recorded across northern Australia from Kununurra, Western

Australia, to Mt Garnet, Queensland (Map 1). It is found on clay soils, rarely on sandy

soils, in grasslands, herblands and open woodlands, also around moist depressions on

road verges and irrigated fields. Has once been collected on a rocky platform in a

watercourse.

Relationships: It is closely related to and resembles H. coerulescens F. Muell., from

which it may be distinguished by its ellipsoid-obconical capsules with obtuse-retuse beak

and depressed ellipsoid-ovoid seeds (Fig. 4A). In H. coerulescens the capsules are obloid-

fe ae retuse-truncate beaks and dorsiventrally flattened seeds with a hilar ridge

ig. 4B).

Conservation status: H. argillacea is widely distributed but is not known to occur in

any conservation reserves. Although its habitat is used for grazing of domestic stock it

is not presently considered endangered or threatened.

Notes: H. argillacea resembles the Indian H. graminifolia L.f. in capsule shape and

habit. Further studies may reveal it to be better considered as an infraspecific taxon.

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the clay soils in which this species commonly

STOWS.

Hedyotis largiflorens Halford, sp. nov. maxime similis H. laceyi et H. leptocauli sed ab

amobus statura elatiore et floribus majoribus, corollis eis hujus usque duplo

longioribus; a speciebus ceteris Australianis capsulis globosis calycis lobis persis-

tentibus erectis ad apicem ornatis differt. Typus: Northern Territory. DARWIN

AND GULF DISTRIcT: Edith Fails, 33 km N of Katherine, 14°06’S, 132°12’E, 28

April 1989, D. Halford H75 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA,K,PERTH).

Annual erect or ascending herb up to 50 cm tall. Branches pubescent with short erect

hairs or glabrous; internodes up to 9 cm long. Leaves opposite; basal leaves not seen;

cauline leaves sessile, linear, 3-6 cm long, c. 1 mm wide, attenuate at base, acuminate

at apex, sparsely scabridulous above and on midrib below, glabrous below, with margin

recurved, with midrib prominent below. Stipules fused and adnate to the leaf bases;

stipule-sheath 0.5-—1 mm long, tuberculate, produced into lobe, colleters on margin shortly

fimbriate. Inflorescences lax, terminal cymes with leaf-like bracts decreasing in size

towards apex. Pedicels slender, erect, 10-60 mm long. Calyx lobes 4, triangular, 0.5-1.5

mm long, scabridulous, connate at base, acuminate to acute at apex, margin serrulate;

sinus between lobes acute, colleters sometimes present between lobes. Corolla white with

mauve stripes running the length of lobes, narrowly infundibular, short erect hairs

outside; tube 6-8.5 mm long, glabrous or sparsely hairy inside; lobes 4, ovate, 3-6.5

mm long, pilose towards base inside. Stamens exserted; filaments terete, 0.5-1 mm long;

anthers 2~2.3 mm long. Ovary globose, 2-locular, 1-1.5 mm diameter, scabridulous.

Style exserted from tube when mature, 6.5-7.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform,

2.5-3 mm long, twisted, hairy. Placenta fleshy, peltately attached to septum; ovules 35-

5O/locule. Capsule crustaceous, globose, 2-3 mm diameter, papillose, persistent calyx

"aa erect, on top of capsule; beak slightly raised, rounded. Mature seeds not seen. Fig.

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia. GARDNER District: Lone Dingo, Mitchell Plateau, 14°35’S,

125°45’E, Jun 1987, Keighery 8990 (PERTH), c. 8 km SE of Mitchell River Homestead, 15°10’S, 125°S0’E, Jun

1985, Fryxell 4745 et ai. (CANB); Dog leg Swamp, Mitchell Plateau, 14°56’S, 126°00’E, May 1978, Kenneally

6718 (DNA). Northern Territory. VICTORIA RIvER DISTRICT: Mount Thymaman, 15°L1’S, 130°50’E, Mar 1989,

Leach 2379 & Dunlop (BRD.

Halford, Hedyotis 205

Fig. 1. Hedyotis iargiflorens: A. habit X 0.3. B. flower X 6. C. corolla opened out, and immature style x 6. C,.

mature style X 6. D. Capsule x 6. H. argillacea: E. habit X 0.3. F. flower X 6. G. corolla opened out, and style

x 6. H. capsule < 6. A, Keighery 8990; B-D, Halford H75; E, Halford H59; F-H, Halford H126.

206 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

Distribution and habitat: H. /argiflorens is presently known from five populations in the

area from the Mitchell Plateau, Western Australia to near Katherine in the Northern

Territory (Map 1). Occurs on lateritic loam or sandy soils in Eucalyptus woodlands.

Relationships: H. /argiflorens is most closely allied to H. laceyi and H. leptocaulis but

is readily distinguished from these species by its taller stature and larger flowers; corolla

tube 6-8.5 mm long as compared to 1.5-4.5 mm and 4-5.5 mm long respectively. H.

largiflorens differs from other Australian species of Hedyotis in its globose capsule and

peltate placenta as well as its larger flowers.

Conservation status: Although fairly widely distributed, this species is only known from

hive populations. The holotype locality is in Nitmiluk National Park, formerly known

as Katherine Gorge National Park. A conservation coding of 3K is appropriate based

on criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet was chosen to draw attention to the flower size in the

species, being the largest flowers of all known Australian species.

Hedyotis leptocaulis Halford, sp. noy. accedit H. laceyi et H. largiflorentem, proxime F.

laceyi, sed corollis infundibuliformibus, filamentis staminalibus longioribus et

calycis lobis longioribus differt; a H. largiflorenti statura breviore et floribus

parvioribus distinguitur; a speciebus ceteris Australianis (praeter H. /aceyi) capsulis

globosis, placenta peltata et caulibus tenuibus differt. Typus: Northern Territory.

DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: 7.5 km S of Cooinda on Pine Creek road, 12°58’S,

132°31’E, 20 May 1980, 4. Lazarides 8869 (holo: DNA; iso: AD,BRI,CANB,

MEL,NSW).

Erect, ascending or diffuse, annual herb. Stems terete, slender, glabrous or pubescent

near nodes with short erect hairs. Leaves opposite; basal leaves sessile, linear, 5-8 mm

long, c. 0.5 mm wide; cauline leaves sessile, linear, 1.5-2.5(-3.5) cm long, 0.5-—1 mm

wide, attenuate at apex, glabrous or sparsely covered with short erect hairs above. Stipules

fused and adnate to the leaf bases; stipule-sheath c. 0.5 mm long, sparsely covered with

erect hairs, produced into lobe c. 0.7 mm long, margin entire or fimbriate. Inflorescences

lax, terminal dichasial cymes with leaf-like bracts decreasing in size towards apex.

Pedicels capillary, 5-20(-35) mm long. Calyx lobes 4, narrow triangular, 0.5-1.5 mm

long, connate at base, margin entire or finely serrulate; sinus between lobes acute. Corolla

white, pink to mauve, infundibular; tube 4-5.5 mm long, with scattered short erect hairs

outside, glabrous or somewhat hairy inside; lobes 4, ovate, 2-3 mm long, sparsely covered

with short glandular hairs inside especially towards base. Stamens exserted; filaments

terete, 0.5-1 mm long, erect, reflexed with age; anthers oblong, 0.5-0.8 mm long. Ovary

globose, 2-locular, 0.5-1 mm diameter, glabrous or with minute scabrous hairs. Style

exserted from tube when mature, 3.5-5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform, 1.5-—2 mm

long, twisted, hairy. Placenta fleshy, peltately attached to septum. Capsule crustaceous,

globose, 1.5~2 mm diameter, glabrous, persistent calyx lobes erect on capsule; beak

slightly raised, rounded, splitting loculicidally. Seeds minute, squat-angular, truncate at

apex; testa pale brown, finely reticulate. Fig. 2.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF District: 13 miles [21 km] SE of Darwin, 12°29’S,

i31°00’E, May 1958, Chippendale 4435 (BRIL.NSW,NT); Howard Springs area, 16 miles [26 km] SE of Darwin,

[2°27'S, E31°04/E, May 1959, Chippendale 6160 (NT); 3.3 km E Humpty Doo Hotel, 12°35’S’ 131°O7’E, May

1976, Dunlop 4254 (DNA), Near Black Jungle, 12°32’S, 131°14’E, Jun 1968, Wheelright DW53 (DNA); Baroalba

Creek, 10 km ESE of Nourlangie Ranger Station on Pine Creek road, 12° 46'S, 132°45’E, May 1980, Craven 5494

(BRI, DNA ,MEL); Nourlangie Creek, 12°50’S, 132°46’E, Jun 1974, Fox 493 (DNA): Koongarra — Hickey creek,

12°S1’S, 132°50'E, Jun 1978, Rice 2685 (BRI CANB); Mudginberri Station, 3 km N of homestead, 12° 33’S,

[32° 55’E, May 1981, Henshall 3632(NT). (18 specimens examined).

Distribution and habitat: Found on the wetlands east of Darwin to the Arnhem Land

escarpment, Northern Territory (Map 2). Occurs on moist sands, and peaty soils in

grasslands, sedgelands and open Melaleuca woodlands in swamps, seasonally flooded

flats and creek beds and banks; also on disturbed swampy soil on roadside.

Relationships: H. /eptocaulis approaches H. laceyi and H. largiflorens. It is closest to H.

laceyi from which it differs in having infundibuliform corollas, longer staminal filaments

ss 5-imm long) and longer calyx lobes (0.5-1.5 mm long). It can be distinguished from

H., largiflorens by its shorter stature and smaller flowers. H. leptocaulis differs from other

Halford, Hedyotis 207

Fig. 2. Hedyotis leptocaulis: A. habit x 0.3. B. flower X 8, C. corolla opened out, and immature style x 8. C,.

mature style X 8. D. capsule X 8. H. laceyi: E. habit X 0.3. F. flower X 8. G. corolla opened out, and immature

style X 8. G,. mature style X 8. H. capsule < 8. A, Lazarides 8869; B,C,C,, Craven 5494; D, Dunlop 3613; E,H

Halford H120; F, Halford H72; G,G,, Halford H91.

208 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Australian species of Hedyotis by its globose capsule, peltate placenta and its slender

stems,

Conservation status: H. /eptocaulis has a moderately wide distribution and is conserved

in Kakadu National Park. However, the majority of known populations are outside

conservation reserves and future development of the wetlands east of Darwin may greatly

deplete the populations in most of its native range. A conservation coding of 3K is

appropriate based on the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the slender stems of the species.

Notes: The circumscription of H. leptocaulis includes the taxon to which Schwarz (1927)

applied the name Oldenlandia tenuissima, Oldenlandia tenuissima Schwarz (1927) is an

illegitimate name as it is a later homonym of O. tenuissima Hiern (1877). Hiern’s name

is based on African material which belongs to a completely different taxon from the one

described by Schwarz.

Hedyotis laceyi Halford, sp. nov. H. /eptocaulem praesertim habito, capsulis, inflorescentus

seminibusque simulat sed corollis hypocratiformibus, filamentis staminalibus

brevioribus et calyce breviore differt; insuper H. /argiflorentem simulat sed statura

breviore et floribus parvioribus differt; a speciebus ceteris Australianis (praeter

H. lentocaulem) capsulis globosis, placenta peltata et caulibus tenuibus duiffert.

Typus: Queensland. Cook District: Mareeba mining lease, Tinaroo Creek road,

c. 15 km SE of Mareeba, 9.6 km off Kennedy Highway, 1 km before Oreiglas

Creek crossing, 17°05’S, 145°30’E, 1 May 1972, IB. Staples 010572/11 (holo: BRI;

iso: DNA,K,PERTH).

Erect or ascending, annual herb to 30 cm high. Stems terete, slender, glabrous or with

scattered tubercles especially at nodes and base when young. Leaves opposite; basal

leaves petiolate, c. | mm long, elliptic-lanceolate, 4-8 mm long, 1.5-4 mm wide; cauline

leaves sessile, linear, 1.0-3.7 cm long, 0.5—1.7 mm wide, attenuate at apex, glabrous or

with minute scabrous hairs above and on midrib below, glabrous below, with margin

recurved, with midrib prominent below. Stipules fused and adnate to the leaf bases;

stipule-sheath c. 0.7 mm long, glabrous or nearly so, produced into triangular lobe,

margin entire or fimbriate. Inflorescences lax, terminal dichasial cymes with leaf-like

bracts decreasing in size towards apex. Pedicels capillary, 15-27(-35) mm long. Calyx

lobes 4, triangular, 0.5-1 mm long, shortly connate at base, with margin entire or

minutely serrulate; sinus between lobes acute, colleters usually present between lobes.

Corolla white, hypocrateriform, slightly wider at throat; tube 1.5-—2.5(-4.5) mm long,

sparsely covered with short erect hairs outside, with throat glabrous; lobes 4, elliptic, 1-

2(-3.5) mm long, obtuse at apex, uncinate, with scattered hairs on lobes above anthers.

Stamens included in the throat or slightly exserted; flaments 0.2-0.5 mm long; anthers

oblong, 0.5-1 mm long. Ovary globose, 2-locular, 1-1.5 mm diameter, tuberculate. Style

exserted from tube when mature, 2-3 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform, 1-1.5 mm

long, twisted, hairy. Placenta fleshy, peltately attached to septum; ovules 40-60/locule.

Capsule crustaceous, globose, 2—2.5(-3) mm diameter, glabrous, crowned by a ring of

persistent calyx lobes, beakless or nearly so, splitting loculicidally. Seeds minute, squat-

angular, truncate at apex; testa reddish brown, reticulate. Figs 2 & 5C.

Selected specimens: Western Australia. GARDNER DistRIcT: Lake Argyle road between Dead Horse Springs and

Spilway creek turn-off, Jul 1974, Carr 3133 & Beauglehole 46891 (PERTH). Northern Vckbernt DARWIN AND

GULF District: 67 km NE of Pine Creek, Ikoymarrua lookout, 13°31’S, 132°13’E, Apr 1989, Ha gore H72 (BRI);

35 km W of Cape Crawford Roadhouse along Carpentaria Hwy, 16°42’S, 135°23’E, Apr 1989, Haiford H91 (BRI).

VICTORIA RIVER DisTRICT: 35 km E of Kununurra, Keep River N.P., 15°51’S, 129°02’E, Apr 1989, Halford H58

(BRI). BARKLY TABLELAND DIstTrictT: c. 27 km SW of ‘Calvert Hills’ on the road to ‘Creswell Downs’, 17°15‘S,

137°10°E, May 1974, Pullen 9253 (DNA). Queensland. Cook District: Lockerbie, 10 miles [16 km] WSW of

Somerset, May 1948, Brass 18563 (BRI); 45 km NNW of Cooktown on road to Laura via ‘Battle Camp’, 15°17’S,

144°S1’E, May 1989, Halford Hi20 (BRI); 15 km S of Cooktown on road to Lakefield, 15°35’S, 144°S1’E, May

1989, Spe Hi22 (BRI); Near Mareeba, Apr 1967, Pedley 2278 (BRI); 4 miles [6 km] W of Mareeba, Apr

1967, Pedley 2241 (BRI. BurkKgE District: About halfway between Croydon and “Esmeralda”, Jul 1954, Blake

19598 (BRI). NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: halfway between Townsville and Rollingstone, 19°0-’S, 146°3-’E, Apr

1945, Blake 15762 & Webb (BRI). (16 specimens examined).

Distribution and habitat: Found across northern Australia from Kununurra, Western

Australia to Cape York Peninsula, north-eastern Queensland (Map 2). Occurs on shallow

gravelly and loam soils and in poorly drained sandy soils in spinifex grasslands and

Melaleuca and Eucalyptus woodlands on dissected hillslopes and rocky screes.

Halford, Hedyotis 209

Relationships: H. /aceyi resembles H. leptocaulis especially in habit, capsules, inflorescence

and seeds, but differs from it in its hypocrateriform corollas, shorter staminal filaments

(0.2-0.5 mm long) and shorter calyx lobes (0.5-1 mm long). In the vegetative state the

two species could be confused. H. /aceyi is similar to H. re teen but can be easily

distinguished by its shorter stature and smaller flowers. H. /aceyi differs from other

Australian Hedyotis species by its globose capsule, peltate placenta and its slender stems.

Conservation status: H. /aceyi is widely distributed and is known to be represented in

conservation reserves, It 1s not considered to be endangered or threatened.

Etymology: Named in honour of Captain H.J. Lacey who worked as a pony express

rider in north Queensland and carried the first mail from Cairns to Herberton in 1885.

Notes: The specimens Carr 3133 and Halford H58 have larger flowers and slightly larger

capsules than all other specimens. Further material may reveal that these collections

a hi be regarded as a distinct taxon but for the time being they are incorporated under

. faceyl. 7

Hedyotis thysanota Halford, sp. nov. H. delicatam simulat sed statura robustiore,

inflorescentiis cymosis et ad marginibus loborum corollae pilosus distinguitur; a

speciebus ceteris Australianis a charactere ultimo distinguitur. Typus: Northern

Territory. DARWIN AND GULF DISTRICT: near Koongarra saddle, 1.5 km north of

Koongarra, 12°51’S, 132°S1’E, 22 May 1980, M. Lazarides 8899 (holo: DNA; iso:

AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW),

Annual diffuse herb, much branched at base. Branches erect or ascending. Stems slender,

terete or slightly ribbed, glabrous. Leaves opposite; basal leaves sessile, linear to obovate,

up to 5 mm long, sessile; cauline leaves sessile, linear, 1-2.5 cm long, c. 1 mm wide,

narrowing towards base, acute at apex, glabrous, with margin somewhat recurved

especially towards base, with midvein prominent below. Stipules fused and adnate to

the leaf base; stipule-sheath c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous, produced into single sometimes

bifid lobe, with fimbriate margins. Inflorescences | or 2 times dichasially branched then

monochasial cymes. Bracts small, leaf-like at nodes, up to 7 mm long. Pedicels 2-20

mm long. Flowers paired at nodes of cymes, on unequal pedicels. Calyx lobes 4, linear

(somewhat terete), 2-3.5 mm long, connate at base, slightly serrulate at apex; sinus

between lobes acute, colleters present between lobes. Corolla pale purple, with veins

darker in colour, hypocrateriform; tube 5-7.5 mm long, slightly wider and with ring of

soft moniliform hairs at throat; lobes 4, elliptic, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide;

margin of lobes pilose. Stamens exserted; filaments 1.5—2.5 mm long, erect, reflexed with

age; anthers linear, c. 1 mm long. Ovary globose, 2-locular, c. 1 mm diameter, papillose.

Style exserted from tube when mature, 6.5-8.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform,

1.5-—2 mm long, twisted, hairy. Placenta fleshy, peltately attached to septum; ovules 10-

20/locule. Capsule crustaceous, globose, 1.5—2 mm diameter, sparsely papillose, persistent

calyx lobes 2—3.5 mm long; beak slightly raised, rounded, splitting loculicidally. Seeds

squat-angular, 0.5 mm across, truncate at apex; testa reticulate, black. Figs 3 & 5D.

Selected specimens: Northern Territory. DARWIN AND GULF DisTRIct: Nabarlek area, near water supply dam,

[2°20’S,133°19’E, Apr 1979, Rankin 2058 (DNA); c. 30 km NNE of Jabiru, 12°25’S, 132°57’E, Mar 1981, Craven

& Whitbread 71979 (CANB); c. 362 km E of Darwin between Mudginbarry [Mudginberri] Station and the East

Alligator River, {2°28’S, 132°55’E, Jun 1974, Pullen 9434 (CANB); near East Alligator River, 12°2~’S, 132°5~’E,

May 1975, Gittins 2885 (BRI,NSW); 2 km NNW of Koongarra saddle, 12°45’S, 132°55’E, Apr 1980, Telford 8142

& Wrigley (CANB),; Koongarra Jjump-up, 12°49’S, 132°55’E, May 1978, Dunlop 4850 (DNA); Nourlangie Creek,

12°52’S, 132°47"E, Feb 1973, Craven 2451 (DNA,CANB); Waterfall Creek, 0.5 miles above falls, 13°25’S, 132°25’E,

Apr 1969, Byrnes NB1527 (DNA). (13 specimens examined).

Distribution and habitat: Has been recorded only along the sandstone escarpment of

Arnhem Land, Northern Territory (Map 3), where it grows on shallow sandy soils over

sandstone or sometimes on deep sand in shrublands or open woodlands on moist flats,

depressions, hillslopes or on the margins of creeks associated with sandstone rocks.

Relationships: H. thysanota resembles H. delicata but can be distinguished from it by

its stouter habit, cymose inflorescence and pilose margins of the corolla lobes. The latter

character distinguishes it from other Australian Hedyotis species.

210 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Fig. 3. Hedyotis delicata: A. habit X 0.3. B. flower X 6. C. corolla opened out, and style X 6, D. capsule X 6. H.

thysanota: E. habit X 0.3. F. flower X 6. G. corolla opened out, and immature style X 6. G,. mature style x 6.

H capsule X 6. A-D, Halford H54; E~H, Halford H70.

Halford, Hedyotis 211

Conservation status: Although it is relatively restricted in its distribution the majority

of known populations are in Kakadu National Park. A conservation coding of 3R is

therefore appropiate based on the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

ve bo The specific epithet refers to the fringe of hairs on the margin of the corolla

obes.

Hedyotis delicata Halford, sp. noy. a speciebus ceteris Australianis, quaamquam semina

matura non visa, facile distinguitur, H. thysanotam morphologia florali simulat

sed floribus solitariis axillaribus, ad marginibus loborum corollae pilosis carentibus

et pilis retrorsis in caulibus foliisque praeditia differt; H. galoidem habitu et

floribus solitari1 axillaribus simulat sed corollis parvis tubularibus et capsulis

ovoido-globularibus dissepimento sulcato praeditis distinguitur. Typus: Western

Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: 28 km S of Kununurra, east bank of spillway

creek next to bridge on road to Ord Dam, 16°01’S, 128°47’E, 20 April 1989, D.

Halford H54 (holo: BRI; iso: DNA K,PERTH).

Slender, weakly ascending, annual herb single or multistemmed from base; branches

supported by surrounding vegetation. Stems terete; indumentum retrorsely scabridulous.

Leaves opposite; basal leaves petiolate, up to 1 mm long, obovate to elliptic, 2~6 mm

long, 1-1.5 mm wide; cauline leaves sessile, linear, 6-20 mm long, up to 1 mm wide,

acuminate at apex, scabridulous above and on midrib below, glabrous below, with margin

recurved, with midrib prominent below. Stipules fused and adnate to the leaf base:

stipule-sheath c. 0.5 mm long, glabrous or with retrorse scabrous hairs, drawn into single

entire lobe (sometimes bifid), fimbriate on margin. Flowers solitary in upper leaf axils.

Pedicels capillary, 10-30 mm long, retrorsely scabridulous. Calyx lobes 4, narrowly

triangular, 1-2.5 mm long, minutely scabridulous, connate at base, acuminate at apex,

sinus between lobes acute, colleters sometimes present between lobes. Corolla white,

hypocrateriform, scabridulous outside, with ring of hairs at throat; tube 2.5-4.5 mm

long, slightly wider at throat; lobes 4; ovate- elliptic, 1.5-—3.5 mm long. Stamens exserted

from tube; filaments 1-1.5 mm long. erect, reflexed with age; anthers oblong-linear, c.

0.7 mm long. Ovary globose, 2-locular, c.l mm diameter, scabridulous. Style exserted

from tube when mature, 3.5-5.5 mm long; stigma bifid; lobes filiform, 2-3 mm long,

spreading, twisted, hairy. Placenta fleshy, peltately attached to septum; ovules 45-70/

locule. Capsule crustaceous, globose, 1.5-2 mm diameter, glabrous or minutely scabri-

dulous, with persistent calyx lobes 1-2.5 mm long; beak slightly raised, rounded. Mature

seed not seen. Fig. 3

Additional specimens examined: Western Australia. GARDNER DISTRICT: Aboriginal. paintings area, 32 km WSW

of Kununurra, Jul 1976, Beauglehole 54305 (PERTH); Near spillway, N end of Lake Arygle, Jun 1975, George

13171 (PERTH): Kununurra — Timber Creek road, 1.5 km W of Lake Argyie turn-off, Jul 1974, Carr 3030 &

Beauglehole 46809 (MEL,PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: This species is found only in the area between the Northern

Territory border and the Great Northern Highway in Western Australia (Map 3). This

species occurs on seasonally moist sandy soils, in low sedgelands or grasslands on alluvial

flats and shallow depressions.

Relationships: Although mature seeds of H. delicata have not been seen, this species is

quite distinct from the other Australian species. It resembles H. thysanota in its flower

morphology, but can be easily distinguished by its solitary axillary flowers, the absence

of hairs on corolla lobe margins and the presence of retrorse hairs on stems and pedicels.

H. galioides is similar in habit to H. delicata and has solitary axillary flowers but can

be distinguished by its small tubular corollas and ovoid-globular capsule.

Conservation status: This species is presently known from four populations which are

not in conservation reserves, A conservation coding of 2K is appropiate based on the

criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the overall delicate habit of the species.

Observations: From the examination of herbarium material and observations in the field

it is apparent that H. /aceyi, H. thysanota, H. leptocaulis, H. delicata and H. largiflorens

all possess protandrous flowers. This has apparently not been reported in the literature

in any other Australia species of Hedyotis. As the corolla lobes open at flowering the

stamens are erect and yellow while the style is short and included well below the corolla

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

A Rick Stel a A ost nat

sk os * ie

rowed re ie styere : = +H H =

Sar itr = “ Tete z steed Br oa nye ery TREY ae ae Hot - = : ; Ti Ett fat

: SIRE Re eaerts x pial peer seers PRP e Gee LAIST Sethe eerertares

Z Lane “ < aera ieee Pet erie erate peer tet ert eae Stee

MITE awrets 2 saith : a iH

wy) TAREE Se:

Saat ca GHEE

ia eee

~ .

Portas, x oe Soon x

afiehre * ee *. : wer ens

i = soe wire eps Settee s pene

= seat give "eS

shies t

SHER

7 ;

Sine fiaeaed

LOE Tele.te ot POON gee bierre } wee a

eat ie Heine <i pete Hf Fee oe «EHSL

pein Se EEE . : Lips. + Ee in ofeieree

Series Spite reste aa i 3 - en eae pciteaed

a TT eer a = ‘ glee Y reppe . eae ten

fe : = risk ori me : .

Sutil iyot ete Se "

Peau toet Mie ned aerreri ; : ae

ithe tees ny oe ey,

ie cf : eres : et

aati,

RTE

otros

beaten

eer

Pnenatt

z ae res :. :

Bete neta nihil 2s i ees, SERRE ee ESS

arp

eee

LEE

we eee a 3 =

ioe AE. Bo ae ocd : : H c

Peer ei ss. Sis. od pattern ete Lee! : MESHED gt ae Series

. ee: a Se ae TT etre tines, . . pales

ated! arr in es - Se = . a wate att aeettee

ceria + sl ns ite TPE Beans Fit eae ea atate

Ms : reteatey

nae ne

petsceras

= :

= ese =

Serer ees

reer nie

ped pos

ero poke

Perec rare mele

os *

pe eHBS Vas

Seaccee tt ae S ee 3 eee te

rhe 2 > rae ferives

Pret

aA,

See

: = , Tree ee rege = =a _ oe Berti, ee

Bere oo =

int

eee

eases

eee

pat

rear rh

fetes

iy Cerra

Tee

oe ae oa Sates

= erg pt Lot pierre are

"A ie

eas

tirernler

pobre aie = = Ses Soe aes nina i

peed Son strate acc 0 Beirne pa reer a eens ganna Speers FO ne OE EE See ee

a mh temerhe B ares Feros eae coos - 2 Reeser trae - Saree ma a cy a iatite a Se

eis file Sheeler i . rian ir giclee ane oe ee oe Speed pie andere ete eea ea eget eg ee ed Oe Peta a es rd ets een ioe eat ee

$s pee pte ee SR a Pa aa eS ad PP pa aa aaa ara Cah renee Sree

. wed s

Febe, Shere Cetra iit Seen etre era eee terre ee ee es 7 = Mice

= a

soe tee

ae :

lets

, site Pan *

erent ede aes

Coes

sree iT

ac rie

: arate

sates ta! ey TF Se ese gh a 5 Sosestets: a Settee eerie pret site

sete Ree ae orien 7 rears eater Serene. Sen Tae: fel nie HESS atipree a Ses ES

Sele : ie ry, Froese a : CAE Te Seer me i : SOSH Hes “ cena hee

A ee aAsrT eo pean ae =

Reet

325

Saree

ere.

Lintneces

zisaete

SET SITE

REPT

heed!

aloe hase

eee

aed

Sebi bee ace ae ae 3 =

or aes Set iret peel. to = Pearl, Lee

Serr.

= “ised

se x: = 4 ae ee o i: = as

c o bee ori shh artes apondagtranereang Sayre neler Te nett aeons = pers = Paha

hha acuina ste astm tinier maa en ee ieee Laredo emer Lamar aU Ee HepenUen Geena: Hai ame ee gadis

ay eee are : Se nce ee tree eee ene eae int aed eam era 1 ene Reet Fee ee mea a FhES i : " 6 pois per!

ey - oral & = z al re Pee ea an hea pte Pan ae Se ae a sae States Petre ae Shor = ee Satie oF : oe Te are Sos * aoe

; ere pie ihe s ae pe cece ine, Se

se Beh hee ot Seely yee yin iy

See Paap Tea Eee LT Ee Rc pre ae ret at eerie = reer aaal E

ie eerie edren oe Se ere ieee one a eos earns aye ab ¥ eablacera:

ete Seis

cdr aie ee

ioe

oe arene

a faeries

ce Sn ee =

Ta : me : SS a

eles

Bete oe seer iy harp are S = r

ee abet SEDs core rece ge tr eee Ee cee a ie

neal Erte:

peer noe

Af eae’ re

eee,

cers like 1

oaHE Sone

5 Latiet

get ert re.

rei speletes any =

ear

ees 2. a

Sarr pra atiaes ea eenpr 2 4

oF Th Te. = re rate - eek are — A a os aye

. Fay : : sree he : pone eta ae too a : ; Seaiarcins eaten reas, :

voyies vat ri 8 Sai er: y u aod besa ents 3 ails eae TES pocien Sree

2p Cighbte ea eens 7 ine tL Fees, ESS?

5 Tike eet

poeeneneate

ale

se aerate ee a a

estes 3 ce see se i : , . : :

eA 2 oo ans Te : : : eer pate ane os at

pret z i a Sper ca : i. bone tn or ape emt hoo Seal a

cea THe eainagee ence anne ce ocd Steerer : SIE SSR SUE SE es z ; gra is fees eee: =

ere = ore Sieber ans aI os au Ler eeeee FepepEedh ie ‘ - - peat terse eee Hee Spee . 7 * ‘5. ae wis

aatreayhy =e PUT ee ea SE = serch aes fey — : PERRET errr Sr . eae a reid Shenae S

~ eee = eerie : : en a SPEER irs aie Hes ners

slag : ere et = Pr Re seer eras

ate z Se

Ae = Mi 7 =. = ae ; “f= =

“INI eS Erperitrr, rola Drea * SERED oe qarettge teers ee > irene . ere

= ae at woe apa ee re ra

iar = m 5 re m1

Soe

seed AEs

lhe

Petr ivr

beers

et, a a as

ate pe pee

poe Pee ee

ae ier

eee

= ire rian ements oe

Satan ised ele ree Bee ibs Fe

a ieee Beene

Seda peeree

res

pane

ering

uci —. = eee. mr = me peaerat rs =:

Sd Denar eka re eee = =

Sarees eee eer OS a

iatrea?

foe an

aarp

sat are

hos eee

wea

irre pest

Pas ces Peed ert Paeraeirelev i Sat a Pars

=, in

ee one rey orem ae ae s ie re ee :

ig pre eh rte ee Aas Sy gy eer oy EE pe et Re ee res reer ce =

Fig. 4. Scanning electron micrographs of Hedyotis seeds mounted with hilum viewed obliquely from the side. A.

H. argillacea. B. H. coerulescens.

Halford, Hedyotis

cece

BER

Pte ere

Mages

ennai

+ fired

a on

Seer wineeineccns

amie Od ;

ee 5 LEE ; ae mate

= ap ee ao Tatar

is ch

Ears

arr

fie ae

tant

Feat

cane

Beret rh

peal

ras

parenting

He oe

tte Eon

Pee

presse

reseanee

tears: .

a Pt ge ae %

SOT ner an ; eee

fi ee ae Teor

neous

TENET SS Tae

tire

a Sone

“o> Gey i eee 7 =

tare

apron Ae eee,

eee

a sada se

Weare ees

Beier fee ae

Bier ete

‘

mine

sian

Srey

ath

ers sees

a ‘ ne =

eee ae Sr, tees pare. ee irre I peated eee and pee ac se ad ha ¥ Sl shia ae pets s a

ee ue sete 5 peter 7 eee nae i rire grater = Se pee

Reet rete = ae eallirs Gee Sea babe et pele ares = atts - art 5 eet pan Se

Sa rope = 1 = ii ar a ascend eae! piper tate oat ees = Tate _ Soe b Meet Lo Caen ea

wees ote: ar She a. peer map ititorieeeee fear ol ee inten £ eee a Sire rere a ta Fosse oie

m7 : ae Sr: = ree = 2 = < 3

Sue eee : eee a : ee Hang aas ep hire es - pee te tree oi en

een

ane

See

oceania 2

re se ee :

eres

lps.

Seren

Sete

patatgeee

fone

nee

oes a

an oo

ae a a a

aie peor ie

See

rs = Seta eee nts peuterite reer lt 7

aor = : : : Se

ore tere ete - Tea ware

z ae pa aed arisr

iipmer ts Soe a a ores eat Sonera saer : tard

Deeper tts a - F aul

SA Gero ares ee eed at ate

tener eis enah | amine iat Ta A tert nest = Seer

Beh AAAI EoooS Soon ohare reat aero pare Prt ethene tea ere pmo tpt ener eS eeey ary S

oe = =, sae frre ios are SOT peed pas sree = i re

S25

siseee

bri:

eels

= eur me eae

PLES ene Hye! Seen Se oie ee rr: pl ea Free a on = =x, or Fee ere ore :

mots Ieee priser senna iietetie Pee : sancti eters j ms Seles heeeoae a Raut tea re Syria eee an ita ep en ee

Masha OTR Cee eter ate ine : eee Seren eee er i raga ie ertmatiee erm nen ase

SHAY

SEES ee

Seer ni tt i he ei PIP} reEs Se ESRD? Tee Sel aly

Write tert T ae eee

astm epee 2 tate)

Syste ae

Tene,

Serine = tet

Be ae

URI. Tae

= Hede ay geen Seas ms Bepule sae

Perea

LEREEAg

wel iceeenre

tees eee

DS eo

earree

Sree ie

wee

Soran t Kates peat a

peta Perino ins Spe Src ae

iy Seater piieeteari ste

Se sek : Syl a ee

aioe ripen a z eres ao!

Soe: * «iri ee a SE EAE ae cress ess =

es ae

rey. me

eae ee

Pree

. aie -s i.

pa arts beats = * =

5 S: mers

oR ap epee tre 7 Ha ri. SERS

Beis =

Borer

Br ape

aresettare

Yr,

*. sree tt Ie.

Area eer

Sree

iene

wavasee

pontctry

ar : : rte

ee o Siete Preteen

ae acs = pate

sae Ss ree ae eT:

= =e

Bhs

Sere

Bes

See =

Seen

aie os

= So pt ricaherernia!

tee oe

ny ee

Sere

is i

bes

enna,

% :

a ma aetna me marae . free as Soe

a pibahe Pies oi ot - Cost! a ti =

ciara - . s =F

tree

aie

Been erren ee

EE Leap unt hipaa “eee at ei “eel a ae : : i SESS ghar eet er ee paris a are

Serra pea Leh eee oe ieee Soe oh Rees Siti 5 Sari Soh ee OG ‘i ‘

Sree eee eal p= ebeetnenetertsenanet Sieve ees cc se ioreie nee terest ten St aa ay eee eS ae se

apie mire aecrat Sea ape ena aE Spas Seek ee mabe es see ee peg ea

HS Sere seoee oles una rarcae: Seay eet ta ere a ae nee ee sar MRE pe a eae eed Legrand pete AP peeve grees murach A aa

beet

eo a Pahaneerrn a aae

& cea Meee : os : elie pe heer pa eae ra ae eae eee ater ia agen ; Bem = Rea

Here Pe ie : Pree ETS eee face ramer aire eae Srila grr reiena nen ene ees pina eters psy peerraiterr Meine. san eee Bene 2 eae : ao us aoe =

Rete sete ipelgiees Vane . Be Soper aeaenr cea renee gerade eee is rs x eee ‘ : ‘ eae (enacts ‘

Sata TATE 5 SPRINEES : afr eH eat oS sue Sra ee Sa Pia aa - ia ss ypireae 7 ena teeta fee Te se ets ee srl

Zi BIDS IT ISTP rae Se de

Fig. 5. Scanning electron micrographs of Hedyotis seeds mounted with hilum viewed obliquely from the side. C.

H. laceyi D. H. thysanota.

214 - Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

throat with undeveloped stigmatic surfaces. In older flowers the anthers are empty of

pollen and the style is exerted from the throat with well developed stigmatic surfaces.

Acknowledgements

I would like to express my appreciation to Bob Johnson, Director of Queensland

Herbarium for encouraging my research and providing facilities at the herbarium. I am

indebted to Les Pedley for providing the Latin diagnoses, to the anonymous referee and

Rod Henderson for their helpful suggestions in improving the manuscript and to Will

Smith for the illustrations. I would like to thank my parents for their assistance and

diligence in the field. I extend my thanks to the directors of the following herbaria for

making material available for study, AD, BRI, DNA, CANB, MEL, NSW, PERTH. A

field trip to northern Australia was supported by a erant from the Australian Biological

Resources Study (ABRS) in 1989.

References

HIERN, W.P. (1877). Rubiaceae. In Oliver, D., Flora of Tropical Africa 3: 61. London: L. Reeve & Co.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, LH. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 14, Canberra: Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service.

MERRILL, E.D, & METCALF, F.P. (1942). Hedyotis L. versus Oldenlandia L. and the status of H. lancea

Thunb. in relation to H. consanguinea Hance. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 23(2): 226-230.

SCHWARZ, 0. (1927). Plantae novae vel minus congnitae Australiae tropicae. Feddes Repertorium 24; 80-109.

Accepted for publication 14 March 1990.

SX? © ‘

gee

Se A a

A A

Ss? N _

a n

& fs

Maps 1-3. Distribution of Hedyotis spp.: 1. @ Hedyotis largiflorens, & H. argillacea. 2. @ H. laceyi, & H.

leptocaulis. 3. @ H. delicata, A H. thysanota.

Austrobaileya 3(2): 215-216 (1990) | 215

NEW COMBINATIONS IN ACACIA MILLER (LEGUMINOSAE:

MIMOSOIDEAE)

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Names of six species and five subspecies are transferred from Racosperma Martius to Acacia Miller.

Though the application of evolutionary thought to classification is not new, its

resurgence in recent years has imparted a new philosophical framework to explain

similarity of taxa (Estes & Tyril 1987). Classifications have come to be viewed primarily

as reflections of patterns of evolutionary divergence and only secondarily as utilitarian

devices. The utilitarian aspect is often seriously underestimated. Verdcourt (1989) stated

the matter plainly: ‘Systematic botany is not a rarefied study existing solely for the

interest of its practioners. It is supposed to provide stable names for use of other people

.., As long as taxonomic research continues, names will change, but due consideration

should be given to the users of names: ecologists, biogeographers, biochemists, agricul-

turists, veterinarians, to name just a few.

Users of plant names in Australia are disadvantaged at present because of the

situation in two genera of major economic importance, Acacia Miller and Cassia L. It

om been proposed that each be divided into smaller genera. Problems in the two differ

owever.

The work of Irwin and Barneby (1982) who divided Cassia sens. lat. into three,

reinstating Senna Miller and Chamaecrista Moench, has been generally accepted. Randell

(1988, 1989) has begun making combinations under Senna for Australian species formerly

referred to Cassia. It is important to note, however, that names of most taxa of Senna

are still available to workers under Cassia.

Regrettably the same is not true of the Acacia-Racosperma situation. Debate on

the segregation of Racosperma Martius and Senegalia Raf. from Acacia (Pedley 1986)

continues (see Pedley (1989) for the latest contribution and references). Most taxa of

Racosperma have not been formally transferred from Acacia. Consequently workers do

eh ah a complete list of names for taxa of either Acacia sens. lat. or Racosperma 1n

uStralia.

I propose to remedy this situation in part in this paper by transferring some

names published under Racosperma to Acacia. The more correct but more onerous task

of transferring some 800 names from Acacia to Racosperma must wait until or after

publication of the appropriate volume of the Flora of Australia. As a corollary of this,

taxa described by me as new will, in future, be referred to Acacia, regardless o whether

they more properly belong to Racosper ma or Senegalia. Their names, and the ones

below, are not to be considered invalid under Article 34 of the International Code of

Botanical Nomenclature (1988). They are names of convenience, but are accepted by

the author.

Acacia armillata (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Racosperma armillatum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 325 (1987).

Acacia blakei subsp. diphylla (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia diphylla Tindale, Telopea 1: 79 (1975).

Racosperma blakei subsp. diphyllum (Tindale) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987).

216 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Acacia julifera subsp. curvinervia (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia curvinervia Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 30: 34 (1918).

Racosperma juliferum subsp. curvinervium (Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 571

(1988).

Acacia meiosperma (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Racosperma metospermum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 321 (1987).

Acacia ommatosperma (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Racosperma ommatospermum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 327 (1987).

Acacia plectocarpa subsp. tanumbirinensis (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia tanumbirinensis Maiden in Ewart & Davis, Fl. N. Territory: 338 (1917).

Racosperma plectocarpum subsp. tanumbirinense (Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:

354 (1987).

Acacia polyadenia (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.

Racosperma polyadenium Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 322 (1987).

Acacia racospermoides Pedley, nom. nov.

Racosperma paniculatum Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 324 (1987); non Acacia paniculata

Willd. (1805).

Acacia spirorbis subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia solandri Benth., Fl. austral. 2: 406 (1864).

Racosperma spirorbis (spirorbe’) subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:

355 (1987).

Acacia stipuligera subsp. glabrifolia (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.

Acacia stipuligera var. glabrifolia Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland

38: 120 (1927).

Racosperma Stipuligerum subsp. glabrifolium (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, Austro-

baileya 2: 356 (1987).

References

ESTES, J.R. & TYRIL, R.J. (1987). Concepts of taxa in the Poaceae. In T.R. Soderstrom ef al. (eds), Grass

systematics and evolution. Washington & London: Smithsonian Institution Press.

tomate) oe i BARNEBY, R.C. (1982). The American Cassiineae. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden

5: 1-918.

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae) with particular reference to Australia, and

recognition of Senegalia and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

PEDLEY, L. (1989). Racosperma again, Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter No, 59: 1-2.

RANDELL, B.R. (1988). Revision of the Cassineae in Australia. |. Senna Miller sect. Chamaefistula (Colladon)

Irwin and Barneby. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 11: 19~5O.

RANDELL, B.R. (1989). Revision of the Cassineae in Australia. 2. Senna Miller sect. Psilorhegina (J. Vogel)

Irwin and Barneby. Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 12: 165-272.

VERDCOURT, B. (1989). Proposal to conserve the name Mimosa pigra L, with a conserved type (Spermatophyta:

Leguminosae-Mimosoideae). Taxon 38: 522-523.

Accepted for publication 20 March 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 217-234 (1990) 217

HOYA R. BR. (ASCLEPIADACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA - AN

ALTERNATIVE CLASSIFICATION

Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

and David J. Liddle

P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qld 4880

Summary

An alternative classification to that of Hill, of the species of Hoya R. Br. in Australia excluding the H. australis

R. Br. ex Traill complex is given. Six species are described and illustrated with notes on variation, distribution,

habitat and conservation status. H. fauterbachit Schumann is a widely distributed species in far north Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland and in Papuasia. Flower shape and colour of HW. lauterbachii varies considerably. H. gigas

Schltr, and HW. coronaria var. papuana Bailey are placed in synonymy with H. lauterbachii. H. alata K. Hil is

reduced to synonymy with H. pseudolittoralis Hemsley. Variation in H. macgillivrayi Bailey and H. nicholsoniae

F. Muell. is described. H. litoralis Schitr. is recorded for Australia. H. serperns J.D. Hook. is naturalised at one

locality, A key to the species of Hoya recognised for Australia is given.

Introduction

The genus Hoya R. Br. was first validly published in Brown (1810a) and not in

Brown (1810b) as listed in Farr et a/. (1979). Brown (1810b) was issued as a preprint

of Brown (1811) and was intended to be simultaneously published with Brown (1810a),

but the Prodromus predates the preprint by some seven days (Mabberley 1985). Brown

(1810b, 1811) unequivocally designated as type of his genus Hoya the species H. carnosa

based upon Asclepias carnosa Lf.

Species of Hoya are widely distributed in the Indian subcontinent, China, south-

east Asia, Malesia, New Guinea, Australia and some Pacific Island groups. Major centres

of diversity for the genus would appear to be present in the Philippines and New Guinea.

Rintz (1978) outlined in detail morphological variation in Hoya and this has been largely

reiterated by Hill (1988) who also allocated the Australian taxa to the sections mainly

formalised by Schlechter (1914). In the present paper we have not included the species

in sections as we believe that an infrageneric classification 1s premature given the chaotic

State of the majority of Hoya taxonomy.

The first species to be recorded for Australia was H. carnosa (Brown 1810a,b),

although the Australian material seen by Brown was not conspecific with the type of

this species which comes from China and Taiwan. This Australian material was subse-

quently described as H. australis R. Br. ex Traill by Traill (1830). Subsequent taxa with

types based on Australian material were described by Mueller (1860, 1866), Bailey (1884,

1897, 1914) and Hill (1988). Considerable overlap in species of Hoya occurs between

Australia and New Guinea and the last account of the genus in New Guinea is that of

Schlechter (1914).

Taxonomy of the genus presents some difficulties because of the wide variation

within and between species that we consider has not been satisfactorily addressed in the

most recent work on the Australian taxa (Hill 1988). H. australis presents a taxonomic

challenge because of its extensive range and variation. We believe that the variation

within the H. australis group (incorporating H. australis, H. keysii Bailey, H. dalrympleana

F. Muell., H. sanae Bailey (sana’), H. rupicola Kk. Hill, H. oligotricha K. Hill and #7.

oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K. Hill) is best recognised with subspecific taxa as the variation

is mainly vegetative with all the designated taxa having similar floral morphology. The

variation in and classification of the H. australis complex in Australia will be addressed

in a multivariate study in a separate publication (Forster & Liddle, unpubl. data).

218 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Matertals and Methods

Field collections have been made over a 10 year period and all taxa with the

exception of H. serpens and H. litoralis have been examined in the field. All taxa have

been grown in cultivation at Mareeba.

Descriptions have been prepared from live plants or spirit preserved material

(indicated * in specimen citations). Herbarium holdings at AD, BRI, CANB (Australia

only), DNA, JCT, MEL (New Guinea only), NE, PERTH and QRS and selected type

material from A, B, BM and K have been examined. It was not possible to obtain

herbarium holdings of Hoya from NSW and isotype material for H. alata K. Hill

described by Hill (1988) has not been received at BRI as of February 1990. Duplicates

listed for other herbaria in the NGF (New Guinea Forestry) series distributed by LAE

have not been seen. An index to all numbered collections seen is given at the end of

the paper to enable curation of the extensive NGF series.

Taxonomic Treatment

Hoya R. Br., Prodr. 459 (1810). Type: Asclepias carnosa Lf. (= Hoya carnosa (L.f.) R.

Br.).

R. Br., Asclepiadeae 15 (1810); Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 26-27 (1811);

Wight, Contrib. bot. India 35-39 (1834); Endl., Gen. pl. 595-596 (1838); Decne.

in DC., Prodr. 8: 634-639 (1844): Blume, Rumphia 4: 29 (1849); Benth., FI.

austral. 4: 346-347 (1869); Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook, Gen. pl. 2: 776-777

(1876); J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 53-62 (1885); Schumann in Engl. & Prantl.,

Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2): 289-291 (1897); Bailey, Queensl. fl. 3: 1012-1013 (1900);

Schumann & Lauterb., Fl. Schutzgeb. Sidsee 512-514 (1901); Schltr., rete §

Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 362-367 (1905); Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 104-138 (1914);

Merrill, Enum. Philipp. fl. pl. 351-354 (1923); Ridley, Fl. Malay Peninsula: 2:

393-402 (1923); Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 3: 169-180 Hep) Sunyatsenia 4: 124-126

(1939); Bakhuizen van den Brink, Blumea 6: 378-381 (1950); Backer & Bakhuizen

van den Brink, Fl. Java 2: 266-271 (1965); Tsiang & Li, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 12:

120-127 (1974); Rintz, Malay. Nat. J. 30: 467-522 (1978): Lu & Kao, Fl. Taiwan

4: 238 (1981); Ali, Fl. Pakistan 150: 38 (1983); Huber, Rev. Handbk. Fl. Ceylon

. (19 38) (1983); Liddle, Hoya in Australia 1-34 (1986); Hill, Telopea 3: 241-

55 (1

Sperlingia Vahl, Skr. Natur. hist. Selsk. 6: 112 (1810). Type: S. verticillata Vahl (=

Hoya verticillata (Vahl) G. Don).

Schollia J.F. Jacq., Eclog. Pl. Rar. 1: 5, t. 2 (1811). Type: S. crassifolia J.F. Jacq.

(= Hoya carnosa (L.f.) R. Br.).

Pterostelma Wight, Contrib. bot. India 39 (1834). Type: P. acuminata Wight (=

Hoya acuminata (Wight) Benth.).

Endl., Gen. pl. 596 (1838); Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 633 (1844).

Physostelma Wight, Contrib. bot. India 39 (1834), Type: P. wallichii Wight (= Hoya

campanulata Blume).

Endl., Gen. pl. 596 (1838); Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 633 (1844); Benth. in Benth.

& J.D. Hook, Gen. pl. 2: 777 (1876); J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 62-63 (1885);

Schumann in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(2): 289 (1897); Backer &

Bakhuizen van den Brink, FI. Java 2: 265 (1965).

Cyrtoceras Bennett, Pl. jav. rar. 90, t. 21 (1838). Type: C. reflexum Bennett, (=

Hoya multiflora Blume).

Centrostemma Decne., Ann. Sci. Nat. (Paris) ser. 2(9): 271, t. 12 (1838). Type: C.

multiflorum (Blume) Decne. (= Hoya multiflora Blume).

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 634 (1844); Tsiang, Sunyatsenia 3: 168 (1936); Sunyatsenia

4: 124 (1939).

Cystidianthus Hassk. in Hoev. & de Vriese, Tijdschr. Natuurl. Gesch. Physiol. 10:

125 (1843). Type: C. campanulatus (Blume) Hassk. (= Hoya campanulata Blume).

Plocostemma Blume, Mus. bot. 1: 59 (1849). Type: not designated.

Acanthostemma Blame, Mus. bot. 1: 57 (1849). Type: not designated.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya 219

Cathetostemma Blume, Mus. bot. 1: 59 (1849). Type: C. /aurifolium (Decne.) Blume

(= Hoya laurifolia Decne.).

Otostemma Blume, Mus. bot. 1: 59, t. 11 (1850). Type: O. /acunosum (Blume)

Blume (= Hoya lacunosa Blume).

Vines or shrubs, usually twining, with white or occasionally clear latex, terrestrial,

epiphytic or lithophytic. Stems slender, rarely becoming corky. Roots fibrous, nodal or

intranodal. Leaves opposite when mature, alternate on seedlings, coriaceous, fleshy or

rarely succulent, elliptic, ovate, rhomboid, narrowly lanceolate or lanceolate, primary

venation pinnate or palmate; margins entire, glabrous or with indumentum, with or

without glands at the base of the lamina. Inflorescence pseudomonochasial with the

cymes appearing at nodes between the pairs of leaves, becoming racemiform with age

and producing flowers for several seasons in most species; cymes 1~many-flowered. Calyx

5-parted; lobes triangular, ovate-oblong, acute, generally with glands at base. Corolla

white, pinkish white, green, yellow, red or pink; deeply 5-lobed, rotate or campanulate,

fleshy Or waxy; lobes membranous, fleshy, valvate in bud, margins often recurved,

generally glabrous without, often papillose or with short indumentum within. Staminal

corona single, consisting of 5 large, fleshy, horizontally spreading lobes attached to the

staminal column; each lobe with parallel, inrolled keels. Anthers with short incurved

terminal appendage. Pollinaria comprising 2 pollinia; pollinia smooth, erect, | in each

anther cell, oblong to ovate-oblong, with or without a pellucid margin; corpusculum

oblong; caudicles winged or unwinged for part or whole length. Gynostegium conical

with obtuse style-head generally enclosed by stamens; ovaries free, glabrous. Follicles

fusiform or terete-ovoid, smooth or roughened, rarely “paired. Seeds flat, ovate, brown,

comose at micropylar end.

Hoya contains over 100 species, with seven in Australia.

Key to the species of Hoya in Australia

1. Flowers more than 3.0 cm diameter 2

Flowers less than 3.0 cm diameter . 3

2. Coronal lobes 3-45 mm long, Boe lacking. a pellucid

rena da) ¢ ame ao Se eer Se ; ... 1. H. lauterbachii

Coronal lobes 10-12 mm fsaet pollinia etch a pellucid

Re Rs, Tk he tw ss heme cue fs eR, - 2. H. macgillivrayi

3. Venation acrodromous, leaves distinctly 3-veined above .... 3. H. nicholsoniae

Venation not distinctly acrodromous, leaves not distinctly 3-veined above 4

4. Pedicels equal, venation pinnate... .. . ........ Ht. australis complex

Pedicels unequal, venation obscurely subparallel ee. nh Peer ee 5

5. Petals strongly reflexed, outer tip of corona lobe divided ........ 4. H. litoralis

Petals not strongly. reflexed, outer tip of corona lobe not divided ...... 6

6. Leaf surface smooth; flowers 7-8 mm diameter ........ 5. H. pseudolittoralis

Leaf surface papillose; flowers 15-16 mm diameter ............ 6. H. serpens

220 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

1. Hoya lauterbachii Schumann, Monatsschr. Kakt.-Kunde. 6(1): 7-8 (1896). Type:

Nordostl. Neu-Guinea: im Walde am Mittellauf des Gogol-Flusses, 10 November

1890, C. Lauterbach 930 (holo: Bf).

Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 136 (1914); Forster & Liddle in Williams, Native PI.

Queens}. 4: 230 (1990).

Hoya coronaria var. papuana Bailey, Queensl. Agric. J. 3: 156 (1898), synon. nov.

Type: Foot of Mt Trafalgar, New Guinea, undated, F.M. Batley (holo:

BRI[AQ360787)).

Hoya gigas Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 136 (1914). synon. nov. Type: Nordéstl.

Neu-Guinea: auf Baumen in den WaAaldern auf dem Gomadyjidji, am Waria, ca

450 m u. M., May 1909, Schlechter 19389 (holo: B (photo!)).

Schlitr., Asclep. German New Guinea, III. Hoya R. Br. (Engl. Transl.) 33 (1981);

Burton, Hoyan 5: 46-48 (1983).

Hoya sp., Liddle, Hoya in Australia 26, 28-33 (1986); Jones & Gray, Climbing PI.

Austral. 237, 252 (1988).

[Hoya rubida auct. non Schlitr.; Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. 126-127 (1977)].

Perennial vine, with white latex. Stems twining, cylindrical, to 5 mm diameter, with

indumentum of uniseriate hairs or hispid with stiff black bristles; internodes variable in

length to 8 cm. Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate to oblong, up to 13 cm long and 7.5 cm

wide, with up to 6 brochidromous anastomosing lateral veins, base cordate to sharply

truncate, apex mucronulate, upper surface minutely and sparsely puberulous to glabrous,

yellowish green, light green or dark green, under surface densely puberulous to glabrous,

paler than upper; petiole 1-4 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, with dense indumentum; extrafloral

nectaries 2 at the junction of the petiole and lamina. Inflorescence with i-8 flowers;

peduncle to 4.5 cm long, 4-6 mm diameter, with dense indumentum, green. Flowers

3.5-5.5 cm diameter; pedicels 2-3.5 cm long, 2-3 mm diameter, with sparse to dense

indumentum, green. Sepals lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 5-7 mm long, 2-4 mm wide, with

| gland at each sinus. Corolla campanulate, minutely puberulous with white hairs or

glabrous with a shiny appearance; deep red, red, brown, pink, yellow, yellow with pink

longitudinal streaks alternating with corona, or cream; lobes reflexed, inflexed or hori-

zontal, 8-15 mm long, 12-17 mm wide, tips acute. Corona inserted on top 3 mm of

staminal column, 0.8-1.5 cm diameter; lobes ovate, broadly acute at tip, 4-5 mm long,

2.5~4 mm wide, variously coloured as with corolla, but generally yellow with edges of

a different colour. Staminal column sunken into corolla base for 1-2 mm or not sunken

at all, 6-7 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter. Anther membranes acute, 1.3-1.5 mm long,

1.4-1.5 mm wide. Slit between anther wings 1.5-2 mm long. Style-head not exceeding

anthers, c. 2 mm diameter. Ovaries free, glabrous, c. 4 mm long and 3 mm wide.

Pollinaria 1[-1.3 mm long, 1.2~2 mm wide; pollinia horizontal to erect, without pellucid

margin, 0.7-0.75 mm long, 0.3-0.35 mm wide; corpusculum 0.7-0.8 mm long, truncate

at top and 0.4-0.45 mm wide, tapering to c. 0.2 mm wide at bottom; caudicles geniculate

in middle, segment nearest to corpusculum winged, 0.5-0.7 mm long, 0.2 mm wide,

segment nearest to pollinia not winged, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.05 mm wide. Follicles

14-16 cm long and 3 cm diameter. Seed oblong, light-tan, 7-8 mm long, 2~3 mm wide;

coma 18-20 mm long, white. Figs 1 & 2.

Selected Specimens (21/79): Indonesia. Irian Jaya. Tabati, Jautefa Bay, Jun $938, Brass 8847 (BRI; A n.y¥.). Papua

New Guinea, West SEpIK District: Meinat flood plain N slopes Bewani Mts, 11 km SSW of Bewani, 3°08’S,

[4§°O8’E, Wiakabu et al. NGF50603 (BRI; L,LAE #.¥.). WESTERN District: 9 miles [15 km] from Kopiago on

Korobe Road, 5°22’S, 142°33’E, Nov 1968, Womersley, Vandenberg & Galore NGF37343 (BRI, L,LAE n.v.). New

BRITAIN: Upper Johanna River, in foothills of Whiteman Range, Gasmata, 5°55’S, 150°0S’E, Mar 1966, Frodin

NGF26510 (BRI; A,CANB,K,L,LAE #.¥.}. MADANG DISTRICT: Aiome, 5°05’S, 144°05’E, Mar 1968, Katik NGF32774

(BRI; A,BISH,BO,.BM,CANB,K,L,LAE,NSW,PNH,SING,US n.¥.), BOUGAINVILLE: Arawa Plantation, 6°15’S, 155°40’E,

Apr 1970, Adillar & Vandenberg NGF48509 (BRI; CANB,L,LAE #.¥.), MoRoBE DISTRICT: Watut Road, Golden

Pines, 7°10’S, [46°37’E, Mar 1967, Streimann & Kairo NGF35649 (BRI; A,BO,CANB,K,L,LAE,NSW,SING u.¥.);

Lasanga Is, 7°25’S, 149° 15’E, Nov 1969, Streimann NGF44288 (BRI; A,BO,CANB,K,L,LAE 72.v.}. GULF DISTRICT:

Kaintiba - Bema Road, 4 km WN of Kaintiba, 7°29’S, 146°00’E, Jan 1983, Kairo 589 (BRI; A,BFC,

CBG,K,L,LAE,ORS,UPNG #.¥.). CENTRAL DISTRICT: Tapini area, 8°18’S, 146°48’E, May 1971, Lelean NGF46375

(BRI; CANB,L,LAE x#.1.). NORTHERN District: South of Biniguni Village, 9°40’S, 149° 10’E, Jun £972, Womersley

& Katik NGF43983 (BRI, L,LAE #.¥.). MILNE Bay District: Fife Bay, Oct 1930, Turner 55 & 56 (BRI). Solomon

Islands. Njapuana Is, Sep 1945, Walker & White BSIP14! (BRI). Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Punsand

Bay, 10°44’S, 142°27’E, Liddle IML177 Spee Bamaga, 10°44’S, 142°28’E, Liddle IML175, 176 (BRI*); Hann

Ck, Lavarack IML529 (BRI*); Mt Tozer, Liddle IML28{ (BRI*); 10 miles [16.7 km] NE of Iron Range, Apr

1944, Flecker (AQ216598] (BRI; Lamond Hill, Iron Range, !2°43’S, 143°18’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4210-4213,

4215-4221 & Liddle (BRI*); Garraway Ck Rockpiles, 12°45’S, 143°11’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4236, 4241 & Liddle

Forster & Liddle, Hoya 221

Fig. 1. Hoya lauterbachii: A. habit of lowering plant X< 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 1. C. lateral view of flower

demonstrating the refiexed nature of the corolla and the exserted nature of the staminal column and staminal

corona X |. D. lateral T.S. of staminai column and staminal corona X 2.5. E. lateral view of staminal corona X

2.5. F. apical view of calyx and ovaries X 2.5. G. apical view of staminal column X 2.5 H. pollinarium x 16.

All from live material of Lavarack IML529.

222 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

ORSy Mcliwraith Range, 13°53’S, 143°17’E, Apr 1979, Liddle IMLIO (BRI*); Massey Ck, Oct 1986, Gray 4370

ORS).

Distribution and habitat: H. /auterbachii is widely distributed in New Guinea and islands

such as Bougainville. In Australia, this species 1s restricted to the rainforest communities

near Bamaga, the Iron and Mcllwraith Ranges and Glennie tableland (Map 1). #.

lauterbachil occurs in a variety of rainforest types including microphyll and notophyll

deciduous vine thickets, notophyll vine forest and mesophyll palm vine forests. Plants

may be epiphytic or. lithophytic. Parent rock types are variable, but primarily volcanics

with granites and basalts represented. Collections have been recorded from near sealevel

to 200-300 m in Australia and up to 1000 m in Papua New Guinea. In Australia, #7.

lauterbachii may grow in association with H. nicholsoniae, H. pseudolittoralis, H. australis

ee sanae (Bailey) K. Hill and the taxon named as H. oligotricha subsp. tenuipes K.

Notes: This species has remained somewhat of an enigma, in so much as the name has

not been applied either to plants in cultivation or in herbarium collections. It has long

been recognised that a species of Hoya belonging to the Section Eriostemma existed in

far north Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, with apparently the first collection being

made by Hugo Flecker in 1944. ‘Plants of this taxon have been misidentified in the past

as H. rubida Schltr. (Jones & Gray 1977) a taxon which is not closely related to H.

lauterbachii. Hill (1988) omitted H. lauterbachii entirely. However it could be the taxon

referred to on page 241 of his account:

“One group of taxa, represented in Australia by a single undescribed species,

differs markedly in a range of key diagnostic characters from Hoya s. str. A study

of Hoya and related genera had led to the removal of this group to a new genus

(Eriostemma (Schltr.).K. Hill, Hill in prep.).”

After examination of the.type sheet.of H. gigas and accompanying sketches by Schlechter,

and the illustration of H. /auterbachii, we believe that the taxon that occurs in Australia

and commonly in Papua New Guinea is H. lauterbachii. H. lauterbachii was probably

described from cultivated material which undoubtedly provided the material drawn in

the illustration accompanying the original description. H. gigas Schltr. was described

and illustrated by Schlechter (1914), based on material he collected in what was then

German New Guinea (now Papua New Guinea). Schlechter placed his new species in

the Section Eriostemma and allied it to H. lauterbachii, but considered it to differ in

the shape of the corolla and the degree of development of indumentum present around

the base of the staminal column.

Bailey (1898) described Hoya coronaria var. papuana Bailey from Papua New

Guinea, distinguishing his variety from H. coronaria by “The flowers seem very near

H. coronaria Blume, but without the scattered purple dots on the flowers of that species.”

Examination of the type of this name revealed that it is identical with H. lauterbachii.

Another yet earlier name that could perhaps be applied to this taxon; is H. neo-

guineensis Engl. We have not seen any type material (presumably at Berlin and destroyed)

and the original description is not sufficiently detailed to unequivocally place the name

with the species considered here.

H. lauterbachii is a remarkably variable species. Flower colour is highly variable

with corolla and corona colours ranging from deep red, to various shades of pink, yellow,

yellow with pink longitudinal streaks, and cream (two forms are shown in Forster &

Liddle 1990). Flower colour varies with respect to conditions of growth, as the same

clone may produce flowers of a different colour in different growing seasons.

The relative position of the staminal column and corona in relation to the corolla

is also very variable with the staminal column being well exserted from the corolla in

some clones oy association with reflexed corolla lobes) or being well sunken into the

corolla (Figs | & 2, Liddle 1986), Until relatively recently (Liddle 1986), the few clones

in cultivation had produced flowers that may be viewed-as. extremes of this variation

range. During April 1988, some ten clones (Forster 4210-4213, 4215-4221 & Liddle)

were collected in. flower at Lamond Hill, Iron Range over a distance of c. 100 m. Flower

colour of these clones ranged from deep red to yellow-cream. One clone had strongly

reflexed corolla lobes, as had been found for material from Punsand Bay and Bamaga,

223

Forster & Liddle, Hoya

ei RTS DN Treg aa EB SD eed Sg es AL Pd Pe ee ede te

MEY RES YDS SED MSE DBD eo Wee TE Ee DD AEA TTD VDT ge oe ed ee ee

MATERA A D0 I EC 2 gr LRP ip Hoe gh Oecd tine ee gee ot ne pan ant ne Ste De Eon Gy Boon BEE bn nb hid cen id iaey beni ae ang scan y BDV EEA

BEB ERR A NM oo Yea nnen sori eee SDE EVE ME eg eg pene

f flower

icw 0

terial of Liddle

x 16. Ali from Hve ma

MaruM

ands X 2.5. F. poll

ing gl

t of flowering plant X 0.5. B. apical view of flower x 1. C. lateral v

g the non-reflexed corolla X 1. D. lateral T.S. of staminal column and staminal corona X 2.5. E.

f calyx and ovar

, show

1es

A. hab

‘ik

a lauterbach

1eW O

g.2. Hoy

Stier

apica

IML176.

224 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

but the majority had non-reflexed lobes. The number of flowers 1n an inflorescence, the

leaf shape and pubescence were also highly vartable.

Given the many intermediates that exist between the extremes of variation outlined,

only one species should be recognised for this material. These observations have obvious

implications elsewhere in the genus. Many taxa of Hoya are only known from the type

collection or relatively few collections in herbaria or cultivation. If the amount of

variation that occurs in H. /auterbachii is repeated in other species, then it is likely that

some of the so called “species complexes” will resolve into “complex species’ instead.

Furthermore, again due to the variation encountered both within and between different

species of Hoya, we believe that there are insufficient grounds on which to fragment the

genus as proposed by Hill (1988).

Conservation status: H. /auterbachii is widespread in far north Queensland and in New

Guinea and is not endangered, threatened or rare at present.

2. Hoya macgillivrayi Bailey, Queensi. Agric. J. n.s. 1: 190, Fig. 14 (1914). Type: Claudie

River, Lloyd Bay, undated, W. Macgillivray s.n. (holo: BRI[AQ333104)]).

Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing PI. Fig. 121 (1977); Silverman, Hoyan 1: 14-

16 (1979); Lavarack, Hoyan 5: 3-6 (1983); Williams, Native Pl. Queensl. 2: 160

(1984); Liddle, Hoya in Australia 17, 21-24 (1986); Hill, Telopea 3: 248 (1988):

Liddle, Hoyan 10: 2-4 (1988); Jones & Gray, Climbing Pl. Austral. 251 (1988).

Perennial vine, with white latex, epiphytic or rarely lithophytic. Stems twining, cylindrical,

up to 5 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes up to 2 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina

ovate to lanceolate, 15-20 cm long, 2.5-8 cm wide, glabrous, tip acute, base cordate,

venation indistinct on both surfaces, midrib prominent, dark green when mature, coppery

when juvenile; petiole 2-3.5 cm long, 2-5 mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 2-5 at join

of petiole and lamina base. Inflorescence with up to 12 flowers; peduncle 4-20 cm long,

i-2 mm diameter, glabrous, green to yellowish. Flowers 5.5-8 cm diameter; pedicels

5.4-8.5 cm long, 1.5-2 mm diameter, glabrous, green. Sepals acute, 3-4 mm long, c. 2

mm wide. Corolla campanulate, centre white or entirely dark red; lobes sharply acute

with edges extremely recurved, 2—2.5 cm long, 1.9-2.3 cm wide. Staminal corona c. |

cm long, 1.8-2.4 cm diameter, centre raised above, or flush or sunken below surface of

corolla, glabrous; lobes linear, 10-12 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, inner end not acutely

raised above outer end, outer end broadly ovate, or inner end acutely raised to at least

0.5 cm above the outer end, and the outer tip of the lobe pointed and sharply raised.

Staminal column 8-9 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter. Anther membranes acute, c. 2.5 mm

long. Slit between anther wings 3-3.4 mm long. Style-head not exceeding anthers, c. 3

mm diameter. Ovaries glabrous, c. 4 mm long and 2 mm wide. Pollinaria 2-2.2 mm

long, |.1 mm wide. Pollinia oblong, c. 1.4 mm long and 0.45 mm wide; corpusculum

0.77-0.8 mm long, 0.47-0.5 mm wide; caudicles c. 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm wide.

Follicles and seed not seen. Fig. 3.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: Tozers Gap, May 1948, Brass 19447 (BRI,CANB; A n.v.);

ditto, Oct 1986, Gray 4374 (QRS); Puffdelooney Ridge, 12°44’S, 143°12’E, Oct 1980, Hyland 10826 (QRS); Iron

Range, Jul 1981, Simmons 2 & 3 (BRD; T.R. 14, Massey River, Hodge IML17 (BRI*); ditto, Nov 1980, Gray

i831 (QRS), TLR. £4, Leo Ck road, 13°40’S, 143°20°E, Sep 1972, Hyland 6377 (QRS), ditto, Sep 1972, Hyland

6378 (BRI); Massey Gorge, 13°49’S, 143°24’E, Sep 1979, Clarkson 2618 (BRI); Langkelly Ck, 13°51’S, 143°18’E,

Apr 1979, Liddie IMLI5 (BRI*); Coen River, 13°52’S, 143°14E, Jun 1979, Liddle IML16 (BRI*); Rocky River,

13°15’S, 143°25’E, Sep 1973, Dockrill 706 (BRI,CANB,QRS), ditto, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9428 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: H. macgillivrayi is restricted to the Iron and MclIlwraith Ranges

(Map 2) where it occurs in diverse habitats ranging from notophyll vine forests, deciduous

forests and swamps. It may be locally abundant.

Notes: H. macgillivrayi 1s closely allied to H. archboldiana Norman and H. megalaster

Warb. from New Guinea (Liddle 1988). Staminal corona form is variable in the material

examined of H. macgillivrayi and two very distinct forms are presently in cultivation.

The size and colour of individual flowers may also vary both with individual and

growing conditions.

Conservation status: As H. macgillivrayi is popular in cultivation, there is potentially

some pressure on wild populations, particularly in the acquisition of differing coronal

and colour forms. As a wide range of material is now in cultivation, this collector

225

Forster & Liddle, Hoya

;

re tel ae |

"hye

ae oF

» .- eeu ou

i +h a4

oF wd

weer

ee oats eet ote at Me ew

iew of

3. E. anther membrane

ovaries X

. All from live material of Liddle

f flower X 0.5. C. lateral v

iew oO

X and

l corona X 25

Ina.

t of flowering plant < 0.5. B. apical v

from around base of stam

d staminal corona X 1.5. D. apical view of cal

irs

A. hab

iyrayl

mn an

x 25. G. ha

Hoya macgi

xX 10. F. pollinarium

T.S. of staminal colu

IMLI5.

Fig. 3.

226 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

demand should be satisfied to a large extent. Rating 3RC: Iron Range (Briggs & Leigh

1988).

3. Hoya nicholsoniae F. Muell., Fragm. 5: 159 (1866). Type: ‘In arboribus ad sinum

litoreum Rockingham’s Bay. Dallachy (holo: MEL n.y.).

F, Muell., Fragm. 9: 71, 190 (1875); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 347 (1867); Bailey,

Syn. Queens. fl. 319 (1883); Catal. pl. Queensl. 30 (1890); Queensl. fl. 3: 1013

(1900); Comprh. cat. Queensl. pl. t. 311 (1913); Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89(6): 1086

(1928); Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing Pl. Fig. 123 (1977); Williams, Native

Pi]. Queensl. 1: 160 (1979); Liddle, Hoya in Australia 17, 19-20 (1986); Hill,

Telopea 3: 248-249 (1988); Jones & Gray, Climbing PI. Austral. 251 (1988).

Perennial vine, with white latex, epiphytic or lithophytic. Stems twining, glabrous, to 5

mm diameter; internodes variable in length to 20 cm. Leaves petiolate; lamina fleshy to

coriaceous, broad-ovate to ovate, 4.5-21 cm long, 4.5-10 cm wide, base cordate, tip

acute, broadly pinnately veined, green to purple or brown: petioles 2-3 cm long, 3-8

mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 4 or 5 or coalesced into a ridge at the junction of

the petiole and lamina base. Inflorescence pseudomonochasial with up to 40 flowers;

peduncle up to 12 cm long and 2 mm diameter, glabrous, green to purplish. Flower 10-

18 mm diameter; pedicels pink to cream, 18-30 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous.

Sepals triangular, 1.5—3 mm long, c. 2 mm wide. Corolla rotate, generally reflexed, pale

yellow, cream, green or flesh pink, minutely puberulent; lobes ovate to lanceolate-ovate,

6-7 mm long, 4.5-6 mm wide. Staminal corona 2-3 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter,

inserted on top 2-2.5 mm of staminal column: lobes rhomboid, the outer edge usually

pointed but occasionally rounded, ridged longitudinally above, with two longitudinal

inrolled keels below, 3-4 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, same colours as corolia, or commonly

paler. Staminal column c. 2.5 mm long, 4-5 mm diameter. Anther membranes triangular,

c. | mm long and | mm wide. Slit between anther wings c. 1 mm long. Style-head not

exceeding anthers, c. 1.5 mm wide. Ovaries glabrous, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide.

Pollinaria 0.8-0.95 mm long, 0.45-0.5 mm wide; pollinia erect, oblong, pellucid on outer

margin, 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.22-0.25 mm wide; corpusculum oblong, 0.22-0.3 mm long,

0.15-0.16 mm wide; caudicles winged, 0.18-0.2 mm long, 0.07-0.1 mm wide. Follicle

fusiform, 8-15 cm long, 7-12 mm diameter. Seed 6-7 mm long, 3-4 mm wide; coma

white, 20-25 mm long. Fig. 4

Selected Specimens (21/55). Papua New Guinea; MADANG DisTRIcT: Miak, Kar Kar Is., 4°40’S, 146°00’E, Aug

1968, Millar NGF37/696 (BRI; CANB,L,LAE n.v.}. MOROBE DISTRICT: Valley behind Oregenang Village, Winters

& Higgens (USDA354239) IML75 (BRI*): Oomsis L.A., 20 miles [33.3 km] from Lae, 6°40’S, 146°45’E, Apr

1963, Womersiey NGF17619 (BRI; LAE n.y.). West NEw BRITAIN: 2 miles [3.3 km] W of Lindenhafen Plantation,

6° 20'S, 150°20’E, Feb 1971, Stevens LAE51138 (BRI; CANB,L,LAE n.v.). WESTERN HIGHLANDS DISTRICT: Mt

Kum, 19 km § of Mt Hagen, Winters & Higgens (USDA354243), IML86 (BRI*). CENTRAL District: Itikinumu

Hill near Sirunumu Village, Ogotama, Winters & Higgens (USDA354246), IML76 (BRI*), MILNE BAy DISTRICT:

Fife Bay, Turner [AQ217201}] (BRD. Solomon Islands. Vanikoro, Santa Cruz Group, May 1928, Kajewski 546

(BRI; A z.¥.). Australia, Queensland. Cook District: Table Range, Dead Horse Ck, 13°55'8, 143°15’E, Oct 1973,

Dockrill 786 (QRS); T.R. 14 (Leo Ck road, Mcilwraith Range), 13°45’S, 143° 20/E, Sep 1975, Hyland 8396

(BRI,QRS), Chester River, Liddle IML363 (BRI*): Bloomfield near Gap Ck, Oct 1981, Scarth-Johnson 1200A

(BRI); T.R. 176, Shipton L.A. 15°48’S, L45°1V’E, Sep 1982, Hyland 12052 (QRS): Coopers Ck, 16°10/S, 145°24’E,

Liddle IMLI9 (BRI ): Davies Ck, Liddle IML42 (BRI*); Topaz, Liddle IML365* (BRD; Nth Johnston, Liddle

IML41 (BRI*); S.F.R. 675, East Mulgrave L.A., 17°0S’S, 145°40’E, Nov 1977, Gray 777 (QRS); O’Donoghue’s

cane farm, Mossman (Saltwater Ck), 1982, Williams 82164 (BRI). "NorTH KENNEDY District: N.P.R. 253, Mt

Elliot, 19°30'S, 147°00'E, Dec 1977, ‘Hyland 9571 (QRS); NW branch of Dryander Ck, Mt Dryander, Apr 1982,

Puttock & Wilson [UNSW 13284} (MEL ).

Distribution and habitat: Widespread in the wet tropics of north Queensland and over

a wide area of Papua New Guinea (Map 3). Plants are usually epiphytic or lithophytic

and grow in a wide range of rainforest types from sealevel to over 1000 m.

Notes: Burton (1983) considered that H. nicholsoniae is synonymous with H. pottsii

Traill described from the Philippines, however until a range of material from the

Philippines can be examined to confirm this, we have not followed this synonymy. H.

nicholsoniae is very variable both in leaf size and shape and the colour of the corolla

and corona. Hill (1988) describes the pedicels of this species as being 6-10 cm long; this

is incorrect. He also considered that Liddle IML39 (illustrated by Liddle 1986) from

Flaggy Ck, Kuranda Golioeaee." cited as IML36) possibly represented an additional

taxon related to H. nicholsoniae. This particular clone is well within the range of variation

for the species and differs only in the rounded outer coronal lobes edges.

227

Forster & Liddle, Hoya

me i

Aenean Saree sresmpnnennnueansemses aire verona?

RINE GL Rise BO ae erie ve Poe ae ee

i ee ee a ee ee

. apica

l view of

. apica

f flower X 2.5. C

1ICwW O

ive material of Liddle IML41.

ting plant x 0.5. B. lateral v

x 28. All from 1

rul

holsoniae. A. habit of flowering and f

f flower < 2.5. D. lateral view of T.S. of staminal column and staminal corona X 2.5. E

inarium

g. 4, Hoya n

calyx and ovaries, showing glands X 4. F. poll

228 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

Conservation status: Not endangered, rare or threatened at this stage.

4. Hoya litoralis Schltr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 363

(1905). Type: Nordéstl. Neu-Guinea: auf Baumen am Strande von Potsdam-

Hafen, 16 October 1901, Schlechter 13675 (holo: B (photo!)).

Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 108 (1914); Asclep. German New Guinea III. Hoya

R. Br. (Engl. transl.) 4 (1981).

Perennial epiphytic vine, with white latex. Stems weakly twining to prostrate, up to 4

mm diameter and with a fine indumentum; internodes variable in length to 11 cm.

Leaves petiolate; lamina ovate to broadly lanceolate, succulent, 3-10 cm long, 1.5-3 cm

wide, tip acute, base cuneate to rounded, midrib faintly apparent on lower surface,

secondary venation obscure, both surfaces with fine indumentum; petiole cylindrical,

curved, 6-15 mm long, 1.5 mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 3 at base of lamina.

Inflorescence pseudomonochasial and geotropic, with up to 20 flowers; peduncle up to

7 cm long, 1-2 mm diameter, purple-brown, with fine indumentum. Flower scented, c.

6 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter; pedicels 2-3 cm long, c. 1 mm diameter, mainly glabrous

but with an occasional hair, cream with a pink tinge. Sepals acute, c. 1 mm long and 1

mm wide, pale pink, with fine indumentum externally, glands at base absent. Corolla

rotate; lobes ovate, pale pink, c. 4 mm long and 4 mm wide, strongly reflexed, upper

surface completely covered with a dense covering of uniseriate hairs to 0.5 mm long

giving a silver appearance, under surface glabrous. Staminal corona c. 2.5 mm long, 5—

7 mm diameter, inserted on the upper 2—2.5 mm of staminal column, light pink; lobes

c. 3 mm long and | mm wide, top end extended into a subulate tip over the style-head,

bottom end with 2 extensions each c. 1 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Staminal column

2-2.5 mm long, c. | mm diameter. Sht between anther wings c. 0.75 mm long. Anther

membranes ovate, c. 1 mm long and 0.75 mm wide. Style-head not exceeding anthers,

c. 1.5 mm wide. Ovaries glabrous, c. 2 mm long and 2 mm wide. Pollinaria c. 0.6 mm

long and 0.5 mm wide; pollinia oblong, outer edge with a pellucid margin, c. 0.4 mm

long and 0.17 mm wide; corpusculum oblong, c. 0.15 mm long and 0.1 mm wide;

caudicles winged, c. 0.16 mm long and 0.13 mm wide. Follicles and seed not seen. Fig.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea, WEST SEprK DISTRICT: Selio Is., 3°10’S, 142°30"E, May 1969, Millar &

Vandenberg NGF40879 (BRI; CANB,L,LAE n.yv.). East SEPIK. DisTRIcT: Cape Wom International Park, c. 8 km

NW of Wewak town, 3°35’S, 143°35’E, Nov 1976, Wiakabu & Yefle LAE70316 (BRI; CANB,L,LAE n.y.), WESTERN

District: Along Tiyangaram (Black River) 8 of Ambunti, Jun 1966, Hoogland & Craven 10280 (BRI;

A,CANB,K,L,LAE v.¥.); ditto, Jun 1966, Hoogland & Craven 10337 (BRI; A,;CANB,K,L,LAE,US n.y.); Lake

Daviumbu, Middle Fly River, Aug 1936, Brass 7626 (BRI; A n.v.). Australia. Queensland. Cook DistTrRIcT: Mt

Augustus, Moa Is, 10°09’S, 142°18’E, Nov 1986, Hardy IML708 (BRI*), ditto, Feb 1989, Clarkson 7767 (BRI*),

Moa Peak, Moa Is, Feb 1989, Clarkson 7760 (BRI*); Pennefather River, Feb 1987, Taplin 223 (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Recorded from among littoral vegetation from around the

coastline of Papua New Guinea, and from two localities in Australia (Map 2).

Notes: H. litoralis was allied by Schlechter (1905) to H. gracilis Schltr. and further

collections are required from Papua New Guinea to determine whether or not there is

continuous variation between these forms.

Conservation status: 7. litoralis has been collected in a number of coastal localities in

Papua New Guinea, but is rare in Australia. Rating 3R (cf. Briggs & Leigh 1988).

5. Hoya pseudolittoralis Norman, Brittonia 2: 328 (1937). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN DISTRICT: Dagwa, Oriomo River, Feb-March 1934, LJ. Brass 5990

(holo: BM (photo!); 1so: A (photo!), BRI).

Burton, Hoyan 7: 6 (1985).

Hoya alata K. Hill, Telopea 3: 249 (1988), synon. nov. Type: Pascoe River rockpile,

B. Wallace 83250 (holo: NSW n.y.; iso: BRI(not recetved),K,L 7.¥.).

iH Ag ie Jones & Gray, Austral. Climbing PI. Fig. 126 (1977); Climbing PI. Austral.

Forster & Liddle, Hoya 229

5. Hoya litoralis: A. habit of flowering plant x 0.5. B. apical view of flower X 4. C, lateral view of flower

5. D. lateral view of T.S. of staminal column and staminal corona X 4. E. apical view of calyx and ovaries

F. pollmarium X 30. All from live material of Hardy IML708.

230 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

[Hoya poolei auct. non C. White; D. Liddle, Hoya in Australia 13, 15, Fig. 14

(1986)]

[Hoya gracilipes auct. non Schltr.; Jones & Gray, Climbing Pl. Austral. 242 (1988);

Thomas & McDonald, Rare and Threatened Plants of Queensland 18 (1989)]

Perennial epiphytic or lithophytic vine, with white latex. Stems twining, cylindrical, to

5 mm diameter, glabrous or with an occasional scattered hair; internodes variable in

length to 7 cm. Leaves petiolate; lamina fleshy, ovate, obovate, or rhomboid, 3-9.5 cm

long, 2-5 cm wide, tip acute, base cordate, venation obscure, sub-parallel or palmate,

pale green to pink or bronze in strong light; petioles 2-12 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter,

glabrous; extrafloral nectaries 4 comprising 2 fused and 2 minor ones at the base of the

lamina. Inflorescence pseudomonochasial with up to 12 flowers; peduncle up to 8.5 cm

long, c. 2 mm diameter, geotropic, glabrous. Flowers 3-4 mm long and 12-13 mm

diameter; pedicels glabrous or with an occasional scattered hair, 16-18 mm long, 1 mm

diameter. Sepals ovate to triangular, glabrous, 0.75-1.5 mm long, 0.75-1 mm wide, with

generally 1 gland at base. Corolla rotate, lobes recurved, triangular, 4-5 mm long, c. 5

mm wide, pilose on the upper surface, pale pink to almost white. Staminal corona

inserted on top 2 mm of staminal column, c. 2 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter; lobes

oblong-linear, 3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide. Staminal column 2-2.5 mm long, c. 2 mm

diameter. Anther membranes acute, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Slit between

anther wings c. | mm long. Style-head not exceeding anthers, c. 1 mm diameter. Pollinaria

0.55-0.6 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide; pollinia erect, oblong, outer edge pellucid, 0.35-0.4

mm long, c. 0.15 mm wide; corpusculum oblong, tan, 0,13-0.14 mm long, 0.06-0.1 mm

wide; caudicles winged for entire length, 0.1-0.13 mm long, 0.1-0.13 mm wide. Follicle

fusiform, 7-14 cm long, 0.7-1.2 cm diameter. Seed not seen. Fig. 6.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea. BOUGAINVILLE: Arawa Plantation, 6°15’S, 155°40’E, Apr 1970, Millar

& Vandenberg NGF48510 (BRI; L,LAE n.¥.). CENTRAL DISTRICT: Sirinumu Dam, Sep 1971, Millar & Womersley

1277 (MEL; UPNG 72.9.); ltikinumu Hill, near Sirunumu Village, Ogotama, Winters & Higgens (USDA 354247),

IML80 (BRI*). WESTERN DISTRICT: Lower Fly River, east bank opposite Sturt Island, Oct 1936, Brass 8072 (BRI;

A n.y.). Australia. Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: Claudie river, 12°45’S, 143°20’E, Oct 1973, Dockrill 786 (ORS);

ditto, Oct 1986, Gray 4371 (QRS); ditto, Oct 1980, Hyland 10814 (ORS); Tozers Gap, 12° 44'S, 143°13’E, Sep

1976, Gray IML24 (BRI*).

Distribution and habitat: Restricted to the Mt Tozer and Iron Range area of north

Queensland, and from a few scattered localities in Papua New Guinea (Map 4). Plants

occur as epiphytes or lithophytes in rainforest, usually among rocks.

Notes: H. pseudolittoralis is closely allied to H. eitapensis Schitr. and H. microstemma

Schitr. and further studies of variation in this group may show all to be part of one

variable taxon. Hill (1988) named the Australian material ‘a/ata’ in the belief that it is

the only taxon in Australia with winged caudicles. Both H. litoralis and H. nicholsoniae

also have winged caudicles, although they are sparingly so in the latter species. In H.

lauterbachii, the caudicles are winged for part of their length. The material of 4.

pseudolittor alis from Papua New Guinea shows virtually no morphological differences

from the Australian material (Liddle 1986) and collections have been in general cultivation

since the early 1970’s, so Hiull’s contention that the Australian material is endemic 1s

without foundation. The isotype of H. pseudolittoralis at BRI is a particularly good

match for well grown specimens of the Australian populations.

Conservation Status: Rating 3RC: Iron Range (Briggs & Leigh 1988).

*7, Hoya serpens J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 55 (1883). Type: Sikkim, Himalaya,

Griffith (holo: K n.y.).

Perennial epiphytic vine with white latex. Stems twining, up to 1 mm diameter, rooting

at nodes, cylindrical, with sparse indumentum, internodes up to 3 cm long. Leaves

petiolate; lamina suborbicular, papillose on both surfaces, up to 15 mm long and 12

mm wide, preen to matt-grey in colour above, paler below, with isolated to sparse

indumentum on both surfaces, secondary venation obscure; petiole cylindrical, up to 4

mm long and | mm wide; extrafloral nectaries absent from lamina base. Inflorescence

geotropic, with up to 8 flowers; peduncle 28-35 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with sparse

indumentum. Flowers 15-16 mm diameter; pedicels 19-20 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter,

glabrous or with isolated hairs. Sepals ovate, 1.4-1.5 mm long and c. 1.5 mm wide, with

Sethi Rt the ey SEEEEE seat mbeebdeden! bts Es cent maictaeeen te elke by Nay WN ven cht EE Ech EGE Ee phery ate, esanaabot! ¢ be when eth te. thc .

Se ee TE En gee eg en nD nee PSST MERE STEER TET i UT aa eet eo be reeteeeiyiidea sca am ude en ts ki Deve Caren Laden ath neti tecen td aut Steag eda taeananceetie e

ENA ERA PRASAD IAT LA Lae cea taae the nati steer Sea P REA LAL OAEI OL OE AE ESE Be Ras tanr as tcucster farccihm petite te Eat ree eee eee Ee ERE SSMS EE Teg BAY PEIN bated 2

Po me ENE tS

seers pes

Ig si bet

ac deh bead lesdivnes

Ihe nan eet ani y ae eee

serene tani een ah a Boe OE alae hae edna a ona meee ne a bo a iat iene Rat he a Ado Reade abd enn a aod a cana Ba NA a

60 pd ni eg J

Forster & Liddle, Hoya 231

mp een beliaics Hh crrets

‘a

. :

ig.

=, |

laf;

Las |

Fig. 6. Hoya pseudolittoralis. A. habit of flowering plant < 0.5. B. apical view of flower X 2.5. C. lateral view of

flower X 2.5. D. lateral view of staminal column and staminal corona X 4, E. lateral view of T.S. of staminal

column and staminal corona X 4. F. anther appendage X 27. G. apical view of calyx and ovaries, showing glands

X 4. H. pollinarium x 27. All from live material of Gray IML24.

232 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Sparse indumentum externally and | gland at each sinus base. Corolla campanulate,

white; lobes acute, c. 5 mm long and 5 mm wide, edges recurved, upper surface with

dense indumentum of white hairs, under surface glabrous. Staminal corona c. 3 mm

long and 7 mm diameter, inserted for entire length of staminal column, white; lobes

ellipsoid, ends incurved, 3.3-3.5 mm long and c. 2 mm wide. Staminal column c. 1.5

mm long and 2 mm diameter. Anther membranes triangular, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5

mm wide. Slit between anther wings 1-—1.1 mm long. Style-head not exceeding anthers,

c. | mm diameter. Ovaries glabrous, c. 1.6 mm long and 1.5 mm wide. Pollinaria c. 0.9

mm long and 0.6 mm wide; pollinia c. 0.7 mm long and 0.26 mm wide, with a pellucid

margin; corpuscle 0.34—0.35 mm long, c. 0.16 mm wide, tan; caudicles 0.17-0.18 mm

long, c. 0.07 mm wide, slightly winged at pollintum end. Follicles and seed not seen.

Specimens examined. Queensland. COOK DISTRICT: cultivated ex Lamond Hill, Iron Range, Oct 1985, Sankowsky

& Sankowsky 473 (BRI*); ditto, Jul 1989, Sankowsky & Sankowsky IML274 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Recorded only from Lamond Hill where the plants grow as

epiphytes in secondary rainforest (G. Sankowsky, pers. comm. 1989).

Notes: The record of this species from Lamond Hill is intriguing as the species 1s

described from the Indian subcontinent. There are many other naturalised plants at

Lamond Hill, e.g. Caladium x hortulanum, Pedilanthus tithymaloides, Sansevieria tri-

fasciata and Mangifera indica, all undoubtedly persisting from the time of the gold-field

that was present some 90-100 years ago. As H. serpens has not been recorded elsewhere

in Australia, New Guinea or south-east Asia, it is considered to be naturalised.

Excluded Species

1. Hoya barbata (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst. veg. 1: 843 (1820), based on Tylophora barbata

R. Br., Prodr. 460 (1810). This is 7. barbata.

2. Hoya flexuosa (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst. veg. 1: 843 (1820), based on Tylophora flexuosa

R. Br., Prodr. 460 (1810). This is 7. flexuosa.

3. Hoya grandiflora (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst. veg. 1: 843 (1820), based on Tylophora

grandiflora R. Br., Prodr. 460 (1810). This is 7. grandiflora.

4. Hoya paniculata (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst. veg. 1: 843 (1820), based on Jylophora

paniculata R. Br., Prodr. 460 (1810). This is 7. paniculata.

Acknowledgements

A large number of people and some institutions have aided in the collection or

provision of live material and we would like to thank Australian National Botanic

Gardens, Canberra; P.D. Bostock, J.R. Clarkson; R. Collins; D.M. Cumming; B. Ghen;

B. Gray (QRS); G. Hardy; R.A. Harvey; M. Hodge,; B.P.M. Hyland (QRS); G. Kenning;

P.S. Lavarack; R. Lockyer; M.F. Olsen; Mount Coot-tha Botanic Gardens; V. Scarth-

Johnson; M.C. Tucker; and the various landholders from whose property plants were

obtained. C.M. Burton and D. Kloppenberg provided various photographs of types. K.L.

Wilson (NSW), while Australian Botanical Liasion Officer at Kew, provided a photo of

the holotype of H. pseudolittoralis. P.D. Bostock commented on the manuscript. L.

Pedley (BRI) arranged the loan of material. K. Kerenga (LAE) provided information on

localities for several collections. The Directors of BM, BRI, CANB, DNA, JCT, MEL,

QRS and PERTH provided access to material, either on loan or at their institutions.

The Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service and the Queensland Department

of Forestry provided various permits to collect material in areas under their jurisdiction.

The Australian Biological Resources Study provided funding to PIF in 1988 and 1989.

We eratefully acknowledge this assistance.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1884). Contributions to the Queensland Flora. Part II. Proceedings of the Royal Society of

Queensland 1: 84-92.

BAILEY, F.M. (1897). Contributions to the Flora of Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal |: 228-235.

BAILEY, F.M. (1898). Contributions to the Flora of New Guinea. Queensland Agricultural Journal 3: 154-162.

233

een

mene

De ie ce

Perret

SOP Ama )

daneees:

ae pe ay

Ft A ann

| 2 7) i

S00 Seer ee

| fA i Pol

~ | *

¥ 4

= a i * mr . Frcbe | i

” ~~ : Ww) |] ;

, “ TT :

te foot ft ThA ex :

| i

nl ¢ “ i ; he eal <=

— + .

tot sige Z i :

i 7 | | | ;

" —t- ~ehd-- “ | | ase e hae :

! nf ee , ao Oe Tews — |

: ; i \ I or : +—

}

Ade tf | re | Pa

Me)

3 ae ay

os ; '

“ty

Ma if

‘a

Forster & Liddle, Hoya

SID hse ns Protos ee Eyton NT NT ea earn eee enn ot Nee gee

SaaS ISTE SEELEY Re PTET Rh Aa aye yh eme name mas Lease ansssssennes aitsannmnn nage Ae gta ote Ree ee aes,

TER ATS re ee ee ED REE EF BSD En SOS ne Sno Pee nd EOS re ae Een nny Pn nS ened PECUEY gg LS EEAAIA P rtin doa tin onan ar eee nea arene our nen ee bee Dee

. en ra ATE a ee eee eee ein ee cc ee eg Se ee ener eee eres ee ee ee eee ee EEE SACL Sa apa pd cot eeed snd ee ee SLU UE Ry GRIER Beto yen cues neces er nergy nyt na eae a ev ve ae ed ne ed or een eeseerraaegiaenngatatannnaaanadet

aa ‘ ee ET EES BODE ES NE SORES ED I ET SESE BN SN ENR OM BS Sa RN SVS BAT BIO SER EY Re RDS HS Pe HS Be ENE oS Pe BOE Se EDS RAE Be SoS ee om ER Ea AT SPCR a PANE Sa a me mn EH OM ci UV a Pn ne eye BE sci anchnantoh Ltt fest uet_n tan

ah PA EESS : Sn Sih abn ih retreat rn Led : PSOE PIE Se os hen enone Dei ; te Bee ee rser ererrdecreryey renee cee nett a toresheels. Bh vy veg vn monsingam messtente tsdcdatetststateeeee eta

lauterbachii. 2. & Hoya litoralis,

ya spp.: 1. #H.

w Guinea of Ho

eudolittoralis,

1-4, Distribution within Australia and Ne

macegillivrayi. 3. H. nicholsoniae. 4. H. ps

234 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

_— F.M. (1914). Contributions to the Flora of Queensland. Queensland Agricultural Journal n.s. 1: 191-

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

Peseta anen and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wilditfe Service.

BROWN, R. (1810a). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae et Insulae van Diemen. New York: J. Cramer.

BROWN, R. (1810b). On the Asclepiadeae. [a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu].

London: R. Brown. [A preprint of Brown 1811}.

BROWN, R. (1811). On the Asclepiadeae, a natural order of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu.

Memoirs of the Wernerian Natural History Society 1: 12-78.

BURTON, C.M. (1983). Hoya pottsti recap. Hoyan 5: 2.

FARR, E.R., LEUSSINK, J.A., STAFLEU, F.A. (eds) (1979). Index Nominum Genericorum Plantarum. Utrecht/

The Hague: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema/Dr. W. Junk Publishers e. V.

FORSTER, P.I. & LIDDLE, D.J. (1990). Hoya lauterbachii. In K.A.W. Williams, Native Plants of Queensland,

Vol. 4: 230. Ipswich: K.A.W. Williams.

HILL, K.D. (1988). A revision of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. Telopea 3: 241-255.

JONES, D.L. & GRAY, B. (1977). Australian Climbing Plants. Sydney: Reed.

LIDDLE, D.J. (4986). Preliminary observations on Hoya and Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae) in Australia. In P.I.

Forster (ed.), Hoya in Australia, pp. 2-37. Brisbane: Queensland Succulent Society.

at D.J. (1988). Hoya macgillivrayi Bailey and Hoya megalaster Warburg, a comparative study. Hoyan 10:

MABBERLEY, J. (1985). Jupiter Botanicus — Robert Brown of the British Museum. Braunshweig: J. Cramer.

MUELLER, F. VON (1860). Essay on the plants collected by Mr. Eugene Fitzalan, during Lieut. Smith’s expedition

to the estuary of the Burdekin 16. Melbourne: Goverment Printer.

MUELLER, F. VON (1866). Fragmenta phytographiae Australiae 5: 159. Melbourne: Government Printer.

RINTZ, R.E. (1978). The peninsular Malaysian species of Hoya (Asclepiadaceae). Malayan Nature Journal 30:

467-522.

SCHLECHTER, R. et) Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbucher ftir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschic we und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

TRAILL, J. (1830). Accounts and descriptions of the several plants belonging to the aE Hoya, which are

cultivated in the garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick. Transactions of the Horticultural Society

7: 16-

Index to Numbered Collections

The number following the colon is the number of the species in the taxonomic section

above.

Blake 15280: 3, 19754: 3; Brass 5172: 3, 5343: 1, 5408: 1, 5990: 5, 7235: 1, 7626: 4, 8072: 5, 8847: 1, 18771: 1,

19447: 2; Clarkson 2618: 2, 7760: 4, 7767: 4; Clemens 2173: 1, 11328: 1, 41490: 1; Conn I15: L; Conn & Kairo

105:1, 107: 1, 108: 1, 109: 1, 667: 1; Conn & Masapuhafo 125: 1; Conn et al. 52: 1; Dockrill 706: 2, 780: 3, 786:

5; Floyd NGF5669: 1, NGF6470: 3, NGF6574: 3; Foreman NGF48094: 1; Forster & Liddle 4210: 1, 4211: 1,

4212: 1, 4213: 1, 4215: 1, 4216: 1, 4217: 1, 4218: 1, 4219:1, 4220: 1, 4221: 1, 4236: 1, 4241: 1; Frodin NGF26510:

1; Gilson & Kairo NGF25779: 1; B. Gray 777: 3, 1831: 2, 4370: 1, 4371: 5,4374: 2, IML24: 5; E.C. Gray

NGF8124: 3; Hardy IML708: 4; Hartley 10142: 1; Henty NGFI4813: 1; Henty & Lelean NGF29467: 1; Hodge

IMLI7: 2; Hoogland & Craven 10280: 4, 10337: 4; Hyland 6377: 2, 6378: 2, 8396: 3, 9571: 3, 10814: 5, 10826:

2, 11617: 1, 11729: 1, 12052: 3; W.T. Jones 1256: 3, 2062: 3, 2537: I; Kairo 589: 1; Kairo & Streimann NGF35647:

i: Katik NGF32774: I; Kajewski 546: 3: Lavarack IML529: 1; Lelean NGF46375: 1; Liddle IMLIO: 1, IMLIS:

2, IML16: 2, IML18: 3, IML19: 3, IML21: 3, IML22: 3, IML23: 3, IML37: 3, IML41: 3, IML42: 3, IMLI172: 1,

IMLI75: l, IML176: 1, IML177: 1, IML215: 3, IML281: 1, IML362: Le IML 363: 3, IML365: 3, IML546: 3,

IML614: 3; “Michael 28: 3: Millar NGF9903: l, NGF9968: lL, NGF9982: l, NGF12203: I, NGF14584: i: NGF23029:

l, NGF23272: l, NGF23297: I, NGF37696: 3, NGF23298: l, NGF23322: 1: Millar & Vandenberg NGF40879:

4. NGF48510: 5: Millar & Womersley NGF1277: 5; 4: Puttock & Wilson UNSW13284: 3; Robinson IML378: |;

Sankowsky & Sankowsky 473: 6, IML274: 6; Scarth-Johnson 1200A: 3; Simmons 2: 2, 3: 2; Smith 11636: 3.

Sohmer & Katik LAE75138: 1; Stevens LAE51138: 3; Stocker 799: 3; Streimann NGF44288: 1; Streimann &

Kairo NGF35649: 1; Taplin 233: 4: Taylor & Womersley NGF4774: E: Trapnell 253: 3; Turner 55: 1, 56: 1;

Webb & Tracey 8400: 3, 9030: 3, 9197: 3, 9428: 2, 9829: 1, 10627: 3; Wiakabu & Yefle LAE70316: 4; Williams

218: 3, 82164: 3; Winters & Higgens (USDA354239) IML75: 3, (USDA354246), IML76: 3, (USDA354243),

(USDA354247), IML80: 5, IML86: 3; Womersley NGF2962: 1, NGF4449: 1, NGFI7619: 3, NGF19455: I;

Womersley & Katik NGF43983: 1; Womersley & Millar NGF7860: 1; Womersley & Thorne NGF11853: |,

NGFII855: 1; Womersley, Vandenberg & Galore NGF37343: 1.

Accepted for publication 8 February 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 235-238 (1990) 235

TWO NEW SPECIES AND A NEW NAME IN COMMELINA L.

(COMMELINACEAE) IN AUSTRALIA

T.D. Stanley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

C, reticulata and C. tricarinata are described as new and illustrated. C. reticulata is from the western Kimberley

region of Western Australia. C. tricarinata is from the Barkly Tableland area of the Northern Territory and

western » parson C. ciliata is a new name for C. acuminata Ewart & McLennan non Poiret. C. ciliata is also

illustrated.

In the course of studies on Commelina L. it became apparent that two undescribed

species belonging to this genus occur in Australia. One species occurs in the Camden

Sound ~— Calder River area of the Kimberley region in Western Australia. The other is

widespread in Western Queensland and the Barkly Tableland area of the Northern

Territory. Study also revealed that C. acuminata Ewart & McLennan 1s illegitimate,

being a later homonym of C. acuminata Poitret.

This paper is a precursor of a revision of the genus Commelina L. in Australia

and was written to validate the names given here and hence allow use of the names. A

complete discussion of the relationships ofall the Australian species, including a discussion

of subgenera, will be included in the forthcoming revision.

Commelina reticulata Stanley, sp. nov., C. agrostophyllae F. Muell. primo aspectu maxime

simili, sed. testa seminum reticulata differt. Typus: Western Australia: Camden

Sound, 18 May 1921, C.A. Gardner 1344 (holo: PERTH).

Caules repentes. Folia linearia vel lineari-lanceolata, acuta, 3-7.5 cm longa et 1-2 mm

lata. Spatha singularia, 1-3 cm longa et 2.5-—3.5 mm lata, marginibus plerumque fimbriatis;

cymae 2, cyma superior flore | praedito, cyma inferior floribus 2 vel 3 praeditis. Flores

caerulei. Ovarium 2-loculare. Capsula ovoidea, c. 6 mm longa. Semina ovoidea, c. 2.5

mm longa, testa reticulata.

Perennial (?) with prostrate stems. Leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, 3-7.5 cm long, 1-

2 mm wide, apex acute. Spathes borne singly in leaf axils, 1-3 cm long, 2.5~3.5 mm

wide, with long apical acumen and free margins, the margins of the broadest portion of

the spathe with a sparse fringe of tubercle-based multicellular hairs up to 3 mm long,

sometimes only 1 or 2 hairs present or some spathes with no marginal hairs, inner

surfaces of spathes + glabrous; peduncles 1.5-6.5 cm long. Cymes 2 per spathe, upper

cyme 1-flowered, the flower male or sometimes bisexual, lower cyme 2- or 3-flowered.

Flowers blue, c. 2 cm across. Calyx segments with sparse minute hooked hairs outside.

Stamens 3, staminodes 3. Ovary apparently 2-locular, with 2 ovules in each locule.

Capsules developing outside spathe, ovoid, c. 6 mm long. Seeds + ovoid, c. 2.5 mm

long; seed coat with coarse raised reticulate venation. Fig. 1A-C.

Specimens examined: Western Australia. Camden Sound, May 1921, Gardner 1344 (PERTH); Port George IV,

Camden Sound, May 1921, Gardner 844 (PERTH); 2 km SW of Base Camp near Munja on Calder River, May

1983, Edinger 5 (PERTH); 1 km north of Calder River, May 1983, Edinger 50 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: It is known only from the vicinity of Camden Sound and

Calder River in the western Kimberley region of Western Australia. Only two of the

specimens seen had habitat information on associated labels. Both were collected on

damp to wet soils on an alluvial floodplain.

Affinities: Vegetatively the species closely resembles C. agrostophylla F. Muell. but 1s

easily distinguished from that species by its reticulate veined seed coat, whereas C.

agrostophylla has a smooth seed coat. C. tricarinata Stanley also has reticulately veined

seed sy but on vegetative characters does not appear to be closely related to C.

reticulata.

236 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Conservation status: The species is poorly known and has a restricted distribution. It

has a Conservation status of 2K by the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the raised reticulate venation on the seed coat.

Note: The two specimens collected by C.A. Gardner from Camden Sound on 18 May

1921 may be part of the same collection. The specimen I have designated holotype has

a handwritten label from the “Herbarium of the Forests Department” and the collection

number 1344. The other specimen is part of the Herbarium Gardnerianum and has a

typewritten label with the collection number 844 and the additional information “Port

George IV’. Because of the similarity of the numbers it may be that a transcription

error occurred when the labels were being prepared. If that is the case then the sheet

Gardner 844 would be an isotype.

Commelina tricarinata Stanley, sp. nov. affinis C. reticulatae Stanley sed spatha 2.5-4.5

cm longa et 0.9-1.5 cm lata et tricarinata differt. Typus: Northern Territory: 3

miles [4.8 km] W Crows Nest bore, Burnett Downs, 23 March 1956, G. Chippendale

1952 (holo: NT; iso: AD,BRI,CANB,MEL,NSW).

Planta perennis. Caules repentes vel ascendentes. Folia lanceolata vel interdum ovata,

acuta vel acuminata, 3-12 cm longa et 0.8-1.6 cm lata. Spatha singularis, 2.5-4.5 cm

longa et 0.9-1.5 cm lata, tricarinata; carinae conspicuuae; cymae 2, cyma superior floribus

! vel 2 praeditis, cyma inferior floribus 3 praeditis. Flores caerulei. Ovarium 3-loculare.

Capsula ovoidea-globosa, 7-9 mm longa, loculus dorsalis indehiscens, loculi ventrali

dehiscenti. Semina globosa, c. 3 mm diametro, testa venationibus reticulatibus.

Plants with perennial rootstock and short lived above-ground parts. Stems prostrate or

ascending, usually less than 50 cm tall, often less than 20 cm tall. Leaves lanceolate or

occasionally ovate, 3-12 cm long, 0.8- 1.6 om wide, glabrous; apex acute to + acuminate.

Spathes borne singly in the leaf axils, 2.5-4.5 cm long, 0.9-1.5 cm wide; tip acuminate,

keeled along fold; sides with a conspicuous keel c. 1/3 of distance from the base to the

top; Margins free at base and with minute cilia; peduncles up to c. 5 cm long. Cymes 2

per spathe; upper cyme I- or 2-flowered, the flowers apparently male; lower cyme 3-

flowered, the flowers bisexual. Flowers blue, c. 2 cm across. Calyx segments with sparse

minute hooked hairs along central part or glabrous. Stamens 3; staminodes 3. Ovary

with 2 ovules in each ventral locule, dorsal locule with 1 ovule. Capsules 7-9 mm long;

ventral locules dehiscent, dorsal locule usually developed, indehiscent. Seed + globular,

c. 3 mm diameter; seed coat with conspicuous raised reticulate venation. Fig. 1D & E.

Specimens examined: Northern Territory. 10 miles [16 km] NW of Rankin River, Jun 1947, Perry s.n. (CANB);

Brunchilly Station, Attack Creek, Mar 1966, McEvey 45 (MEL,NT); 3 km north of No. 8 Bore, Brunchilly Station,

Jun 1984, Low 129 (NT); 3 miles [4.8 km] SE Rockhampton Downs H.S., Mar 1959, Chippendale 5399 (NSW, NT);

3 miles 4. 8 km] W Crows Nest bore, Burnett Downs, Mar 1952, Chippendale 1952 (AD, BRLCANB,MEL,NSW,NT);

Queensland. BURKE DISTRICT: 60 miles [96 km] north of Julia Creek on Julia Creek - Normanton road, Mar

1977, Schmid AS 121 (BRI); 60 miles [96 km] NW of Maxwelton on “Sutherland”, Mar 1964, Entwistle 16

(BRD: Hughenden, May 19 3, McCarthy 45/33 (BRI). GREGORY NORTH DISTRICT: Elderslie, Oct 1935, Blake

10013 (BRI); Georgina R., 3 miles [4.8 km] E Glenormiston H.S., Jan 1970, Latz 538 (BRI, NI): Georgina River

crossing, Jan 1970, Robinson 1 (NT); Eyre Creek, 35 miles [56 km] S of Bedourie, Jul 1936, Blake 12293 (BRI).

GREGORY SoutH DisTRICcT: Nocatunga, Morris 1082 (BRJ). WARREGO DISTRICT: 46 km from Cunnamulla along

road to Barringun, Mar 1976, Purdie 282 & Boyland (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: The species is endemic in the Barkly Tableland area of the

Northern Territory and in arid areas of western Queensland. The species is usually found

in grey or black cracking clay soils in or around areas subject to inundation after rains.

Affinities: The species does not appear to be particularly closely related to any of the

other species of Commelina in Australia. On seed characters its closest Australian relative

is C. reticulata Stanley but is easily distinguished from it on vegetative characters,

notably its 3-keeled spathe and broader leaves.

Conservation status: This species is widely distributed and although it is not known to

occur in any reserves it does not appear to be threatened.

Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from tri (three) and carina (keel).

Notes: Field observations in western Queensland suggest that the rootstock lies dormant

in the soil until after rain, when the plant quickly produces shoots, flowers and fruits.

The plants are apparently able to grow to flower and fruit after rainfall from a single

Stanley, Commelina 237

SH betes

23> Fi

Fo aeot © at cS

Sp eet ee mee Fe

af et 3 _ i=

kart? os, r - zF x =

Can =a? -werr a 4

232 Tay ue

ert -—* _ 5 7

re = riots

Fig. 1. Commelina reticulata: A. portion of stem with spathes X 0.67. B. spathe x 3. C. seed x 8. Commelina

fricarinata: D. portion of stem with spathes X 0.67. E. seed X 8. Commelina ciliata. F. portion of stem with

spathes X 0.67. G. spathe X 3. H. seed X 8.

238 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

storm and before the soil dries out. Also, the species is probably more common than

herbarium records indicate.

Commelina ciliata Stanley, nom. nov.

Comme}lina acuminata Ewart & McLennan in Ewart & Davis, Fl. N. Territory, 68-

69 (1917), nom. illeg.; non Commelina acuminata Poiret, Encycl. Suppl. u: 324

(1811). Type: near Red Lily Lagoon, 6 April 1912, G.F. Hill 833 (ecto (designated

here): MEL; isolecto: NSW). Fig. 1F-H.

Note: Ewart and McLennan did not cite a holotype with the original description. The

sheet here chosen as lectotype has the collector number 833 which is the number cited

with the original description. However the sheet here designated isolectotype has the

collector number 1833 but all other Jabel details are identical with those on the lectotype

sheet. The lectotype label has the number enclosed in brackets but the left hand bracket

could be mistaken for the figure one. It appears that a transcription error occurred when

the label for the isolectotype was being prepared.

Reference

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

Accepted for publication 30 January 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 239-260 (1990) 239

GONDWANAN GRASSES IN THE AUSTRALIAN FLORA*

B.K. Simon

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

and 8.W.L. Jacobs

National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney, NSW 2000

Summary

All the currently recognized major groups of the Poaceae (the grass family) with the exception of the pooids, are

postulated to have had a Gondwanan origin. There is no hard evidence for this belief, the fossil record of the

family being extremely poor and giving little assistance in the study of the palaeogeography and evolution of taxa.

The evolution of the major groups, and in some cases genera and species of grasses, is reviewed in relation to

Gondwanic events, both generally and in relation to Australia, in the light of studies from biogeography, plate

tectonics, numerical methods and cytogeography.

Introduction

Due to their economic importance the grass family has probably been researched

more intensively, from many different angles, than any other plant family. Accurate

distributional data are available from the many accounts of the family that exist for

most regions of the world and from these data a number of biogeographical analyses at

global or regional levels has been undertaken at various ranks. Examples are the papers

of Hartley (1950, 1958a, 1958b, 1973) and Hartley and Slater (1960) for tribes and

subfamilies; the chorological studies of Clayton (1975), Clayton and Cope (1980a, 1980b)

and Cross (1980); the biogeographical work of Clifford and Simon (1981) and Simon

(1981, 1986, 1988); and the distributional studies of Australian (Hattersley 1983; Pren-

dergast & Hattersley 1985; Prendergast et a/. 1986; Prendergast 1989) and southern

African taxa (Ellis 1977; Ellis et al. 1980; Gibbs Russell 1986; Vogel et al. 1978) in

connection with the distribution of taxa with reference to their decarboxylation types.

Despite all this work however, knowledge pertaining to the origins and evolution of

major groups (used here as more or less equivalent to subfamilies, see Table 2), genera

and species of grasses remains in the realm of speculation mainly due to their very poor

fossil record. Grasses are found in all regions of the world inhabited by plants and

although all except the pooids are thought to have had a Gondwanan origin (Clayton

1981) (Fig. 1), this has been deduced by a study of their current biogeography in relation

to their probable phylogeny rather than by their present day distribution being ‘“‘Gond-

wanic” in the nature of that of the “southern” families Myrtaceae, Proteaceae and

Restionaceae (Johnson & Briggs 1981). In addition to current distribution patterns of

grasses we need to look to some other sources of evidence in attempting to target those

major groups, genera and species we assume to be Gondwanan. Avenues open for

investigation include palaeobotany, tectonic history, numerical methods and cytogeography.

Palaeobotany

The best fossil record is from the United States of America (Thomasson 1980,

1987) (Table 1) and even this is inadequate to help in understanding phylogeny. In

Australia, older monosulcate pollen, characteristic of monocotyledons and a few dico-

tyledons, has been found from the early Aptian stage of the lower Cretaceous (125

m.y.B.P.) (Dettman 1981).

The first appearance of fossil grass pollen in Australia is in the early Eocene (54

m.y.B.P.) of the Tertiary period (Smith 1982), as is the case elsewhere in the world, but

records become more common in the Pliocene (10 m.y.B.P.) (Martin 1981). None of

wr tee the Australian Systematic Botany Society Forum on Gondwanan Elements in the Australian Flora,

June 1989,

240 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

the pollen is identifiable to genus. There are also Tertiary leaf fragments that have been

assigned to the genus Phragmites and form genera Bambucites and Poacites (see Duigan

1951) but these records date back to the last century when palaeontological methods

were very crude (Thomasson 1980),

Tectonic History

It is necessary to place the few existing Australian grass fossils in the context of

the timing of the origin of the angiosperms and of the tectonic history of the region in

relation to the fragmentation of Gondwanaland. An excellent essay of these events and

the impact they had on the evolution of the Australian flora is that of Barlow (1981),

although ideas on Gondwanaland reconstruction have been altered recently by the

inclusion of many more areas of Asia (Audley-Charles 1987). Details from these papers,

together with other papers dealing more specifically with the grasses (Clayton 1975, 1981;

Clifford & Simon 1981; Hattersley 1983; Simon 1986, 1988), can be used to develop a

plausible account of how subfamilies, genera and species of Gondwanan grasses evolved

and were distributed, with particular reference to Australia.

A discussion of the age of the grasses has to commence with discussion of the

origin and age of the angiosperms in general. Because the features of double fertilization

and triploid endosperm are unique to the angiosperms it 1s generally assumed that they

are monophyletic although a few views have been put suggesting that they could be

polyphyletic (see references in Barlow 1981). Evidence exists that angiosperms had a

Gondwana-wide distribution before the fragmentation of the supercontinent. Monosulcate

pollen (indicative of monocotyledons and dicot Annonales and Nymphaeales) and

tricolpate pollen, characteristic of all other dicotyledons, is known at several widespread

localities in the lower Cretaceous (see Table 1). There are two main areas where the

angiosperms are postulated to have originated, one in western Gondwanaland, possibly

tropical Africa (Raven & Axelrod 1974) and the other being a zone from India to Fiji

(Smith 1963; Takhtajan 1969) in eastern Gondwanaland. Although the latter region had

fallen from favour (Schuster 1976) the recent paper by Audley-Charles (1987) has offered

new evidence for regarding this region more favourably.

The grass family appears to have existed almost as long as the angiosperms (Table

1), although they are thought to have come on the scene after the angiosperms were

well diversified (Gould & Shaw 1983). The fossils listed in the table give little clue as

to when the major groups and genera of grasses diverged from each other, and which

areas of Gondwanaland could be regarded as their cradle. In this respect they are no

different from other Angiosperm families for which schemes have been given for the

radiation of contemporary taxa, e.g. Proteaceae (Johnson & Briggs 1975, 1981).

Clayton (1981) (Fig. 1) suggested the Flagellariaceae or a similar group as an

evolutionary precursor to the grasses. This hypothesis has been tested by recent cladistic

studies (Campbell & Kellogg 1987; Kellogg & Campbell 1987) where the Flagellariaceae

and Joinvilleaceae have both been used as outgroups. While their preliminary results to

date do not seem to indicate either family as particularly appropriate, there do not seem

to be any realistic alternatives. Clayton’s placing of the major groups, both their position

in relation to each other, to Gondwanan and non-Gondwanan areas, and to the type of

carbon decarboxylation, ‘looks plausible. The arundinoid group, for example, stands as

fairly central in the scheme and is postulated to be the core group from which all non-

bambusoid groups arose. A similar pattern was proposed 25 years earlier by Stebbins

(1956) in his familiar amoeboid cross section of an evolutionary tree in which the

hypothetical ancestor, indicated by a star, 1s believed to be related to the Flagellariaceae,

Restionaceae or primitive Liliaceae. A contrary view (Tsvelev 1969) is that pooids are

ancestral and this 1s supported by recent cladistic work (Kellogg & Campbell 1987).

Although the major groups (subfamilies or tribal groupings) and tribes of grasses

are distributed in the world in broad latitudinal belts (Hartley 1950; Cross 1980; Simon

1988) more or less correlated with their physiological adaptations to different climates,

two-thirds of the genera are restricted to one continent (Clayton 1975). From this it is

deduced that the major groups were established before the breakup of Gondwanaland

and a large proportion of the genera became differentiated after this event. An extension

of Clayton’s biogeographic analysis of genera based on the floristic regions of Tahktajan

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 241

Table 1. Geological time scale since the Jurassic, with accompanying tectonic activity, known grass

fossils and major developments affecting grass evolution.

Age Period Epoch Tectonic event Grass fossils Life

2.5 QUAT Pleistocene 12 records (Afr, U.S.) Widespread

glaciation

T Pliocene 5 records (N&S Am, Eu)

10 N.Am = S.Am

E Miocene Aust = Asia Many grass fossils

Afr = Eurasia (Europe, U.S.A.)

20 R

¥ Oligocene S.Am|Ant|Aust {0 grass fossils Evolution of

(end of temp. (Colorado, Montana) grazing

| link) animals

40 |

A Eocene India=Asia ?Poacites (Argentina) Most

?Bambusites, )Poacites angiosperm

50 R ?Phragmites (Australia) families exist

Fossil grass pollen in Australia

60 Palaeocene

U Eurasia | Afr

P Numerous

P N.Z|Aust| NCal modern

70 E ?Phragmites (Texas) angiosperm

R ?Graminopyllum families

(Mongolia) and genera

C ?Arundo (Nebraska)

80 R

| i

90 A Afr|S.Am (WG)

100 U India| Mad | Afr

S WG|EG

110

C Trisulcate pollen Angiosperms

R : (Australia) widespread

{20 oe 2

QO T Monosulcate pollen Angiosperms

WA (Australia) in Australia

130 RE Angiosperms

O in N Gond &

U S Laurasia

140 Gondwanaland

JURAS

Data on grass fossils are summarised from Diugan (1951) and Thomasson (1987). A question mark preceeding

the generic name indicates the identification of the fossil is not unequivocal.

(1969) (Simon 1986), using a number of classificatory programs of the numerical taxonomy

package (NTP) of Belbin ef a/.(1984), shows the genera of tropical Australia to be more

closely related to those of tropical Asia than to those of other regions of Australia (Figs

2-4). At species level the relationship to tropical Asia is still fairly significant (Simon

1988). In the light of the most recent theory concerning the structure of Gondwanaland

since pre-Jurassic times (Audley-Charles 1987) (Fig. 5), the Asian connection makes

242 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

more sense in terms of the time available to establish biogeographic links than the

alternative theories that hypothesise that the first contact between Australia and a large

proportion of Asia was during the mid-Miocene.

Because the evidence supports development of at least the sub-familes prior to

separation of the elements of Gondwanaland we need to consider the major groups

separately rather than look at the grasses as a whole. The best way is to look at each

major group in turn and postulate on how they could have spread throughout Gond-

wanaland, including the plate of east Gondwanaland that incorporates Australia. We can

then look at present-day climatic and edaphic conditions within Australia to interpret

how diversification of genera and species may have taken place in more recent times.

Clayton’s figure (Fig. 1) on the phylogeny of the grasses has no associated time

framework and is based on the assumptions off what are primitive and advanced characters

in extant members of the family. Primitive and advanced characters based on floral

morphology were first listed 40 years ago by Hubbard (1948). To these may be added

the now well-known cryptic characters derived from anatomy, cytology and physiology

that have all had a great impact on the classification since the 1930’s (Avdulov 1931;

Stebbins 1956 and other references in Clayton & Renvoize 1986). These cryptic characters

are now more important in the classification of subfamilies and major groups than those

based on floral morphology and were considered in some depth at the 1986 Symposium

oe a Systematics and Evolution at the Smithsonian Institution (Soderstrom ef al.

1987).

GONDWANALAND EURAMERICA

olde ae

| Bambuseae

Commeljlinales ?

FOREST SAVANNA STEPPE

Fig. 1. Suggested relationships among the major groups of grasses. A = Arundinelleae. | = Isachneae. O = Orzeae.

R = Aristideae. C, metaboloism is indicated by horizontal lines: it is divided into the MS and PS types of Brown

(1977). (From Clayton, 1981; redrawn by permission from Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden 69: 6).

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 243

M TROPICAL ASIA TO

ee a el ee er AD 4 TROPICAL & ARID

AUSTRALIA

Africa {

Trapical Asia,

Australia & Pacific

| CAPE & ARIO |

SOUTHERN AFRICA ) |

{X TEMPERATE

AUSTRALIA &

N.Z.&

HAWAII &

ANTARCTICA

VII TROPICAL PACIFIC

—_— Soe

1 4 COLG AND

| TEMPERATE

237A OCEAHIC

ISLANDS

I] TROPICAL AFRICA &

MADAGASCAR

‘ /

Hi] EUROPE & IV NORTHERN as fe

MEDITERRANEAN COLD V NL AMERICAN

& IRANO- TEMPERATE VAR Fel

TURANIAN TEMPERATE = V/[ TROPICAL &

SOUTH AMERICA

Fig, aT neighbour network of world floristic regions based on distribution of grass genera. Floristic regions

as In Fig. 2.

244

EURASIA

4. AMERICA

TROPICAL

OLD

WORLD

TIA

11¢

NEOTROPICS

SOUTHERR

TEMPERATE

POLYNESIA,

HAWALII

Fig. 4. Dendrogram and principal co-ordinates of world floristic regions based on distribution of grass

ARCTIC & ADJACENT COLD TEMPERATE

DISSIMILARITY

AREAS (EXCLUDING EUROPE , INCLUBING =

CHINA}

WARM TEMPERATE N. AMERICA

EUROPE , MACARONESIA TO CENTRAL ASIA

14 *

? 4

=_- +> r

27 \ i H *\

22) eon, iaFA ‘,

i = aoe are y

* =

, 2 20°... 30}

ri Q7B 8, ++"

i ? 33 4

f i i

i i '

? ? j

i I ‘

i F f

34; ' ‘

pg ‘

t F

' 35 1

wis, 4 I

, i

| 328

i '

j , ;

i : I

i 1

i 4

25)

i ‘ i

4 a

t =

G ? i

2 I

| et 4 4 i

I &

31 ; !

oe = ae t

os 4 ?

\ ¥ me ;

i 1 3 Tek ~ 6 ?

‘ . “ 36,

24 5 & can x a's

4 * ~ alm

+ ‘~~

i _ iy

= 4 % ~

7 4 ~. ~~ wt ke

4 a a

‘as fh Fh a

7 _, ~

me 24, 6 ~~ na

ami | a Tig 2B al

? + ~ =

Floristic regions as in Fig. 2.

AFRICA SOUTH OF SAHARA

Fil, NEW CALEDONIA, EREMAEAH

AUSTRALIA

“pe

TROPICAL ASIA TO TROPICAL AUSTRALIA

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

HEOTROPICS

ASCENSION & St. HELENA, FEANANDEZIAN,

SOUTHERN OCEAH ISLANDS

SOUTHERN HEAUSPHERE TEMPERATE,

POLYNESIA & HAWAI(, ANTARCTICA

genera.

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 245

Numerical Methods

Over recent years, with the increase in the use of computers in attempting to

solve problems of classification and evolution of plant groups, numerous numeric methods

have been applied to the grasses. The data that exists for the family are greater than

that for any other family, the most recent data base for genera being that of Watson &

Dallwitz (1988). A good recent summary of numerical methods is that of Baum (1987)

whereas the papers of Kellogg and Campbell (Campbell & Kellogg 1987; Kellogg &

Campbell 1987) give the current state with regard to cladistic studies in the family. For

example the arundinoids, as presently constituted, appear to be polyphyletic (Kellogg &

Fle ape 1987), with all other subfamilies being monophyletic and interspersed among

them. :

The arundinoids are thus not a natural group and should not be treated as such

when regarded as a “group” from which other groups arose. Within the major groups

some contemporary genera are suspected of being polyphyletic e.g. Eragrostis and allies

(Jacobs 1987) and may have to be reclassified.

Cytogeography

Cytological data of value for illustrating cytogeographic pathways of Australian

grass taxa is available for only three taxa - Themeda triandra (as T. australis) (Hayman

1960), Danthonia (Brock & Brown 1961) and the tribe Neurachneae (Prendergast &

Hattersley 1985). Accordingly the use of karyology as an aid in interpreting the evolution

of groups of Gondwanan grasses in Australia offers little assistance.

SSS rl ET ert | ria* ete Re whl,

SS Se Pre i WD OCH I NA,

nr oN ee adie | 1 TY

er oe Soo @ er i ‘ ee AD) te dS TTT

i SH pee te gee a

is | \ ait “ ff

Oe ee es i ee —

Sirviaen Ses T5050 055 shinee ing FRR PTR TEEEDTR ERED TSE SETTER ‘ Pure ore

{30°

OPED hee PV PEER Be oe eve eee eee Pee

vit

eee PereecerereesoFie

Gy.

Fee er Fees!

Sees

———____———

Cee ee

Oman

ARABIA

a ; é

® “ ~~ ‘oe. 'y en

* mw Ly renee

> ate tay 5 ; ah praranee

: * waMeriie te et oe :

ae ti fae, Tg emer i eas

Spt NS High Himala ye pe ( ara esos fe Sey m- a

_ ww AG Git aaoteee hehe nea \ ENE

Fy a the yates A -

*, | N D | A ae } : C4 aca Woke New South

AFRICA\ Bae fe Seat Cees oe ales

60° = |

Gey - lee Sheet Pre-Jurassic Gondwanatand (much of it Pre-Mesozolc)

Noe eh Eo ; ?

riteD! 9 = Mounlain qlacters Pre-Cretaceous Gondwanaland

a ed ae 4 . : be ie

panies —~ Possible continuing mountain range. Pre Tertiary Gondwanaland

st with gkacters

_ Carboniferous pebbly mudstone Late a at outers

= 7. - (Jj = + . CUFT ns ae

dianuctites (areas exaggerated) eS

I ’ w - . 7 + : ie: pc

— Increase in thickness of diamictites RIF TING Late Trictss al

ae Midtoa Late Jurassic 9 = ses

“eo, «| Sediment transport direction of

Carboniferous diamictites Early Cretaceous 0 tttets

Late Polueozonw subduchon _A 4 &

Fig. 5. Reconstruction of eastern Gondwanaland since pre-Jurassic times. (From Audley-Charles, 1987; reprinted

by permission from the author and Clarendon Press).

246 Austrobaileya 3(2); 1990

Hybridization, polyploidy and aneuploidy have been the active features in the

chromosomal evolution of the grasses (de Wet 1987). Two theories have been put forward

to explain the evolution of the major groups: one theory (Clayton 1981) has the

arundinoids (x = 6,7,9,10,11 or multiples of these) giving rise to the pooids (x = 7), the

chloridoids (x = 9,10) and subfamily Panicoideae (x = 9,10) with the bambusoids (x =

11,12) being derived from pre-arundinoids; the second theory proposes an independent

1985), of all groups from an original complex with (x = 5,6,7) (Hubbard 1948; Stebbins

Polyploidy has occurred in both Themeda triandra and Danthonia species in their

adapting to the more arid regions of the continent whereas 1n the Neurachneae the only

diploid species is restricted to the Macdonnell Ranges and is interpreted as indicating a

relictual presence there (Prendergast & Hattersley 1985).

Evolution of major groups of grasses in relation to Gondwanic events

Table 2 lists all the Australian genera in subfamilies or major taxonomic groups

with a breakdown to the floristic elements recognized by Clifford and Simon (1981), and

the number of species, both in Australia and the World. It is an expansion of Table 2

of Clifford and Simon (1981). The percentage frequencies of genera in each major group

of grasses in each of the world floristic regions of Takhtajan (1969) are given in Maps

1-6 where the data are from Simon (1986). The numbers of species of major groups for

regions of the Old World have been shown in the maps of Cross (1980).

1. Andropogonoids

The Indian and Indo-Chinese régions have the highest representation of both

genera (Map 1) and species (Cross 1980). In general the Old World has many more

genera and species than the New World, where only in one region (the Caribbean) are

there more than 20% of the total number of andropogonoid genera. Furthermore no

region has more than 20% of their grass floras with andropogonoid species (Hartley

1958a). Areas with a distinctly seasonal (monsoonal) rainfall of 700-1500 mm on well-

drained soils have the highest representation of andropogonoids as shown in Fig. 6.

These are the core savanna communities of Johnson and Tothill (1981). The andropo-

gonoids could have arisen via the Arundinelleae (Clayton & Renvoize 1986), which is

placed with the panicoids by some authors because it shares characters of dimorphic

florets and a geniculate awn. The Arundinelleae shows a dichotomy between the arun-

dinelloid (Arundinella and Jansenella) and loudetioid lines (all other genera) and it is

probably among the loudetioid genera that we must look for the out-group of the

andropogonoids. The extant loudetioid members have their main distribution in the Old

World tropics with the exception of Australia (Phipps 1967). All the loudetioid genera

are in tropical Africa and it is to this part of western Gondwanaland that we must look

as the possible cradle of the andropogonoids. From here the group could have spread

to northern Gondwanaland (the Indian plate) before the breakup of the super-continent

in the mid-Cretaceous and then through other parts of tropical Asia and Australia. This

dispersal could have occurred either from the Eocene, when the Indian plate collided

with Eurasia, and into Australia after collision of the latter with Sundaland in the mid-

Miocene (Powell ef a/. 1981) or much earlier if a recent theory concerning the composition

of Gondwanaland (Audley-Charles 1987) is correct. There is almost an equal number of

Australian andropogonoid genera belonging to Clifford and Simon’s Gondwanan, Old

World Tropics and Indo-Malayan elements (Table 2). They are all really Gondwanan

in terms of their origin, with the two latter elements not occurring on the American

plate of west Gondwanaland. There is only one genus (Spathia) of the Endemic element

and its one species probably evolved fairly recently from Dichanthium. The average

numbers of species/genus in these two latter elements is usually fairly small, although

the genera [seilema and Thaumastochloa have speciated fairly prolifically. At species

level there are some anomalous Gondwanic distribution patterns that require explana-

tion(s) other than plate tectonics if the thesis of species being of comparatively recent

a is correct. Examples are Heteropogon contortus, native to all pantropic areas and

Eulalia aurea, Hyparrhenia filipendula and Themeda triandra Qf T. australis is not

regarded as distinct), native to all parts of the Old World tropics. Although explanations

have been given for Miocene and Pliocene connections at species level in the Old World

(Moreau 1952; Schnell 1962) there is a possibility of the distribution being due to

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 247

DRY SOIL-WATER RELATICNS ——-———————--—- WE T

= 3 : SW AMP

WET SAVANNA SAVANNA

Panicoid—Andropogonoid) ee d)

MA(HYPER SEASONAL Perenee

~<a SAVANNA)

ij fl

_ 1500 E :

= i

= . , %

y SAVANNA : 7

2 (Andropogonoid) ' 7

Zz (SAVANNA WOODLAND) fl F

Li A |

< fl i

< " r

or f (SAVANNA J

_, 10004 PARKLAND) :

< | § (SAVANNA

= r) BGRASSLAND)

< | il

a i

i iy

d l

a a

l a

7 ube aca —J

(Eragrostoid-Aristoid-Chloroid) Ye, a

(LOW TREE AND SHRUB SAVANNA) in

| ‘sq 1

SAND SOIL TEXTURE CLAY

Fig. 6. Classification of savannas of the world. (From Johnson & Tothill 1986; reprinted by permission from

Australian Academy of Science).

commercial exchanges at least between eastern Africa and Malesia for nearly 1000 years

(Clayton 1969). The pan-Atlantic connection of species is more problematic (Schnell

1961). The biogeography of the series of Cymbopogon (Soenarko 1977) can be accounted

for more rationally by the tectonic theory with all five series being contiguous or nearly

so in their distribution patterns, with the exception of the series Citrati. Species of Citrati

could have spread between Africa and Indo-China (Schnell 1962) or along arid corridors

in the manner illustrated by van Steenis (1979).

The paucity of andropogonoid representation in the New World could be explained

by two contrasting but not mutually exclusive hypotheses. It may either be an indication

of a late arrival there in their evolutionary development or else there were few ecological

niches available to spread into.

2. Panicoids

The south tropical African floristic region is best represented at both generic (Map

2) and species level (Cross 1980), although the latter paper only gives figures for the Old

World. Other regions with a high number of panicoid genera are located in the Americas,

Africa and Australia. The panicoids are best developed in the wet savannas with an

annual rainfall of more than 1500 mm on moisture-retaining soils (Fig. 6) (Johnson &

Tothill 1981). Panicoids have a variety of photosynthetic pathways (C, and C, of both

Kranz MS and PS types) enabling different species to exploit wet, high-light, shaded and

arid habitats. From an east African-Madagascan origin in west Gondwanaland of the

subfamily Panicoideae (to which the panicoids and andropogonoids both belong) the

panicoids are thought to have spread early throughout Gondwanaland. If the arundinelloid

line of the Arundinelleae 1s regarded as the ancestor for the panicoids this would be a

248 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

plausible theory as the genus Arundinella is pan-Gondwanic in its distribution. The

Australian panicoids have a higher endemic component than the andropogonoids. For

example there are 13 genera of the Endemic element and of the other floristic elements

a high percentage of the species are endemic (Table 2). These endemic species are

probably of recent rather than ancient origin and evolved by adapting to environmental

changes on the subcontinent 1n the Tertiary, even though the genera themselves originated

before continental rafting.

3. Chloridoids

As with the panicoids the chloridoids have most genera in the south tropical

African floristic region (Map 3) as they do at species level in the Old World (Cross

1980). They are best developed in areas with an annual rainfall of less than 700 mm

falling mainly in summer (Fig. 6) 1.e. the dry savannas (Johnson & Tothill 1981), although

there are more species in the wetter tropical regions of Africa, Asia and Australia than

in the arid zones. The percentage method (Hartley & Slater 1960) indicate regions of

high chloridoid presence in the arid belts centred on the tropics of Cancer and Capricorn.

Whereas the total number of grass species is not large, a very high proportion of those

species that have been able to adapt, are chloridoids. The percentage method may only

be indicating areas of relativé specialisation rather than areas of origin. Treating such

areas as places of relative specialisation is in line with Smith-White’s (1982) conclusion

that spread and speciation in the arid areas of Australia is based on the species growing

on the periphery of those areas. Another reason for Hartley and Slater’s high figures for

the arid region is that they included Aristida in the chloridoids whereas subsequent work

has shown this genus better placed with the arundinoids. When looking only at Australian

chloridoid genera they show a similarity to the panicoids in terms of their breakdown

into the floristic elements of Clifford and Simon (Endemic:Old World Tropics:Gondwanan

~ 12:9:9 chloridoid compared to 13:7:15 panicoid). As with the panicoids endemic genera

and species probably arose relatively recently in response to local conditions. For example

Jacobs (1982, 1987) postulates a diversification at and below the species level within the

endemic genera Triodia and Plectrachne in the late Pleistocene, with Triodia (and the

recently described genus Symplectrodia) adapting to monsoonal and arid regions of

central, northern and western Australia and Plectrachne to the Mediterranean climate of

southwest Western Australia. The African plate is suggested as an area for the origin of

the chloridoids (Hartley & Slater 1960) on the basis that, of the genera occurring on

more than one continent, all except one are found in Africa. However Jacobs (1982,

1987) does not postulate more than that the chloridoids originated in Gondwanaland.

In terms of their phylogeny it appears that the group may be polyphyletic (Jacobs 1987)

as may also be some of the larger genera e.g. Eragrostis and Sporobolus.

4. Bambusoids

In this treatment the bambusoids are regarded in the broad sense to include the

woody bamboos, the herbaceous bamboos, the oryzoids and the centothecoids. The

woody bamboos are unique in terms of the biogeographic range their genera occupy,

from tropical lowlands to montane zones more than 4000 m high and latitudes from

46°N to 47°S (Ohrnberger & Goerrings 1985; Soderstrom & Calderon 1979). Floristic

regions with high representation of bambusoid genera are shown in Map 4. Australia is

poorly represented with supposedly one genus (Bambusa) consisting of three species. In

reality the Australian species probably represent three distinct genera from two different

tribes though further work is required to clarify the situation. The herbaceous bamboos

(tribes Olyreae and Phareae) are not found above 1500 m and are centred in the

neotropics; only two genera (Leptaspis and Scrotochloa) occur in Australia. The oryzoids

(rice grasses) are pantropic, associated with wet habitats (Fig. 6), the swamp savannas

of Johnson and Tothill (1981); they are bamboo allies, possessing at least six of the ten

anatomical characters that demarcate the bambusoid core group i.e. the woody and

herbaceous bamboos (Soderstrom & Ellis 1987), The tribes Centotheceae and Ehrharteae

are treated as bambusoids in this paper although not regarded as such by Soderstrom

and Ellis (1987). The first 1s a pantropic group of rainforest-floor species and the second

is represented in warm temperate to montane areas of the Old World. The regions with

most bambusoid genera are Indo-China, the Caribbean, Eastern Asia, the Central Brazilian

and Amazon regions of tropical America, and India. The bambusoid genera have a much

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 249

Table 2. Biogeographic elements (updated and expanded from Clifford & Simon 1981) of Australian

grass genera.

Biogeographic | Species Number Total

Elements Total Genus Australia

1. Andropogonoid

Endemic 1 Spathia | ]

Australasian =

Indo-Malayan 11 Apluda 1 |

Chionachne 2 7

Coix 2 5

Dimeria 3 35-40

Eremochloa 3 9

Germainia 3 9

[seilema 14 ¢.20

Pogonatherum | 3

Polytrias| l 1

Pseudopogonatherum 2 2

Thaumastochloa 8 8

Old World Tropics 13. Arthraxon 2 c.10

Capillipedium 2 c.14

Cymbopogon 9 c.40

Dichanthium 6 c.20

Eulalia 4 c.30

Hyparrhenia l 55

Microstegium | c.15

Ophiuros 1 4

Rottboellia J 71

Saccharum l 35-40

Sehima 1 5

Themeda 3 18

Vetiveria 4 10

Africa QO -

America Q -

Gondwanan ll SBothriochloa 7 ¢.35

Chrysopogon 6 26

Elionurus i 15

Hemarthria ] 12

Heteropogon 2 6

Imperata l 8

Ischaemum 7 c.65

Mnesithea 5 32

Schizachyrium 7 c.60

Sorghum 14 c.20

2.2. Panicoid

Endemic 13.» Arthragrostis 2 2

Calyptochloa 1 l

Chamaeraphis 1 1

Homopholis 2 2

Hygrochloa 2 2

Neurachne 6 6

Paractaenum | l

Paraneurachne l 1

Plagiosetum I |

Thyridolepis 3 3

Uranthoecium I l

Whiteochloa 5 5

Zygochloa ] {

Australasia I Cleistochloa 3 3

250 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Indo-Malayan 6 Ancistrachne 2 3

Garnotia l 29

Pseudoraphis 3 6

Spinifex 4 4

Xerochloa 3 3

Yakirra 6 7

Old World Tropics 7 Alloteropsis 2 5

Coelachne 1 10

Cyrtococcum 1 ia

Holcolemma l 4

Ottochloa 2 4

Thuarea l 2

Africa Entolasia 3 5

America QO -

Gondwanan 1S Arundinella 4 c.50

Brachiaria 18 c.100

Cenchrus 3 22

Digitaria 32 ¢.230

Echinochloa 9 30~—40

Eriochloa 6 30

Tsachne 3 c. 100

Oplismenus 5 5

Panicum 24 c,.500

Paspalidium 22 c.40

Paspalum 3 ¢.330

Pennisetum 3 c.80

Sacciolepis 2 30

Setaria 7 c.100

Stenotaphrum 1 7

Ind-Mal/Tr.Am. 2 Hymenachne 1 5

Ichnanthus 1 33

3. Chloridoid

Endemic 12 Astrebla 4 4

Austrochloris 1!

Cynochloris 2 2

Heterachne 3 3

Monodia I I

Oxychloris I I

Planichloa I |

Plectrachne 16 16

Psammagrostis I ]

Symplectrodia 2 2

Thellungia 1 |

Triodia c.35 c.35

Australasia 1 &ctrosia 11 a

Old World Tropics 10 Brachyachne 5 9

Cynodon 2 c.8

Dactyloctenium | 13

Elytrophorus I 2

Enteropogon 6 17

Eragrostiella | 5

Lepturus 4 c.8

Perotis 2 c.10

ZOYSIA 2 c.10

Africa I Triraphis l 7

America QO -

Gondwanan 9 Chloris 6 6.55

Diplachne 2

Enneapogon 18 28

Eragrostis 51 c.350

Leptochloa

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses

Tmp N&S Am.

4, Arundinoid

Endemic

Australasia

Old World Tropics

Africa

Indo-Malayan

Gondwanan

Cosmopolitan

5. Stipoid

Cosmopolitan

6. Pooid

Endemic

Australasia

I-M,NZ,SAm

SAm,NZ

Cosmopolitan

7. Bambusoid

Endemic

Indo-Malayan

Old World Tropics

America

CGondwanan

MIR et et

4(7)

Microchloa

Sporobolus

lragus

Tripogon

Distichlis

Amphipogon

Anisopogon

Cyperochloa

Diplopogon

Micraira

Monachather

Notochiloe

Plinthanthesis

Spartochloa

Chionochloa

Erythranthera

Pheidochioa

Elytrophorus

Triraphis

Eriachne

Aristida

Danthonia

Phragmites

Stipa

Australopyrum

Austrofestuca

Dryopoa

(Neuropoa)

Pentapogon

(Festucella)

(Hookerochtioa)

Dichelachne

Echinopogon

Deyeuxia

Amphibromus

Agrostis

Deschampsia

Festuca

Glyceria

Hierochloe

Poa

Polypogon

Puccinellia

Trisetum

Potamophila

Tetrarrhena

Lophatherum

Microlaena

Scrotochloa

Centotheca

Leptaspis

Bambusa

Leersia

Oryza

eet

jt iat 1 -]

—

tn >

BO td SB GD et eet ee fe ee ee et

ee ee ee et ee

Lad =m Ce BO KO KO fF he

Jaime

—~j BO BO ea ee ee ew |

a ee eel ke

2 hy

oOo

c.450

c.40

c.30

c.500

c.80

c.70

252 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

higher degree of endemism than other major groups, with only two genera (Leersia and

Oryza) being present in all four continents of America, Africa, Asia and Australia; species

of both genera inhabit wet areas and are likely to have been spread by waterbirds. The

cradle of the bamboos is open to much speculation. Some authorities think bamboos

have been in existence for 100 to 200 million years (Breedlove in Farrelly 1984). If this

is so they were well established in Gondwanic times but their subsequent development

in the two main areas of the neo-tropics and tropical Asia must have been since the

Eocene with the Indian or Australian rafts transporting the gene pool to the Asian region

where they subsequently differentiated. There is a large variation in herbaceous genera

in the neo-tropics. If herbaceous bamboos are considered primitive, or at least a large

number of their character states are considered primitive, then the neotropics could be

considered as a centre of origin for the group. Some of the herbaceous species also

exhibit highly derived characters such as subterranean flowering.

The paucity of extant records in both Africa and Australia could be a result of

extinction in these continents during phases of aridity (Moreau 1952; Galloway & Kemp

1981). The woody bamboos (tribe Bambuseae) are represented in Australia and Africa

by one (two?) and three subtribes (one (three?) and 11 genera) respectively, whereas

there are five subtribes present in both Asia and America (60 and 20 genera) (Soderstrom

& Ellis 1987; Ohrnberger & Goerrings 1985).

5. Arundinoids

This group is so fraught with problems in its taxonomy that any attempt to

understand aspects of phylogeny or origin of the group, either wholly or partially, must

take this into account. A good overview of the subfamily is given by Renvoize (1981),

who implied the group 1s made up of genera that cannot reasonably be accommodated

in the other generally recognized subfamilies. Views differ as to component tribes of the

group, with some tribes sometimes being placed with the bambusoids or chloridoids.

Even the central tribe Arundineae has been treated differently in recent times, either

being regarded as three tribes Arundineae, Danthonieae and Cortaderieae (Conert 1987)

or as one (Renvoize 1981; Watson & Dallwitz 1988). One major problem is that there

is no really satisfactory taxonomic treatment of Danthonia. Generic segregates have been

made in an unbalanced manner on the basis of rather minor characters. Conert has

erected generic segregates in Africa (Conert 1966, 1970, 1971) but resisted from doing

so in Australasia, although he did recognize Chionochloa, segregated from Danthonia

(Conert 1975). The genus Rytidosperma (Notodanthonia) has been segregated in Austra-

lasia and South America (Blake 1972: Connor & Edgar 1979; Clayton & Renvoize 1986;

Nicora 1973; Tomlinson 1985; Zotov 1963) but as the character states do not correlate

with the circumscriptions, we consider this separation to be premature pending the

availability of more data. With the arundinoids being limited to the tribes listed by

Renvoize (excluding Ehrharteae and Centotheceae) most arundinoid genera (Map 5) and

species (Cross 1980) occur in the Cape and Namib regions of Southern Africa. Australia

rates well at species level, with high numbers in all States, with Danthonia having many

species in temperate areas and Eriachne and Aristida well represented in tropical areas.

There are only six genera in the whole of the New World. As the arundinoids are

classified at present they are polyphyletic (Kellogg & Campbell 1987) so hypothesising

on their origin has litthe meaning. However, the Gondwanic nature of most of the genera

is evident by their present distribution which is deduced to be the result of a long and

independent evolution. The theory that the non-bambusoid groups arose from the

arundinoids implies the latter have been pushed to the southern extremities and moun-

tains of Gondwanic fragments by the groups they gave rise to (Clayton & Renvoize

1986). Although this appears to be the situation in a number of small genera, in other

arundinoid genera evolution has continued, giving rise to genera with many species in

different environments e.g. Aristida and Eriachne in arid regions, and Danthonia in

Mediterranean climates. The arundinoids have adapted to more habitats than any other

sroup and this is perhaps another indication of their relative age.

6. Stipoids

The stipoids are taxonomically treated as a single tribe Stipeae but opinions differ

as to which subfamily they belong. Although traditionally placed with the pooids (see

references in Barkworth & Everett 1987) increasing evidence 1s being assembled that

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 253

roa = = ¥ + + = *

a = : . .

= = = t t

= = = = 3 3 3 1 . .

* # ' = : ‘ eon

- 2 4 7 = ee 1

fl + & & »& se ee ge : 2 ¢ . 1

\ / 7

’ all MR i »

CELE eet Lf

Maal

CLT

“ 4

J =

?.. ee Ered iS tee oo a fas

fd & ££ FM Bo Bow £ pee Tes

» ££ & F € » » Ff &

ot $8 ree we we feo ee

i ee

3 1.”

= =

=e™=t

tm tee ge

= —

A. =—

% of World Total )

>»60 HEED :

50-59 : ; |

40-49 e anaes

30-39 ; s . gra catia eae

20-29 &

Map 1. Distribution of andropogonoid genera.

NN Ts

TTT ve se LLL

OY.

E- oeeeeet HE: PD - -

Wy OY

% af World Total

935

30-34 VA

25-29 [x7 x!

20-24

15-19

254 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

they do not really belong here (Campbell 1985; Macfarlane 1987). A current trend is to

either place them with the arundinoids (Watson & Dallwitz 1988) or the bambusoids

(references in Campbell 1985). Because of the uncertainty of their relationships it is

probably best to regard them as a group in their own right when discussing their

phylogeny. Within the group 10-15 genera have been described, being mainly variations

from the first described and largest genus Stipa. However, as presently constituted, the

genera are not natural and a recent attempt has been made to divide the group into

monophyletic taxa without formal names (Barkworth & Everett 1987). There are five

Australian groups of Stipa and the closest outgroup for the Australian species are those

from Eurasia (especially Achnatherum). They believe the group to be Gondwanic in

origin and that lines have radiated into Australia, Eurasia and America. Their “Archeos-

tipa’’ could be interpreted as radiating from Antarctica into South America and Australia

about 35 million years ago or even substantially earlier in the Oligocene when these

parts of Gondwanaland were separating. The entry of stipoid grasses into North America

was able to take place at the end of the Miocene 10 million years ago with the joining

of the Americas. Some of the best known grass fossil remains are of antheocia of stipoid

grasses from the Miocene and Oligocene deposits in the United States of America

(Thomassen 1987) at a time when horses and pronghorn antelopes were evolving

contemporaneously (Stebbins 1981). It is also possible that their spread into North

America was from the north or from both directions. The derivation of the Eurasian

_ times is more problematical due the paucity of records in Africa (a few species of Stipa)

and Asia (species of Oryzopsis, Stipa and Trikeraia all in the Himalayas). Ancestral

Stipa may have been present in areas near the northern leading edge of the fragments

of eastern Gondwanaland or in India.

7. Pooids

This is one of the largest subfamilies of grasses with 20% and 30% of the generic

and species totals for the family (Macfarlane 1987). Its members predominate in regions~

of high latitude and altitude i.e. the temperate regions of the world. The centres of

generic (Map 6) and species richness (Cross 1980) are Europe, the Mediterranean and

the Irano-Turanian regions with gradually decreasing numbers for other less temperate

regions. However pooids occur in most areas of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres

in both Old and New Worlds where there is a suitable climate. How or when they

achieved their present distribution 1s as much a mystery as to how they evolved. One

view is that they spread to their present range relatively recently (since the Miocene) by

traversing tropical regions along montane stepping stones. Entry from North to South

America must have occurred on a small scale before the joining of these continents in

the Pliocene but the rate of spread must have been accelerated subsequently. The entry

to Australia of the relatively high pooid component of the grass flora, both the time of

arrival and route of entry, 1s not established (Connor & Edgar 1986) but theories have

been given (Clifford & Simon 1981). An entry route via Antarctica since the early

Miocene seems feasible before the completion of the polar ice-cap formation whereas

entry from the north (van Steenis in Burbidge 1960) appears less likely due to the great

distances between blocks of elevated land. Audley-Charles (1987) does, however, postulate

the formation and subsequent loss of islands that could have been used as “stepping

stones’. The pooids have been thought to have evolved from a section of C, arundinoids

(Clayton 1981; Renvoize 1981) although recent cladistic studies (Kellogg & Campbell

1987) places the pooids at the base of the tree next to the outgroup Joinvillea. Such a

relationship supports the hypothesis of Tsvelev (1969) that the grasses evolved from

pooid type ancestors in high mountains with later movement to the plains.

Current Distribution of Australian Grasses

The present distribution of the grasses 1s a reflection of their pre-historic bio-

geography and their development and specialisation into a variety of habitats. One suite

of environmental specialisations relates to their photosynthetic pathways and the pattern

described for southern Africa by Gibbs Russell (1986) for the five subfamilies recognized

by her can be applied generally as well as for Australia.

“Panicoideae (mainly C, malate formers) 1n mesic summer rainfall regions;

Chloridoideae (mainly C, aspartate formers) in arid summer rainfall regions; and

Arundinoideae (mainly C,) in regions with more than 40% winter rainfall.-Pooideae

255

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses

% of World Total

isnes!

30-34

25-29 [L*.]

20-24

235

15-19

Map 3. Distribution of chloridoid genera.

% Of World Total

iannal

25-29 (7/7

20-24 L234

15-19

10-14

Map 4. Distribution of bambusoid genera.

256 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

form a large component of the grass flora in high altitude areas (and areas of

high latitude in Australia and generally).”

Her statement that the “Bambusoideae has very few taxa and never forms a major

component of the grass flora” 1s applicable to the situation in Australia but not generally.

Although the distribution of grasses in Australia has been correlated by Hattersley (1983)

with the photosynthetic pathway the results have not been extended to subfamily regions

in the way that Gibbs-Russell has done for southern Africa, although an attempt has

been made to correlate the decarboxylation types of C, grasses to geographical regions

(Prendergast et a/. 1986, Prendergast 1989).

Due to the active role Australia has had in the development of introduced pastures

there is a considerable grass flora of a much more recent exotic origin, both from tropical

and temperate regions (Clifford & Simon 1981). Large areas of the Australian landscape

are now dominated by exotic species and areas of the coastal tropics have been said to

have been Africanised (Simon 1983) in the same way as the New World tropical

grasslands (Parsons 1970). It was mainly in the the savannas of Africa that today’s

successful forage grasses co-evolved with a host of wild herbivores (Clayton 1983)

although the same process was also occurring in other localities (Stebbins 1981).

Conclusion

After an examination of each of the seven major groups of grasses recognized by

us (andropogonoids, panicoids, chloridoids, arundinoids, bambusoids, stipoids and pooids)

with respect to their possible areas and methods of origin, we observe that all except

the pooids are considered to be Gondwanan in origin. This conclusion is in basic

agreement with that of Clifford and Simon (1981). However none of these groups, on

the basis of the accounts given in this paper, can be considered to be authochthonous

in the sense of some rainforest groups (Webb, Tracey & Jessup 1986), in that they, or

their precursors, all originated in other areas of Gondwanaland and made their way here

subsequently. After arrival, adaptation to aridity and to extremes of soil types in the

Tertiary (Specht 1981) became the main challenge faced by all plant groups and in the

grasses a number of strategies must have been used by the genera Aristida, Enneapogon,

Eragrostis and Triodia, that now dominate the arid zones of the continent (J acobs 1982).

Acknowledgements

We thank Will Smith for modifying Figs 2-4, originally drafted by Simone Stewart

for a poster presentation on grass biogeography by B.K.S. at the Symposium on Grass

Systematics and Evolution at the Smithsonian Institution, Washington D.C. in 1986,

and for preparing the maps. We thank the original publishers for the reproduction of

Figs 1, 5 and 6 and these are individually acknowledged in the captions.

References

AUDLEY-CHARLES, M.G. (1987). Dispersal of Gondwanaland: relevance to evolution of the Angiosperms. In

T.C. Whitmore (ed.), Biogeographical evolution of the Malay archepelago. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

AVDULOV, N.P. (1931). Karyo-systematische Untersuchungen der Familie Gramineen. Bulletin of Applied Botany

Supplement 44,

BARKWORTH, M.E. & EVERETT, J. (1987). Evolution in the Stipeae: identification and relationships of its

monopyletic taxa. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics

and evolution. Washington D.C:: Smithsonian Institution Press.

BAUM, B.R. (1987). Numerical taxonomic analyses of the Poaceae. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell

& M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

BARLOW, B.A. (1981). The Australian flora: its origin and evolution. In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 1:

25- 75. Canberra: Australian Government Printing Service.

BELBIN, L., FAITH, D.P. & MINCHEN, P.R. (1984). Some algorithms contained in the numerical taxonomy

package NTP. CSIRO Division of Water and Land Resources, Technical Memoranda 84/23.

BLAKE, S.T. (1972). Plinthanthesis and Danthonia and a review of the Australian species of Leptochioa

(Gramineae). Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium 14: 1-9,

BROCK, R.D. & BROWN, J.A.M. (1961). Cytotaxonomy of Australian Danthonia. Australian Journal of Botany

9: |

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 257

% of World Total!

)25

20-24 |

15-19 L*.7 Ke |

410-14 ‘ if

Map 5. Distribution of arundinoid genera.

soe fee ~~ = tp" = = FF &e - ee AT * Bt

Ag =

sss AAT ET DR Ree

ao a <P ARES

a :

: Prete - - ------------

a aot = © & + a2 8 ££ 8

= = = Set Se = - + &©— + + & » 4 t ' . - o£ FF & £ mp whe £F @ 8

ro: = = + ws» © © = FF + # af 7. os Tf = 2 = '

+ F 2 = =F + oH og

ke &

. = >= © 4 © © © -~ m= + @w 2 TF 4 ee

a *

: : oe os : = =£ + ® -_ 7, rot # +

Ps x = + + e* i?

= «= Se «= “@ € 2 > we r = + 1 + L

s me 7s ik

% Of World Total!

»50 HE

40-49

30-39 L*.7

20-29

10-20

Map 6. Distribution of pooid genera.

258 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

BROWN, W.V. (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its subtypes in grass systematics. Memoirs of the Torrey

Botanical Club 23: 1-97,

BURBIDGE, N.T. (1960). The biogeography of the Australian region. Australian Journal of Botany 8: 75-211.

CAMPBELL, C.S. (1985). The subfamilies and tribes of Gramineae (Poaceae) in the southeastern United States.

Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 66: 123-199.

CAMPBELL, CS. & KELLOGG, E.A. (1987). Sister group relationships of the Poaceae. In T.R. Soderstrom,

K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C::

Smithsonian Institution Press.

CLAYTON, W.D. (1969). A revision of the genus Hyparrhenia. Kew Bulletin Additional Series I.

CLAYTON, W.D. (1975). Chorology of the genera of Gramineae. Kew Bulletin 30; 111-132.

raat Si W.D. (1981). Evolution and distribution of grasses. Annals of the Missouri Botanical Gardens 68:

5-14.

CLAYTON, W.D. (1983). Tropical grasses. In J.G. Mclvor & R.A. Bray (eds), Genetic resources of forage plants.

Melbourne: CSIRO.

CLAYTON, W.D. & COPE, T.A. (1980a). The chorology of Old World species of Gramineae. Kew Bulletin 35:

135-171.

Cerise rane & COPE, T.A. (1980b). The chorology of North American species Gramineae. Kew Bulletin

35: 567-576.

CLAYTON, W.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1986). Genera graminum. Grasses of the world. Kew Bulletin Addition

Series XULI.

CLIFFORD, H.T. & SIMON, B.K. (1981). The biogeography of Australian grasses. In A. Keast, Ecological

Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

CONERT, H.J. (1966). Dregeochioa, eine neue Gattung der Gramineen (Gramineae, Arundinoideae, Danthonieae).

Senckenbergiana biologica 47: 335-343.

CONERT, H.J. (1970). Aferxmuellera, eme neue Gattung der Gramineen (Poaceae: Arundinoidese). Senckenber-

giana biologica 51: 129-133.

CONERT, H.J. (1971). The genus Danthonia in Africa. Mitteilungen (aus) der Botanischen Staatssamlung Munchen

102: 299-308.

CONERT, H.J. (1975). Die Chionochloa-Arten von Australien und Nueguinea (Poaceae: Arundinoideae). Senck-

enbergiana biologica 56: 153-164.

CONERT, H.J. (1987). Current concepts in the systematics of the Arundinoideae. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W.

Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian

Institution Press.

CONNOR, H.E. & EDGAR, E. (1979). Rytidosperma Steudel (Notedanthonia Zotov) in New Zealand. New

Zealand Journal of Botany 17; 311-337.

CONNOR, H.E. & EDGAR, E. (1986). Australasian alpine grasses: diversification and specialization. In B.A.

Barlow (ed.), Flora and fauna of alpine Australasia, Canberra: Australian Systematic Botany Society &

CSIRO.

DETTMAN, M.E. (1981). The Cretaceous flora. In A. Keast, Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague:

W. Junk, 3

aap sae (1951). A catalogue of the Australian tertiary flora. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria

' 41-56.

ELLIS, R.P. (1977). Distribution of the Kranz syndrome in the southern African Eragrostideae and Panicoideae.

Agroplantae 9: 73-110.

ELLIS, R.P., VOGEL, J.C. & FULS, A. (1980), Photosynthetic pathways and the geographic distribution of grasses

in South West Africa/ Namibia. South African Journal of Science 76: 307-314.

FARRELLY, D. (1984). The book of bamboo. San Francisco: Sierra Club Books.

GALLOWAY, R.W. & KEMP, E.M. (1981). Late Cainozoic environments in Australia. In A. Keast, Ecological

Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

GIBBS RUSSELL, G.E. (1986). Significance of different centres of diversity in subfamilies of Poaceae in southern

Africa. Palaeoecology of Africa 17: 183-186.

GOULD, F.W. & SHAW, R.B. (1983). Grass Systematics, second edition. College Station: Texas A&M University

Press.

HARTLEY, W. (1950). The global distribution of tribes of the Gramineae in relation to historical and environmental

factors. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research 1: 355-373.

Simon & Jacobs, Gondwanan grasses 259

HARTLEY, W. (1958a). Studies on the origin, evolution and distribution of the Gramineae. I. The tribe

Andropogoneae. Australian Journal of Botany 6: 116-128.

HARTLEY, W. (1958b). Studies on the origin, evolution and distribution of the Gramineae. II. The tribe Paniceae.

Australian Journal of Botany 6: 343-357.

HARTLEY, W. (1973). Studies on the origin, evolution and distribution of the Gramineae. V. The sub-family

Festucoideae. Australian Journal of Botany 21: 201-234.

HARTLEY, W. & SLATER, C. (1960). Studies on the origin, evolution and distribution of the Gramineae. III.

The tribes of the sub- family Eragrostoideae. Australian Journal of Botany 8: 256-276.

HATTERSLEY, P.W. (1983). The distribution of C, and C, grasses in Australia in relation to climate. Oecologia

(Berlin) 57: 143-128.

HAYMAN, D.L. (1960). The distribution and cytology of the chromosome races of Themeda australis in southern

Australia. Australian Journal of Botany 8: 58-68.

HUBBARD, C.E. (1948). The genera of British grasses. London: P.R. Gawthorne.

JACOBS, S.W.L. (1982). Relationships, distribution and evolution of 7riodia and Plectrachne (Gramineae). In

W.R. Barker, P.J. Greenslade & P.R. Baverstock, Evolution of the flora and fauna of arid Australia. Frewville:

Peacock Publications.

JACOBS, S.W.L. (1987). Systematics of the chloridoid grasses. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell &

M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C:: Smithsonian Institution Press.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & BRIGGS, B.G. (1975). On the Proteaceae — the evolution and classification of a southern

family. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 70: 83-182.

JOHNSON, L.A.S. & BRIGGS, B.G. (1981). Three old southern families — Myrtaceae, Proteaceae and Restion-

aceae. In A. Keast, Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

JOHNSON, R.W. & TOTHILL, J.C. (1981), Definition and broad geographic outline of savanna lands. In J.C.

ie & J.J, Mott (eds), Ecology and management of the World’s savannas, Canberra: Australian Academy

of Science.

KELLOGG, E.A. & CAMPBELL, CS. (1987). Phylogenetic analyses of the Gramineae. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W.

ou CS. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian.

nstitution Press.

MACFARLANE T.D. (1987). Poaceae Subfamily Pooideae. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C:S. Campbell &

M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass systematics and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

MARTIN, H.A. (1981). The Tertiary flora. In A. Keast, Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W.

Junk.

MOREAU, R.E. (1952). Africa since the Mesozoic with particular reference to certain biological problems.

Proceedings of the Zoological of Society London 121: 869-913.

NICORA, E.G. (1973). Novedades agrostologicas patagonicas. Darwiniana 18: 80-106.

OHRNBERGER, D. & GOERRINGS, J. (1985). Subfamily Bambusoideae: its tribes and genera. In D, Ohrnberger

& J. Goerrings, The bamboos of the world. Odenthal: Ohrnberger & Goerrings.

PARSONS, J.R. (1970). The “Africanization” of the New World tropical grasslands. Tubinger Geographische

Studen 34: 141-153.

PHIPPS, J.B. (1967). Studies in the Arundinelleae (Gramineae) VII. The phylogeny - a hypothesis. Blumea 15:

477-317,

POWELL, C. McA., JOHNSON, B.D. & VEEVERS, J.J. (1981). The early Cretaceous break-up of Eastern

Gondwanaland, the separation of Australia and India, and their interaction with southeast Asia. In A. Keast,

Ecological Biogeography of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

PRENDERGAST, H.D.V. (1989). Geographical distribution of C, acid decarboxylation types and associated

structural variants in native C, grasses (Poaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 37: 253-273.

PRENDERGAST, H.D.V. & HATTERSLEY, P.W. (1985). Distribution and cytology of Australian Neurachne

and its allies (Poaceae), a group containing C;, C, and C,-C, intermediate species. Australian Journal of

Botany 33: 317-336.

PRENDERGAST, H.D.V., HATTERSLEY, P.W., STONE, N.E. & LAZARIDES, M. (1986). C, acid decarbox-

ylation types in Eragrostis (Poaceae): patterns of variation in chloroplast position, ultrastructure and

geographical position. Plant Cell Environment 9: 333-344.

RAVEN, P.H. & AXELROD, D.L. (1974). Angiosperm biogeography and past continental movements. Annals of

the Missouri Botanical Gardens 61: 539-637.

RENVOIZE, S.A. (1981). The sub-family Arundinoideae and its position in relation to a general classification of

the Gramineae. Kew Bulletin 36: 85-102.

SCHNELL, R. (1961). Le probleme des homologies phytogéographiques entre l'Afrique et l’Amérique tropicale.

Memoires du Museum national d’histoire série B, 11: 137-241.

260 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

SCHNELL, R. (1962). Rémarques préliminaires sur quelques problémes phytogéographiques du Sud-Est Asiatique.

Revue ‘generale de botanique. Paris. 69: 301-366.

SCHUSTER, R.M. (1976). Plate tectonics and its bearing on the geographic origin and dispersal of angiosperms.

In C.B. Beck, Origin and early evolution of angiosperms. New York: Columbia University Press.

SIMON, B.K. (1981). An analysis of the Australian grass flora. Austrobaileya 1: 356-371.

SIMON, B.K. (i983). Poaceae. In B. Morley & H. Toelken (eds), Flowering Plants in Australia, pp. 376-392.

Adelaide: Rigby.

SIMON, B.K. (1986). The biogeography of the genera and major groups of grasses. International Symposium on

Grass Systematics and Evolution, Abstracts p. 33. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

SIMON, B.K. (1988). The biogeography of tropical Australian grasses. Proceedings of the Ecological Society of

Australia 15: 267-269,

SMITH, A.C. (1963). Summary discussion on plant distribution patterns in the tropical Pacific. In J.L. Gressitt

(ed. ), Pacific Basin biogeography. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press.

SMITH, J.B.M. (ed.) (1982). A history of Australasian vegetation. Sydney: McGraw-Hiil.

SMITH-WHITE, S. (1982). Summary and reintegration. In W.R. Barker, PJ. Greenslade & P.R. Baverstock,

Evolution of the flora and fauna of arid Australia, Frewville: Peacock Publications.

SODERSTROM, T.R. & CALDERON, C.E. (1979). Distribution and environment of the Bambusoideae. In M.

Numata (ed.), Ecology of grasslands and bamboolands in the world. The Hague: W. Junk.

SODERSTROM, T.R. & ELLIS, R.P. (1987). The position of bamboo genera and allies in a system of grass

classification. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell & M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass Systematics

and Evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

SODERSTROM, T.R.., HILU, K.W., CAMPBELL, C.S. & BARKWORTH, M.E. (eds) (1987). Grass systematics

and evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press.

SOENARKO, S. (1977). The genus Cymbopogon Sprengel (Gramineae). Reinwardtia 9: 225-375.

SPECHT, R.L. (1981). Evolution of the Australian flora: some generalizations. In A. Keast, Ecological Biogeography

of Australia. The Hague: W. Junk.

STEBBINS, G.L. (1956). Cytogenetics and evolution of the grass family. American Journal of Botany 43: 890-

905.

STEBBINS, G.L. (1981). Coevolution of grasses and herbivores. Annals af the Missouri Botanic Garden 68: 75-

86.

STEBBINS, G.L. (1985). Polyploidy, hybridization and the the invasion of new habitats. Annals of the Missouri

Botanic Garden 72: 824-832.

STEENIS, C.G.G.U.J. VAN (1979). Plant geography of east Malesia. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society

79: 977-178.

TAKHTAJAN, A. (1969). Flowering plants: origin and dispersal. Edinburgh: Oliver & Boyd.

bbc ak ria niece (1985). Comparative anatomical studies in Danthonia sensu lato (Danthonieae: Poaceae).

Aliso 11: 97-

THOMASSON, J.R. (1980). Paleoagrostology: a historical review. Iowa State Journal of Research 54: 301-317.

THOMASSON, J.R. (1987). Fossil Grasses: 1820-1986 and beyond. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, C.S. Campbell

& M.E. Barkworth (eds), Grass Systematics and Evolution. Washington D.C.: Smithsonian Institution Press,

TSVELEV, N.N. (1969). Some problems of the evolution of the Poaceae. Botanicheskii Zhurnal 54: 361-373.

VOGEL, I.C.,, FULS, A. & ELLIS, R.P. (1978). The geographical distribution of Kranz grasses in South Africa.

South Afri ‘ican Journal of Science 74: 209-215.

WATSON, L. & DALLWITZ, M.J. (1988). Grass genera of the world. Ilustrations of characters, descriptions,

classification, interactive identification, information retrieval. Canberra: Australian National University.

WEBB, L.J., TRACEY, J.G. & JESSUP, L.W. (1986). Recent evidence for autochthony of Australian tropical and

subtropical rainforest floristic elements. Telopea 2: 575-589.

WET, J.M.J. DE (1987). Hybridization and polyploidy in the Poaceae. In T.R. Soderstrom, K.W. Hilu, CS.

Campbell & M.E, Barkworth (eds), Grass Systematics and Evolution. Washington D.C: Smithsonian

Institution Press.

ZOTOVY, V.D. eee ve hi: santos of the grass subfamily Arundinoideae in New Zealand. New Zealand Journal of

Botany [: 78-136

Accepted for publication 2 February 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 261-264 (1990) 261

ACACIA PORCATA (MIMOSACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM

SOUTH-EAST QUEENSLAND

Paul [. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Acacia porcata P. Forster is described and compared with A. longipedunculata Pedley. It has a restricted distribution

in the southern part of the Burnett Pastoral District, Queensland and occurs in an area rich in endemic taxa. |

Species of Acacia section Lycopodiifoliae Pedley are characterised by regular,

verticillate phyllodes and associated stipules (Pedley 1978, 1986). The architecture and

development of the phyllode-stipule whorls are unusual within this section of Acacia

and studies of A. longipedunculata Pedley and allied species have resulted in new

interpretations of the relationships between pinnate juvenile leaves, phyllodes, stipules

and hairs in Acacia (Rutishauser & Sattler 1986; Sattler et a/. 1988).

During a vegetation survey in the Mundubbera Shire, south-east Queensland, a

population of a distinctive Acacia taxon allied to A. longipedunculata was discovered

and is considered to represent a new species. Previously A. baueri Benth., an atypical

member of section Lycopodiifoliae, was the only member of the section to be recorded

south of the Tropic of Capricorn in eastern Australia with most species growing in

northern Australia (Pedley 1972, 1978; Maslin & Pedley 1988).

Acacia porcata P. Forster sp. nov. affinis A. /ongipedunculatae Pedley, sed phyllodiis 13-

19 in quoque verticillo, tubo calycis non porcato, lobis calycis ovatis, leguminibus

complanatis, 11-27 mm longis, 5-6 mm latis, costa prominenti longitudinali

extus praeditis differt. Typus: Queensland, BURNETT DIstrRIcT: 5.5 km W of

PERT. August 1988, PJ. Forster 4673 & C.G. Wilkinson (holo: BRI; 1so:

Decumbent shrub less than 0.5 m tall: branchlets terete, resinous, becoming greyish,

indumentum of dense, stiff, white hairs 1-1.5 mm long; internodes to 3 cm long, 2-3

mm diameter. Phyllodes + terete, 5-30 mm long, 0.5-1 mm diameter, venation obscure,

tapered at the base and abruptly contracted at the apex into a mucro c. 0.25 mm long,

straight or slightly incurved in upper part, viscid, olive-green, with sparse covering of

white hairs similar to those on branchlets, 13-19 per whorl; stipules persistent, similar

in number to phyllodes in whorl, brown, upright, subulate, deep red-brown, to c. 1 mm

long. Heads 35-—40-flowered, globular; peduncles 10-20 mm long, usually much longer

than the phyllodes, viscid; bracteoles linear-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long and 0.5 mm wide,

with stiff white hairs. Flowers 5-merous; calyx tube 1-1.25 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter;

lobes lanceolate-ovate, tips strongly incurved, 0.75-—1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with

few sparse hairs externally; corolla tube c. | mm long and | mm diameter; lobes ovate-

lanceolate, not striate, 1-1.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with few sparse hairs externally;

stamens c. 2-3.5 mm long; anthers 0.1-0.2 mm long; pistil 3-3.5 mm long, glabrous;

ovary c. | mm long and 0.5 mm wide, glabrous. Pod sessile, flat, viscid, 11-27 mm

long, 5-6 mm broad, conspicuously ridged externally along middle above seeds, containing

1-4 seed, dehiscent. Seed arranged longitudinally in pod, black, shiny, slightly viscid,

with slight ridge on side, c. 5 mm long, 3.5 mm broad and 1.5 mm thick; aril k. 2mm

long, white. Fig. 1.

Other Specimen examined: Queensland. BURNETT DiISTRIicT: 5.5 km W of “Toondahra”, Nov 1988 (fruiting),

Forster 4827 (BRI).

Distribution, habitat and ecology: A. porcata is restricted to a small area in Mundubbera

Shire, c. 45 km SSE of Mundubbera. The new species was collected growing on a granite

rock outcrop at c. 440 m among Triodia sp. with a scattered overstory of Eucalyptus

sp. aff. &. paniculata, E. sp. aff. peltata subsp. leichhardtii and E. exserta F. Muell. Other

species in close association were Grevillea whiteana McGillivray, G. floribunda R. Br.,

262 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

Acacia grandifolia Pedley, A. tenuinervis Pedley, A. eremophiloides Pedley & P. Forster,

A, leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley, A. buxifolia subsp. pubiflora Pedley, Newcastelia velutina

Munir, Platysace lanceolata (Labill.) Druce, Lysicarpus angustifolius F. Muell., Xan-

thorrhoea johnsonii Lee and Cryptandra sp. nov.

The area supports a large fuel-load of 7riodia species and other taxa, and it would

be expected that the population would be subjected to occasional wildfires.

Phenology: Flowering in August and probably also in September, fruiting in November.

Notes: The form and number of phyllodes, number of flowers per head and calyx and

bracteole morphology were considered to be useful diagnostic taxonomic characters for

species related to A. porcata (Pedley 1972). The 12 species previously known in the

section Lycopodiifoliae (Pedley 1978) were divisible into four groups on the basis of

calyx type (Pedley 1972). A. porcata appears to be most closely related to A. longipe-

dunculata in most characters but does not have a conspicuously ribbed or thickened

calyx tube as in that species. The sepals of A. porcata are more similar to those of A.

galioides Benth., A. chippendalei Pedley and A. orthotricha Pedley, but in other characters

it is not particularly close to these taxa. The pod of A. porcata is unlike that of any of

the other species of the section and is unusual for the genus in Queensland due to the

longitudinal ridge on the outside. The pod is also noteworthy for the small number of

septa and seeds present; single-seeded pods being quite common (Table 1). The maximum

number of seed per pod in Acacia species has been found to be correlated to the number

of pollen grains in a polyad with the pod seed number never exceeding the polyad grain

number (Kenrick & Knox 1982). Examination of polyads of A. porcata revealed that

they contain eight grains. It has not been possible to observe ovule number, although

ultimately it will be this rather than polyad grain number that is related to seed set per

pod.

While several species of Acacia have viscid foliage, none have been recorded as

having viscid seed. The viscid nature of the seeds of A. porcata is probably due to the

viscid substance on the pods infiltrating through the pod wall on to the seeds. As noted

by Pedley (1978), few collections are made of fruiting Acacias and further observations

on other species are desirable to investigate this situation fully.

A, porcata has seeds with a small white aril that may be classified as ‘ant-dispersed

diaspores’ (O’Dowd & Gill 1986). The viscid nature of both the pods and seeds, results

in a compound dispersal unit of up to 7 pods with associated seeds. This unit is dispersed

by gravity and wind for up to 3 m from the parent plant with the actual distance of

dispersal being determined by surrounding rocks.

Table 1. Percentage of seeds per pod in a sample of 146 pods of Acacia porcata.

Number of seeds per pod

Percentage of pods 38 47 14 j

Conservation status: A. porcata is presently known from the type locality where six plants

have been observed within an area of 200 m?. A provisional conservation coding of 1E

(after Briggs & Leigh 1988) is given. As outlined by Pedley & Forster (1986) and Forster

(1987), the general area where this species of Acacia has been found has a number of

restricted endemic taxa and is worthy of conservation.

Etymology: The epithet alludes both to the ridged nature of the outside of the pod and

to the hilly/ridged nature of the habitat.

= ASSO aie eee

Forster, Acacia porcata 263

t¥ees

ashi tas

Fatyte, is

ee egies

’

alte

fy -

, hone

, Te |

alle

Pa)

wide “

2} Dal east

i rate

Fig. 1. Acacia porcata: A. habit X 1. B. flower x 10. C. stipule at base of phyliode whorl X 20. D. external view

of eigen ee eee ridge X 2. E, internal view of pod X 2. F. seed X 5, A-D, Forster 4673 & Wilkinson;

, ©, Forster .

Acknowledgements

Mr C. G. Wilkinson, Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service provided

transport and company during the trip on which A. porcata was discovered. Mr L.

Pedley (BRI) provided comments on the manuscript and the Latin diagnosis. Mr W.

Smith (BRI provided Figure 1.

References

BRIGGS, J.D. and LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

ie eee and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

ildhife Service.

FORSTER, P.I. (1987). Notes on Newcastelia velutina (Chloanthaceae). Oueensland Naturalist 28: 84-86.

264 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

eer J. & KNOX, R.B. (1982). Function of the polyad in reproduction of Acacia. Annals of Botany 50:

721-727,

MASLIN, B.R. & PEDLEY, L. (1988). Patterns of distribution of Acacia in Australia. Australian Journal of

Botany 36: 385-393.

O’DOWD, D.J. & GILL, A.M. (1986). Seed dispersal syndromes in Australian Acacia. In D.R. Murray (ed.),

‘Seed Dispersal’ pp. 87-121. North Ryde: Academic Press Australia.

PEDLEY, L. (1972). A revision of Acacia lycopodiifolia A. Cunn. ex Hook. and its allies. Contributions from the

Queensland Herbarium No. 11.

PEDLEY, L. (1978). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland. Austrobaileya 1: 75-234.

PEDLEY, L. (1986). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia (Leguminosae), with particular reference to Australia,

and the recognition of Senegalia and Acacia. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 92: 219-254.

PEDLEY, L. & FORSTER, P.L (1986). Acacia eremophiloides (Mimosaceae) a new species from South-eastern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 2: 277-280.

RUTISHAUSER, R. & SATTLER, R. (1986). Architecture and development of the phyllode — stipule whorls of —

pat longipedunculata: controversial interpretations and continuum approach. Canadian Journal of Botany

: 1987-2019.

SATTLER, R., LUCKERT, D. & RUTISHAUSER, R. (1988). Symmetry in plants: phyllode and stipule

development in Acacia longipedunculata. Canadian Journal of Botany 66; 1270-1284.

Accepted for publication 15 May 1989

Austrobaileya 3(2): 265-271 (1990) 265

NOTES ON LEUCOPOGON R. BR. (EPACRIDACEAE) IN

QUEENSLAND

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Leucopogon blakei, L. grandiflorus, L. lavarackii, L. spathaceus and L. yorkensis are described as new. All are

confined to Queensland. L. malayanus subsp. novoguineensis is a new combination based on Styphelia malayana

var. novoguineensis Sleumer, for a taxon from north-eastern Queensland.

Work in progress on the classification of Epacridaceae (Powell et a/. 1987) suggests

that Leucopogon will be divided into at least two genera. However, work now well

advanced on a census of the plants of Cape York Peninsula and a map of the vegetation

of the region demands that some widespread ecologically important species of this

alliance have names. These species are described. At the same time I have taken the

opportunity to describe one species already treated in the literature (sp. 2 of Stanley &

Ross, 1986) and one strikingly distinct species from central Queensland.

Leucopogon blakei Pedley, sp. nov. inter species sectionis Pleuranthi Benth. affinis L.

attenuato Cunn. et L. conferto Benth. foliis leviter concavis aliquantum recurvatis

non nisi breviter mucronatis, bracteolis sepalisque valde fimbriatis differt. Typus:

Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon Range, August 1960, Gittins 371

(holo & iso: BRI).

wa al sp. 2 in Stanley & Ross: Flora of South-eastern Queensland 2: 261

Twiggy shrub to 75 cm tall, sometimes prostrate; young branches pubescent, hairs slightly

retrorse, 0.1 mm long. Leaves sessile, angulo-obovate, 2-3.6 * 1-2 mm, 1.5-—3.5 times .

as long as wide, mucronulate, slightly concave, somewhat recurved, smooth above,

conspicuously veined and slightly pubescent beneath. Flowers white, solitary (with a

small rudiment) in the axils of leaves borne on short lateral branches, almost sessile,

bracts less than half as long as the bracteoles, bracteoles obtuse, strongly fimbriate, c.

1.5 mm long; sepals obtuse, strongly fimbriate, 2.8 mm long; corolla 3 mm long, tube

1.7 mm long, lobes with copious white beard similar to that of species of sect. Perojoa;

anthers obtuse, c. | mm long; disc 5-lobed; style c. 1 mm long, stigma flattened laterally.

Fruit narrowly ellipsoidal, c. 3 mm long, somewhat flattened at the apex with a persistent

stout style, about as long as the calyx. Fig. 1A,B,C.

Specimens examined (all BRI): Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRIcT: 1.5 km S of crest of Carnarvon Range on

Rolleston-Injune road, Mar 1960, Johnson 1461; Injune—Rolleston road, 4.8 km N of third crossing of Dawson

R., 25°20/S, 148°40’E, Aug 1977, Williams 77099; Carnarvon Range, 25°05’S, 148°15’E, Aug 1969, Hockings [AQ

252500]; ditto, without date, May 26; ditto, Aug 1961, Gittins 371 (TYPE). DARLING Downs DISTRICT: Great

Dividing Range about 10 miles [16 km] W of Gurulmundi, May 1960, Blake 21278; SW corner of Barakula State

rarest Mar 1982, Hando 315; top of range at Waaje, NW Corner of Barakula State Forest, Oct 1981, Hando

pee gar On shallow soil usually overlying sandstone, in inland southern Queensland.

Map

Notes: Because of its slightly concave leaves, L. blakei could be included in series

Planifoliae Benth., but it resembles species of the small series Confertae in the characters

of the flowers and in leaf shape so closely that its relationships lie there. It differs from

both L. confertus and L. attenuatus in having strongly fimbriate sepals.

Etymology: The species in named in honour of S.T. Blake (1910-1973), at his death

Senior Botanist at the Queensland Herbarium, whose wide botanical interests included

Epacridaceae.

266 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

ina bi vor grandiflorus Pedley, sp. nov. inter species sectionis Pleuranthi Benth. forsan

nis P. alittii F. Muell. (ancola Australiae occidentalis) sed flore uno in quoque

axilla et corolla (12-15 mm longa) longiore differt propter forman indumentum

dispositioeinque foliorum ut videtur ascedit ad L. rupicolam C. White qui autem

ovario bicellulari instructus et ergo ad seriem Micranthae ascribendus. Typus:

Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: Carnarvon Creek, August 1961, Gittins 337

(holo & iso: BRI).

Shrub to 2m tall; branchlets with moderately dense, soft, + spreading hairs c. 0.5 mm

ne becoming curved and matted on older parts of the plant. Leaves oblong, 8-10 X

1.3 mm (leaves not flattened) tapering to a point, revolute, discolorous, puberulent

stiave with long, weak, spreading hairs beneath. Flowers white, solitary (with a small

rudiment) in the axils of upper leaves, bracts c. Imm long, bracteoles c. 2 mm long,

concave, obtuse, shortly apiculate; sepals ovate, obtuse, 4.5 mm long; corolla 12-15 mm

long, tube 8-9 mm long, lobes narrowly triangular, acute; staminal filaments attached

to the middle of the anther; anther 1.7 mm long; disc with 5 prominent deltoid lobes

(resembling a coronet); ovary 5-angled, 5-celled, somewhat elongate; style c. 10 mm long

with prominent villous capitate stigma. Fruit globose when dry, c. 5 mm long. Fig.

5 | +

Specimens examined (all ee Queensland. LEICHHARDT DisTRicr: Ridge N of Arch Creek, ‘Early Storms’

Holding, Sep 1974, Gittins 2767; top of Boolimba Bluff, Carnarvon National Park, 25°03’S, 148°13'E, May 1982,

Neldner & Thomas 886; Carnarvon Creek, Aug 1961, Gittins 337; N of Injune, Moolayember, approx. 25° 30'S,

148°30’E, Aug 1987, Barry [AQ437346].

Distribution: Restricted to Carnarvon National Park and vicinity, on shallow soils

overlying sandstone. Map 2.

Notes: The species is a distinctive one with large corollas. One flower dissected was

aberrant in having one stamen quite free from the corolla tube. L. grandiflorus appears

to be most closely related to L. rupicola which, however, has a 2-celled ovary. The

shape, indumentum and orientation of the leaves of the two are similar, though the

flowers of L. rupicola are smaller. By virtue of their 2-celled ovaries L. rupicola and L.

margarodes R. Br. are members of series Micranthae Benth. whereas L. grandiflorus, on

account of its revolute leaves and 5-celled ovary, must be referred to series Ericoideae.

Etymology: From Latin, grandi-, large, and -/lorus, flowered; an allusion to the flowers

of the species which are probably the largest in the genus.

Leucopogon lavarackii Pedley, sp. nov. affinis L. /eptospermoidis R. Br. (sections Pleu-

ranthi Benth) ramulis puberulentis floribus (corolla 5-6 mm longa) majoribus

corollis tubis prope basin angustioribus, antheris infra medium affixis et fructibus

luteis differt. Typus: Mt Tozer, June 1948, Brass 19026 (holo: BRI).

Much branched shrub to 3 m high, sometimes flowering when less than 30 cm. Branchlets

_ with short (0.1 mm), soft, erect hairs sometimes extending to the base of the leaves.

Leaves oblong, elliptic or oblanceolate, usually 11-15 X 2-3 mm, 4.5-5.5 times as long

as wide, obtuse, mucronulate, convex or with slightly revolute margins, shiny above,

elaucous and obviously veined beneath, Flowers 2-4 (and a terminal rudiment) in axillary

spikes much shorter than the leaves, hairs of the inflorescence axis longer than those of

the branchlets; bracts 0.7 mm long; bracteoles 1.2-1.7 mm long, concave, obtuse, apiculate;

sepals subacute, 3-4 mm long, shorter than the corolla tube; corolla 5-6 mm long, the

tube one-third to half the total length; anthers c. | mm long, attached to filament in

their lower halves; disc truncate, easily separated into lobes; ovary ovoid, 5-celled,

sometimes distinctly 5-angled; style c. 3 mm long with a prominent peltate stigma. Fruits

ellipsoidal, orange-yellow, as long as, or slightly longer than the calyx. Fig. 2E,F,G.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: W of Captain Billy Landing [approx. 11°30°S, ak eae Aug

1973, Lavarack 2515 (BRI,K); 10 miles [16 km] NE of Iron Range, Apr 1944, Flecker in N.Q. Nat. Club No.

8702 (BRI); Iron Range, Jun 1948, Brass 19272 (BRD; Tozer Gap, Tozer Range. Jul 1948, Brass 19427 (BRI);

ditto, Feb 1980, Clarkson 2917 (BRI, K,MO, NT PERTH): Mt Tozer, Jun 1948, Brass 19026 (BRI, TYPE); between

Gordon & Scrub Hen Creeks, 12°40’S, 143° 20'S, Hyland 7822 (BRI, QRS); c. 8 km S of Portland Roads, 12°39’S,

143°23’E, Jan 1982, Barlow 3722 (BRI, CANB); 10 km S of ‘Merapah’ homestead, Oct 1982, Clarkson 4580

(BRI MBA); 3.5 km N of upper crossing of Massey Creek on ‘Silver Plains’ Station, 13° 53'S, 143°31'E, Nov 1980,

Clan son ay (BRLK,MBA,NSW,NT,PERTH,QRS); 5 miles [8 km] N of Hopevale Mission, 15° 14S, 145°O7E,

Sep 1970, Gittins 2193 BRD: Isabella Falls, 23.5 km E of Normanby River on Laura—Cooktown road, 15° 17'S,

145°F, Jun 1985, Clarkson 5959 (BRI,CANB,DNA,K,L,MBA,MO,NSW,PERTH,ORS).

Pedley, Leucopogon 267

Distribution: On sand, sometimes seasonally waterlogged, on the eastern side of Cape

York Peninsula north of Cooktown and recorded also on shallow rocky soil near Cooktown

and WNW of Coen. Map I.

Notes: Though sometimes confused in the field with L. ruscifolius R. Br. with which it

sometimes occurs, L. lavarackii is most closely allied to L. leptospermoides. It differs in

having puberulent rather than pubescent branchlets, larger flowers more narrowly con-

stricted at the base, anthers attached to the filament above, not below, the middle and

yellow fruits. L. ruscifolius has elliptic to obovate leaves 4 mm or more wide, flowers

about the same size as those of L. leptospermoides and whitish fruits.

Etymology: The species is named for Dr P.S. Lavarack who has a long-standing interest

in the vegetation of Cape York Peninsula.

Fig. 1. ar i aaa blakei: A. twig < 3. B. flower x 12. C. fruit x 12. Leucopogon grandiflorus: D. twig X 3. E.

ower X 6.

268 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Leucopogon spathaceus Pedley, sp. nov. affinis L. pluriloculato F. Muell. et L. pleiospermo

(F. Muell.) Benth. (sectionis Heteranthesis Benth.), ab amobus foliuis + planis et

ab hoc floribus grandioribus (corolla 3-4 mm longa), disco lobato differt. Typus:

Queensland. Cook District: Davies Creek area, January 1962, L.J. Webb & J.G.

Tracey 5652 (holo: BRI; iso: K,MO,NSW).

Shrub to 2 m tall; branches with loose white, moderately dense, antrorsely ascending or

appressed hairs 0.3 mm long. Leaves obiong, 13-20 x 2.4-4 mm, 3-8 times as long as

wide, produced into a pungent point, flat or slightly concave, glabrous, veins conspicuous

beneath, petiole c. 1 mm long. Flowers in a 2—5-flowered raceme, terminal or occasionally

in axils of upper leaves, enclosed when young within imbricate scale leaves; bract and

bracteole at base of pedicel c. | mm long; pedicel shorter than bracts and bracteoles;

sepals ovate, 1.5~2 mm long, subacute; corolla 3-4 mm long, the tube c. 1.5 mm long;

anthers 1~1.2 mm long, attached to the filament at the top; disc obtusely lobed; ovary

: or — style c. 1 mm long. Fruit creamy yellow, subglobose, c. 3 mm diameter.

ig. 2A,B.

Specimens examined: Queensland. Cook District: Thornton Peak, 16°10’S, 145°20’E, alt. 1260 m, Nov 1973,

Stocker 1088 (BRI,QRS); SFR143, North Mary L.A., 16°32’S, 145°16’E, alt. 1000m, May 1979, Hyland 9792

(BRI,QRS); S.F.R. 185, Edith L.A., 17°OS’S, 145°35’E, alt. 1160 m, Apr 1974, Jrvine 820 (BRI,QRS); ditto, 17°10’S,

145°35’E, alt. 1000 m, Feb 1972, Dockrill & Stevens 820 (BRIQRS); Davies Creek area, Jan 1962, Webb &

Tracey 5652 (TYPE: BRI,K,MO,NSW); ridge S of Tinaroo Creek road, 14 miles [22 km] from Mareeba, alt. 900

m, May 1962, McKee 9450 (BRI); Tinaroo Creek Forestry Reserve, 17°05’S, 145°36’E, Nov 1979, Clarkson 2721

(BRILK,MBA,MO,NSW,QRS); E of Mareeba, 17°06’S, 143°3’E, alt. 1100 m, May 1983, de Campo 20 (BRI,MBA,QRS);

Gadgarra, 17°17’S, 145°39’E, Sep 1959, Smith 10825 (BRI); S.F.R. 41, near Atherton, Dec 1952, White in OFD

52/232 (BRI); Whelanian Pools, Meston’s Bellenden Ker Expedition, in 1889, Bailey [AQ478119] (BRI; Mt

Mulligan, 16°52’S, 144°51’E, Apr 1985, Clarkson 5768 (BRI,LMBA,MEL,NSW,QRS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

c. 38-40 km S of Ravenshoe, Dec 1977, Lockyer 123A (BRI); ditto Mar 1978, Lockyer 123B (BRI).

Distribution: In rainforest and eucalypt communities on coastal ranges in the Cairns

hinterland. Map 1.

Notes: The 6- or 7-celled ovary of L. spathaceus suggests affinities with L. pluriloculatus

and L. pleiospermus (sect. Heteranthesis). It differs from both in having + flat leaves

not concave or with revolute margins, and from L. pleiospermus in having larger flowers

with a lobed disc. The distribution and ecological niches of L. spathaceus differ markedly

from those of the other two.

Etymology: From Latin spathaceus, having the appearance of a spathe, an allusion to

the scale leaves that enclose the developing racemes.

Leucopogon yorkensis Pedley, sp. nov. affinis L. leptospermoidis R. Br. (sectionis Pleu-

ranthi Benth.) abore ramulis pilis patentibus obtectis, spicis ex 3-12 floribus

constantibus et fructibus translucentibus albis differt. Typus: Clarkson 2940 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB,MEL,MO,NSW,NT,PERTH, PR,QRS).

Shrub or tree to 10 m tall, bark brown fibrous (fide Brass), hard and fissured fide Hyland);

branchlets with soft erect hairs 0.2-0.4 mm long, shorter sometimes on bases of leaves.

Dormant shoots up to 2.5 cm long, sheathed in imbricate bud scales 3-4 mm diameter.

Leaves oblanceolate, obovate or spathulate when short, 5-12 * 1.5-3 mm, usually 2-5

times as long as wide, acute or obtuse with a callous point, not mucronulate, flat or

slightly concave, shiny above, somewhat glaucous and veined beneath. Flowers 3-12 in

spikes, shorter than the leaves in the upper axils; bracts 0.3-0.5 mm long; bracteoles

concave, keeled, obtuse, pubescent on back, 0.7-0.9 mm long; sepals ovate, obtuse,

pubescent 1.2-1.6 mm long, longer than the corolla tube; corolla c. 2.5 mm long, the

tube c. 0.8 mm; staminal filaments attached to the top of anther; anther 0.7-0.9 mm

long, as long as free part of filament; disc truncate, entire; ovary ovoid sometimes

pubescent on top, 2-celled, 5-angled; style 1 mm long; stigma small, capitate. Fruit

translucent, white, globose, described as 3-6 mm long when fresh, drying to c. 2.5 mm

diameter. Fig. 2C,D.

Selected Specimens: Queensland. Cook District: Badu Is., {0°07’S, 142°09’E, Aug 1979, Garnett 114 (BRD;

ditto, Oct 1981, Clarkson 4005, 4009 & 4019 (BRI,DNA,K,MBA,MO,NSW,PERTH,QRS); Horn Is., Jul 1943,

Tyack Bake (BRI); Cape York, Jun 1961, Volk 1948 in OFD 62/54 (BRD; between C. York and Galloways Hill,

Oct 1965, Smith 12543 (BRD; Cody Creek, 13 miles [21 km} WSW of Somerset, Apr 1948, Brass 18514 & 18527

(BRI); Newcastle Bay, May 1948, Brass 18770 (BRI); Bamaga district, May 1962, Webb & Tracey 6039

Pedley, Leucopogon 269

Fig. 2. Leucopogon spathaceus: A, twig X 3. B. flower X 8. Leucopogon yorkensis. C. twig X 3. D. flower X 8.

Leucopogon lavarackii: E. twig X 3. F. flower < 8. G. fruit * 8.

210

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Bo 145

y og L. yorkensis

‘e var |

4 o L, spathaceus

A L. lavarackii

a &

COENe4

4 oy CAIRNS

“s oT CY

\ _O0

La re ‘\

— NY

Ry, ; 9 MQ

‘ h

XY ‘a i

as i -

oy ‘

\ J

| des. ¢*

| 1 a a,

\ Pn

waa: eS

’ : 4 150

\ poms ~

— eds en rr wN a

ee ae © L, blakei

77 SS pots

> “i ie :

( Oo L. grandiflorus

Mey | \

/ x (

) fer ‘

\, F, ‘

<¢ { ROCKHAMPTON

iv : \

1 } \

{_ Prat ,

~ y \ ™

‘ bat aoe 7 } = i Hi a a i ian ,

Set he hae pO

a / , © , ha = ; 25

ef y, 1 \ ¥

, f i J ; i!

i Sy ! ? é

y TLS =f ,

} 7 ROMAe 207 & 2

3 / Ae ¢ C oe of

f ws ‘ \, of! ‘oh:

i , 0 ~ ;

i ( “s a

! BRISBANE ® \f

a j és,

‘yl i 4

J! \

eae

Maps 1-2, Distribution of Leucopogon spp.

Pedley, Leucopogon 271

(BRI,MEL,NSW); near road crossing of Jardine River, Aug 1973, Lavarack 2575 (BR); Weipa, Jul 1981, Morton

AM1293 (BRI,MEL); S of Pennefather River mouth, 12°17’S, 141°42’E, Aug 1983, Clarkson 4921

(BRLK,NSW,PERTH,QRS); Olive River, 12°10’S, 143°0S’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7443 (BRI,QRS); Restoration

Beach, 5 km SW of Cape Weymouth, 12°39’S, 143°24’E, Feb 1980, Clarkson 2940 (TYPE); ditto, Jan 1982,

Barlow 3722 (BRI,CANB) between ‘Silver Plains’ Station and Rocky River, 5 miles [8 km] N of Massey Creek,

approx. 13°50’S, 143°29’E, Oct 1969, .Webb & Tracey 9729A (BRI); 2 km N of Massey Creek crossing, ‘Silver

Plains’, Nov 1980, Clarkson 3620 (BRI,LMBA,QRS); Bathurst Bay, 14°25’S, 144°30’E, Jul 1972, ee 6319

(BRI,QRS); near foot of Melville Range, S of Bathurst Bay, Jul 1972, Lavarack 1679 (BRI); 6.2 km E of Hopevale-

‘Starke’ road on track to McIvor River mouth, 15°04’S, 145°10’E, Jun 1984, Clarkson 5336 (BRI,DNA,NSW,PERTH);

W of Walker Point, S of Cooktown, Jun 1973, Lavarack 2132 (BRD; Aboriginal Reserve 204, Trinity, 16°55‘S,

145°5S’E, Oct 1975, Hyland 8515 (BRI,QRS); Yarrabah, in 1918, Michael 630 (BRI.

Distribution: On sand, often in pure stands and with Asteromyrtus symphocarpa (F.

Muell.) Craven in the lee of beach dunes and in various communities ranging from

eucalypt woodland to evergreen vine thicket, on islands of Torres Strait, and northern

and eastern Cape York Peninsula to Cooktown with an isolated occurrence at Yarrabah

(Aboriginal Res. 204) near Cairns. Despite its widespread occurrence and commonness

in Cape York Pensinsula, L. yorkensis is apparently absent from New Guinea. All

specimens of Leucopogon seen from New Guinea have been from mountains. Map 1.

Notes: L. yorkensis is related to L. leptospermoides but grows to tree size, has spreading

hairs on the branchlets and has spikes of 3-12 flowers. Its fruits are translucent white.

Etymology: The species is so named because of its occurrence in many plant communities

on Cape York Peninsula.

Leucopogon malayanus Jack subsp. novoguineensis (Sleumer) Pedley, comb. & stat. nov.

Styphelia malayana var. novoguineensis Sleumer, Blumea 12: 148 (1963). Type:

New Guinea: Cycloop Mts, S slope of the Makanoi Ra., above Kotanica, 600-

700 m, July 1961, van Royen & Sleumer 6200 (n.y.).

_ Specimens examined: Queensland. CooK DISTRICT: Platypus Creek at head of Mossman River, 16°26’S, 145°13/E,

alt. 1100 m, Sep 1972, Tracey 14891 (BRI,QRS); Timbercamp Creek on road between Daintree and Bloomfield

R., 16°1-’S, 145°20’E, alt. 200 m, Aug 1972, Webb & Tracey 12145 (BRI,CANB).

Notes: Sleumer, who treated Leucopogon as a subgenus of Styphelia, recorded this taxon

from the Cycloop Mountains in western New Guinea (approx. 2°30’S, 140°45’E) above

600 m alt. Transfer of the varietal epithet to Leuwcopogon is required. Since the taxon is

clearly distinguished from L. malayanus subsp. malayanus by the long hairs on the top

of the ovary and base of the style and since there is also a substantial disjunction in

the ranges of the two taxa, subspecific rank is therefore considered appropriate.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr P.S. Lavarack, of the Queensland National Parks and Wildlife

Service, for good collections of Leucopogon from Cape York Peninsula which aroused

my interest in the problems in the area, and to Mr J.R. Clarkson (MBA) for many fine

copious collections in more recent years, and to Mr W.A. Smith (BRI) who prepared

the illustrations and the maps.

References

POWELL, J.M., CHAPMAN, A.R. & DOUST, A.N.L. (1987). Classification and generic status in the Epacridaceae

~ a preliminary analysis. Australian Systematic Botany Society Newsletter 53: 70-78.

STANLEY, T.D. & ROSS, E.M. (1986). Flora of South-eastern Queensland, 2. Brisbane: Queensland Department

of Primary Industries.

Accepted for publication 30 March 1990

pidge ities te 4 A. a reenact LDL Dette a ee eee te i tien nee eeeen enna

Austrobaileya 3(2); 273-289 (1990) 273

NOTES ON ASCLEPIADACEAE, 2

Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

The genus Crypfolepis R. Br. is recircumscribed to include Gymnolaema Benth., Stomatostemma N.E. Br.

Batesanthus N.E. Br. and Streptomanes Schumann, New combinations in Cryptolepis for African taxa are C.

pendulina (Venter & D.YV. Field) P. Forster, C. purpureus (N.E. Br.) P. Forster and C. newii (Benth.) P. Forster.

Cryptolepis is recorded for Australia with C. grayi P. Forster, sp. noy. and for New Guinea with C. nymanti

(Schumann) P, Forster, comb. noy. and C. papillata P. Forster, sp. nov. Gunnessia pepo P. Forster gen. et sp. nov.

is described from north Queensland. Its position within the Asclepiadaceae is discussed. Marsdenia papuana

Schitr, and M. klossii S. Moore are placed in the synonymy of M. velutina R. Br. Tylophora perlaxa Schit, is

placed in the synonymy of 7. flexuosa R. Br. Lectotypes are selected for Marsdenia velutina and Tylophora flexuosa

both of which are newly recorded for New Guinea. The new combination Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P. Forster

based on Spathidolepis torricellensis is made.

Contents

LO ryplolepis 10. BG 84. ase 8 ik oo. BPE A edn cee ee ice te ede Be ole ee ES 274

2, Gunmessia ‘P. Porster:s oo" 5 he ath a ok © ke dl paw Stes he EE arch RT es 282

5, Wiarsdenia- R.Br exe 6 ot oa Sa ek cease Seacua Ee BM aa wasn Gece eat “28d

6. Pvlap bord RB oy. 85s; cash ain tee: rele ile Mee eee pe ag OER le o Be ae 286

De PES CIE IRS BE oe ge cee eng, Ba ey Me OK of LE Be ea Ye ER ge Zs 286

Introduction

This is the second in a series of papers to address some of the nomenclatural and

taxonomic problems pertaining to the Asclepiadaceae of Australia, Papuasia and Mela-

nesia, prior to taxonomic revisions of the larger genera such as Tylophora R. Br. and

Marsdenia R. Br. In particular, attention is directed to several of the taxa described

from the region by Rudolf Schlechter. Schlechter published a great many new names in

Asclepiadaceae with a significant number from New Guinea where he undertook extensive

field collections in the early 20th century (Loesener 1926). Unfortunately apart from

Hoya R. Br. and Dischidia R. Br., the majority of his types deposited in B were destroyed

during the Second World War and as yet the extent of duplicates in other herbaria has

not been determined. The loss of the Berlin types is particularly tragic as in many cases

(at least for Hoya names), Schlechter had appended a set of floral sketches to the

specimens. Some of these were later reworked and included in a number of his papers

(e.g. Schlechter 1914).

Schlechter described many new taxa, however he tended to base many of these

on trivial differences. Hence as research progresses in groups where he described taxa,

many of these taxa have been found to be conspecific with more widespread variable

taxa (e.g. Rintz 1980).

| _ In the collections cited, those with an asterisk are represented by material preserved

In spirit at the herbaria indicated. Where unsighted duplicates have been listed on labels

I have listed these as v.y. to facilitate curation at other institutions.

2714 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

1. CRYPTOLEPIS

Cryptotlepis R. Br. has been traditionally regarded as a small genus in the subfamily

Periplocoideae with perhaps no more than a dozen species in tropical Asia and Africa

(Bullock 1955). Genera recognised for the African continent that are closely allied to

Cryptolepis include Batesanthus N.E. Br., Gymnolaema Benth. and Stomatostemma N.E.

Br. Many of these small or monotypic genera appear to have been defined on relatively

minor characters such as coronal lobe variation and the degree of development of the

corolla tube. Gymnolaema was considered by Brown (1904) to differ from C ‘yptolepis

only in the “very minute coronal-lobes adnate to the filaments of the stamens”.

Stomatostemma was differentiated from Cryptolepis by Brown on the basis of the position

of the coronal-lobes, these being at the sinuses of adjacent petals in Stomatostemma in

comparison to further down the corolla tube in Cryptolepis s. str. Batesanthus was allied

by Brown to Chlorocodon J.D. Hook., and differed from Cryptolepis by lacking coronal

lobes and possessing an annulus next to the staminal filaments. A further senus allied

to Cryptolepis was described by Schumann (1905) as Streptomanes based on material

collected in New Guinea. Schumann did not note the close relationship of Streptomanes

s. Str. with Cryptolepis s. str. and instead allied Streptomanes to Periploca L. from which

he considered it differed in the glabrous anthers, the deeply cleft corona adnate to the

corolla and the awl-like anther appendages.

Recognition that two undescribed species of Periplocoideae occur in north Queens-

land or New Guinea and difficulty in determining their correct generic placement led to

an examination of the various genera closely allied to Cryptolepis. Characters such as

those listed above, have been used for separating species or sections in other subfamilies

of the Asclepiadaceae. Consequently they are not regarded as being particularly useful

in the definition of genera within the Periplocoideae.

Therefore, the generic concept of Cryptolepis has been redefined in this account

to include those taxa in Periplocoideae that have salverform, campanulate or rotate

corollas with or without coronal lobes of varying length that are not directly fused to

the staminal filaments. Such a broader concept is necessary as there is an obvious

gradation from species possessing separate subulate coronal lobes in the sinuses between

adjacent petals, as in species included in Sfomatostemma (see Venter & Field 1989), to

those with small rounded coronal lobes in the corolla throat (species included in

Cryptolepis s. str., e.g. C. javanica (Blume) Blume, (Blume 1850)), to those completely

lacking coronal lobes, but having some form of corolline corona, either in the form of

an annulus (e.g. C. papillata) or minor lobing around the base of the filaments (e.g, C.

grayi). A complete review of generic concepts in this subfamily should be undertaken

before an iad classification of Cryptolepis based on this morphological variation

Is proposed.

This redefinition of the generic concept of Cryptolepis results in the placing of the

generic names Gymnolaema, Streptomanes, Stomatostemma and Batesanthus in syn-

onymy with it. Other genera that may also be synonymous include Perithryx Pierre,

Sacleuxia Baillon and Macropelma Schumann. As I have not seen material or illustrations

of the taxa concerned, they are not considered further in this account.

Cryptolepis R. Br., Asclepiadeae 58 (1810). Type: C. buchananiti Roemer & Schultes

R. Br., Mem. Wern. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 69 (1811); Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook.,

Gen. pl, 2: 740 (1876); J.D. Hook., Fi. Brit. India 4: 5-6 (1885); Bruce, Kew Bull.

1946: 46-48 (1946); Bullock, Kew Bull. 1955: 279- 282 (1955); Backer & Bakhuizen

van den Brink, Fl. Java 3: 250 (1965); Ali, Fl. Pakistan 150: 54-55 (1981).

Leposma Blume, Bidr. 1049 (1826-27). Type: L. javanicum Blume

Lepistoma Blume, FI. Javae 7 (1828). Type: as for Leposma

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 497 (1844).

Ectadiopsis Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen. pl. 2: 741 (1876). Type: Ectadium

obiongtfolium Meissner (= Ectadiopsis oblong ifoli lia (Meissner) Schltr.), (lectotype

designated by Bullock).

Bullock, Kew Bull. 1955: 267-279 (1955).

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 275

Gymnolaema Benth. in Benth. & J.D. Hook., Gen. pl. 2: 740 (1876), synon. nov.

Type: G. newil Benth.

N.E. Br. in Dyer, Fl. trop. Afr. 4(1): 241 (1904).

Batesanthus N.E. Br. in J.D. Hook., Icon. pl. t. 2500 (1896), synon. nov. Type: B.

purpureus N.E. Br.

N.E. Br. in Dyer, Fl. trop. Afr. 4(1): 253-254 (1904).

Stomatostemma N.E. Br. in Dyer, Fl. trop. Afr. 4(1): 252 (1904), synon. noy. Type:

Cryptolepis monteiroae N.E. Br. (= Stomatostemma monteiroae (Oliver) N.E. Br.)

Streptomanes Schumann in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb. Studsee

352 (1905), synon. nov. Type: S. nymanii Schumann

Perennial shrubs, lianes or scramblers with white latex, often glabrous; indumentum

sparse if present. Small stipules at each node. Leaves opposite, petiolate; lamina linear-

lanceolate, lanceolate, ovate, elliptic or oblong; petiole grooved; extrafloral nectaries

absent at lamina base. Inflorescence a much branched, extra-axillary cyme bearing |-

many fascicles of 1—many flowers. Flowers salver-shaped, campanulate or rotate. Sepals

usually with basal glands. Corolla tube cylindric-urceolate; petals 5, often dextrorse in

bud, patent at anthesis. Corolline corona comprising 5 free lobes opposite the sinuses

of adjacent petals or at the top of the corolla tube, or forming a collar around the

filament bases or an annulus on the corolla tube. Staminal corona absent. Stamens 5,

inserted slightly above the corolla tube base, alternate with the petals, connate or closely

adnate at base, free for most of length. Anthers dehiscing longitudinally, with apical

appendages which are sometimes elongated and twisted together. Translators spathulate.

Pollen granular, organised in tetrads and loosely cohering into masses appressed against

the broadened upper ends of the translators. Ovaries free, glabrous, Style-head conical,

pentagonal in transverse section. Follicle widely divaricate, fusiform to fusiform-ovoid,

smooth; seeds comose.

10-20 species in Africa, Asia, Malesia and Australia.

Cryptolepis has not been recorded for Australia or New Guinea previously.

Australia has one endemic species and New Guinea has two. It is the third native genus

in the subfamily Periplocoideae to be recognised for the region. The other genera are

Finlaysonia Wallich (Forster 1989) and Gymnanthera R. Br.

Key to species of Cryptolepis in New Guinea

{. Lamina elliptic to ovate, nical vein pare: in lamina 11-13; corolla

not papillate .... | ) ee An eta, 1. C. nymanii

Lamina _ lanceolate, saconiaes. vein pairs in Tenia 21-30: corolla

papillate............ 0. . be dd Meee ok apace ee ca 2°) papiilata

1. Cryptolepis nymanii (Schumann) P. Forster comb. nov.

Streptomanes nymanil Schumann in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb.

Desh 352 (1905). Type: Stephansort, Kaiser-Wilhelmsland, Nyman 1020 (iso:

UPS).

Woody liane with white latex. Sterns cylindric, to several metres long, to 4 mm diameter,

glabrous; internode length variable to 18 cm. Leaves petiolate, glabrous; lamina elliptic

to ovate, up to 13 cm long and 8 cm wide, dark glossy green adaxially, light green

abaxially, base rounded, tip acuminate, with 11-13 secondary vein pairs prominent

below; petiole grooved on top, up to 30 mm long and 1 mm diameter. Cymes borne on

top 2-5 nodes. Cymes much branched with many fascicles, up to 11 cm long and 13

cm wide; each fascicle |-many-flowered; bracts lanceolate, c. 1 mm long and 0.25 mm

wide, glabrous: peduncle 3-5 cm long, c. 2 mm diameter, glabrous. Flower rotate, c. 10

mm long and 12 mm diameter; pedicels 5-8 mm long, c. 0.25 mm diameter, glabrous.

Sepals ovate, green, c. 2 mm long and 2 mm wide, glabrous and with usually 1 gland

at base on adaxial surface. Petals c. 10 mm long, 2—2.5 mm wide, dextrorse in bud and

at anthesis, lanceolate, glabrous, internally yellow to golden brown or orange, externally

greenish white. Corolline corona of 5 separate bifid lobes; each lobe c. 0.75 mm long

and 0.75 mm wide, fused to base of anther filament. Filaments each c. 0.25 mm long

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

and 0.2 mm wide. Anthers incurved over top of style-head and intertwined but not

fused to each other, c. 1 mm long and 0.5 mm wide, ending in a lanceolate appendage

c. 0.75 mm long. Style-head c. 0.25 mm long and | mm diameter, on style c. 0.75 mm

long and 0.25 diameter. Translators not seen. Pollen masses aggregated into groups c. |

mm long and 0.25 mm wide; pollen tetrads globular, 0.08-0.1 mm diameter. Ovaries

free, c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm wide at base, glabrous. Follicles and seed not seen.

Figs 1 & 4,

She of , ato i

ise! 5 Pg

ag ti 7 7 “oR EB Oe

Fig, 1. Isotype of Streptomanes nymanii Schumann (Nyman 1020) at UPS.

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 277

Specimens examined, Papua New Guinea. MOROBE DISTRICT: McAdam Park, 4 miles [6.4 km] from Wau, 7°20’S,

146°45’E, Oct 1964, Womersley NGF19427 (BRI; A,BO,CANB,K,L,LAE, NSW, PNH,SING,UH n.y.); Taun Ck

L.A., Bulolo, Oct 1965, Streimann & Kairo NGF21183 (BRI, L A, BISH BO, CANB, K,LAE, NSW, PNH, SING,UH,US

A. y.): Below Dengalu Village, 7°10’S, 146°40’E, Jan 1964, Millar NGF23017 (BRI: L,LAE n. y.): Busu River, c. 13

miles [22 km] N of Lae, Jun 1963, ‘Hartley 11926 (BRI; CANB n.¥.). CENTRAL DISTRICT: on ridge below Boridi

Village, 9°05/S, 147°38/E, Oct 1973, Foreman & Vinas LAE60241 (BRI; A,CANB,L,LAE n.1.).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the Morobe and Central Districts of Papua

New Guinea (Map 1), where it has been recorded from montane forest dominated by

Castanopsis sp. at altitudes 1000-1400 m.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded throughout the year.

Notes: While the original set of Nyman’s collections is at UPS, the material of Nyman

1020 at that institution is designated as an isotype as Schlechter’s holotypes were usually

deposited at B. No material is extant at B.

Conservation status: Not ascertained.

Ethnobotanical use: Millar notes on the label for NGF23017 that the local name among

people of the Patep-Buangs dialect was “Teta’. They used the stems for making rope.

2. Cryptolepis papillata P. Forster, sp. nov. affinis C. nymanil (Schumann) P. Forster a

qua foluis lanceolatis venatione obscura, utroque costae 27-30 venis secundariis

praeditis, petalis triangularibus papillatis 4-5 mm longis et c. 6 mm latis, corona

corollina annulum papillatum c. 4 mm diam. faciente, differt. Typus: Partep Ck

Lae—Wau road, Bulolo Valley, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea, November

1955, Womersley NGF7821 (holo: BRI; iso: LAE 7. v.),

Woody liane with white latex. Stems cylindrical, to 2 mm diameter, glabrous; internodes

variable in length to 4 cm long. Leaves petiolate, glabrous; lamina lanceolate, up to 13

cm long and 4 cm wide; tip acuminate; base cuneate; midrib sunken above; secondary

veins 27-30 on each side of and at 90° to the midrib and obscure above and below;

petiole grooved above, up to 7 mm long and 1 mm diameter, glabrous. Cymes borne

on uppermost 2-5 nodes. Cyme up to 2 cm long and wide, comprising 2-3 fascicles;

each fascicle with up to 5 flowers; bracts lanceolate, c. 1 mm long and 0.5 mm wide,

glabrous; peduncle cylindrical, c. ‘4 mm long and | mm diameter, glabrous. Flower

rotate, c. 5 mm long and 12 mm diameter; pedicels 3-4 mm long and c. | mm diameter,

glabrous. Sepals ovate, c. 2 mm long and 1.5 mm wide, glabrous and lacking glands at

base. Corolla reddish orange, gold or orange-brown internally; tube c. 7 mm diameter

and 4 mm long; petals triangular, 4~5 mm long and c. 6 mm wide, externally glabrous,

internally papillate. Corolline corona consisting of a c. 4 mm diameter raised annulus

of shortly papillate tissue around the filaments. Staminal column c. 2 mm long and 1.5

diameter. Filaments c. 1 mm long and 0.25 mm wide. Anthers connivent on style-head

but not fused to it; each anther c. | mm long and 0.5 mm wide, appendage lanceolate-

ovate, c. 0.5 mm long, Style-head c. 1 mm long and | mm diameter. Ovaries c. 1 mm

long and | mm wide, glabrous. Translator spathulate, 0.7—0.85 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm

wide at the end with pollen, c. 0.05 mm wide at non-pollen bearing end. Pollen tetrads

ovoid, c. 0.04 mm long and 0.03 mm wide. Follicles and seed not seen. Fig. 2.

Specimens examined. Papua New Guinea. MoroseE DISTRIcT: Partep, Wau-Lae road, Oct 1961, Womersley

(AQ217386) (BRI); Patep River, 7°00’S, 146°40’E, Dec 1961, Afiflar NGF13878 (BRI; LAE n.v. if Patep Ck, 7°00'S,

L46°3S’E, Jan 1964, Millar NGF18876 (BRI; CANB, L,LAE n. y.).

Distribution and habitat: C. papillata is known only from Partep Ck area in the Morobe

District of Papua New Guinea (Map 1) where it has been collected growing over trees

on the creek banks,

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from October to January, fruiting probably

occurs 2-3 months later.

Notes: The papillate corolla, corolline corona forming an annulus and the obscurely

veined leaves of this species are its most distinctive features.

Conservation status: Not ascertained.

Etymology: Named for the papillate nature of the corolla.

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

wwe

- oe ra a a] whos

Pan Net ne” A

we gh ek Yo

aay x

Bel eanes

Soa

nel

Lhe

as *

a =

‘We

i 4

Soe.

sem

SU UREA Mt na .

Coren

pel Ss

aes

ibepercen

pricy

it ee

eeethee yrs

coat 4

repens

cannes

lata)

Ses

ww Rit.

Fig. 2. Holotype of Cryptolepis papillata P. Forster (Womersley NGF7821) at BRI.

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 279

Cryptolepis in Australia

Cryptolepis grayi P. Forster sp. nov. affinis C. nymanit Sichasecanas P. Forster, a qua

foliorum utroque costae 13-15 venis secundariis, corolla marronina, petalis c. 12

mm longis, c. 4 mm latis, corona corollina lobis 5 bifidis et collum circa basem

styli faciente, antheris appendicibus elongatis usque 1 mm longis, filamentis c.

3.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm diam., stylo elongato usque 2 mm longo, differt. Typus:

Tolga Scrub, 17°14’S, 145°28’E, 9 November 1979, B. Gray 1561 (holo: QRS; iso:

BRI).

Woody liane with white latex. Stems cylindrical, to several metres long, to 5 mm

diameter, deep green ageing grey, glabrous; internode length variable to 15 cm. Leaves

petiolate, glabrous; lamina elliptic-oblong, up to 15 cm long and 5 cm wide, base cuneate,

tip acute to acuminate, with 13-15 secondary vein pairs prominent below, dark glossy

green above, paler grey-green below; petiole 10-25 mm long and c. 1 mm diameter.

Cymes borne on uppermost 2-5 nodes, Cymes much branched, to 15 cm long and 15

cm wide; fascicles with 1—many flowers; bracts linear-lanceolate, c. 2 mm long, 0.5-1

mm wide, glabrous; peduncle up to 6 cm long and 2 mm diameter, green, glabrous.

Flower rotate, c. 15 mm long and 25 mm diameter; pedicels 7-8 mm long, c. 1 mm

diameter, green, glabrous. Sepals lanceolate, 3-4 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, glabrous and

lacking glands at base. Corolla tube obsolete; petals dextrorse in bud and at anthesis,

lanceolate, c. 12 mm long and 4 mm wide, glabrous, internally maroon, externally cream.

Corolline corona consisting of raised tissue around the stamen filaments and style base,

comprising 5 separate bifid lobes and a collar around the base of the style; each lobe c.

1.5 mm long and 2 mm wide, fused to base of stamen filament. Filaments fused to base

of corolla and alternate with petals, each c. 3.5 mm long and 0.5 mm diameter. Anthers

c. 2 mm long and 1.5 mm wide, curved in over top of style-head and intertwined but

not fused to each other; ending in a lanceolate appendage c. | mm long. Staminal column

c. 4 mm long and 3.5 mm diameter. Style-head c. 2 mm long and 3.5 mm diameter,

on style c. 2 mm long and 2 mm diameter. Translators spathulate 2-2.25 mm long and

0.2-0.25 mm wide at end bearing pollen, stem 0.15-0.17 mm wide. Pollen masses

ageregated into group c. 1-1.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide; pollen tetrads globular, c.

0.25 mm diameter. Ovaries free, c. 3 mm long, c. 2 mm wide at base and 1.5 mm wide

at top, glabrous. Follicle woody, ovoid-fusiform c. 90 mm long and 20 mm diameter,

glabrous, tip slightly hooked. Seed oblong, brown, c. 6 mm long and 3 mm wide; coma

attached to micropylar end of seed, white, c. 15 mm long. Figs 3 & 4.

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook District: Tolga Scrub, 17°14’S, 145°28’E, Mar 1979, Gray 20086V

aie ditto, Aug 1980, Gray 1778 (QRS); ditto, Feb 1980, Gray 1650 (QRS): ditto, Mar 1988, Forster 3849

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the Tolga Scrub near Atherton (Map 1)

where it grows as a canopy liane in complex notophyll vine forest on a basaltic red

earth (Tracey 1982).

Notes: The corolline corona forming a collar around the base of the style and the long

filaments are the most distinctive features of this species. The large maroon flowers

make this potentially a most attractive ornamental plant.

Conservation status: The particular class of complex notophyll vine forest in which this

species grows was at one time more common on the Atherton Tableland, but has been

almost completely cleared. The Tolga Scrub Environmental Park is a very small fragment

and may not offer a viable long term reserve for this species. Conservation coding of

2E (after Briggs & Leigh 1988).

Etymology: Named for Bruce Gray of Atherton who discovered this plant and who

collected flowering and fruiting material.

Table 1 presents the main characters by which C. grayi, C. nymanii, C. papillata

and C. buchananii may be distinguished. The comparison with C. buchananii is made,

as the type of this name typifies the genus and the species is also relatively close

geographically. The material of C. javanicum (see Blume 1850) examined is insufficient

to include a comparison of that species, however it is allied to C. buchananii and differs

mainly in leaf morphology, viz the venation and size.

280

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Table 1. Comparison of diagnostic characters for Cryptolepis buchananti Roemer & Schultes, C.

grayi P. Forster, C. nymantit (Schumann) P. Forster and C. papillata P. Forster.

Character C. buchananii —_C. grayi C. nymanii C. papillata

lamina shape elliptic- elliptic- elliptic- lanceolate

oblong oblong to ovate

number of secondary 20-25 13~15 11-13 27-30

veins in lamina

leaves discolourous when yes yes yes no

dry, venation

prominent below

flower diameter (mm) c, 10 ese c. 12 c. 12

petal colour yellow to maroon yellow golden orange-brown,

greenish yellow brown or dull orange

orange

petal length c 6X 15 c. 12 x 4 c. 10 X 2-2.5 c. 4-5 XK 6

petals with papillae absent absent absent present

corolline corona around present absent absent absent

base of filaments

rudimentary corona absent present present absent

around base of

filaments

raised papillate annulus absent absent absent present

extending to start of

petais

filament length, diameter c. 0.25, 0.25 c. 3.5, 0.5 G--O:25,- 0,2 c. 1, 0.25

(mm)

anther appendage length ic. 0.25 c. 1.00 c. 0.75 c. 0.25

(mm)

Cryptolepis buchananti Roemer & Schultes, Syst. veg. 4: 409 (1819). Type: India orientali

legit Franc. Buchanan (holo: BM, n.v.). _

J.D. Hook., Fl. Brit. India 4: 5 (1885); Ali, Fl. Pakistan 150: 55 (1981).

Specimens examined. Nepal. Chitwan N.P., NE section of the park, south of Rapti River, 27°33’N, 84°29’E, May

1976, Troth 756 (CANB; US n.y¥.). Burma. Nyaungshwe, May 1958, McKee 6199 (CANB). Sri Lanka. CENTRAL

PROVINCE: c. 10 miles {17 km] W of Mahiyangaru on the Kandy road, near mile marker 34/2, Nov 1974, Davidse

& Jayasuriya 8427 (BRI); c. 4 miles [7 km] E of Pallegama, Oct 1974, Davidse 7387 (BRD.

Cryptolepis javanicum (Blume) Blume, Mus. bot. 2: 146 (1850); Leposma javanicum

Blume, Bydr. 1049 (1826-27); Lepistoma javanicum (Blume) Blume, FI. Javae 7

(1828). Type: Kalkrotsen, Koeripan, B/ume (holo: L(898166-349)).

Specimens examined. Java. Soerabaja, Dec 1924, Dorgelo 3167 (L); Res. Pekalongan, Soebah, Apr 1897, Koorders

27295 (L; BO n.y.); Apr 1935, Coert 1206 (L).

Transfers into Cryptolepis of a number of names for African taxa are made here,

based on the original descriptions and accompanying illustrations.

Cryptolepis pendulina (Venter & D.V. Field) P. Forster comb. nov.

Stomatostemma pendulina Venter & D.V. Field, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 99: 398 (1989).

Type: Mozambique, Northern District, 17.6 km E of Namina, 24 August 1962,

Leach & Schelpe 11441 (holo: K; iso: SRGH) (fide Venter & Field /oc. cit.)

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 281

Fig. 3. Cryptolepis gray A. lateral view of single fascicle from cyme X 1. B. apical view of flower x 1. C. apical

view of corona and stamens xX 6. D. lateral view of corona, stamens and style X 6. E. front view of translator

with granular pollen X 20. F. lateral view of translator with granular pollen < 20. All from spirit material of

Gray 1561. Del. K. Harold.

Cryptolepis purpureus (N.E. Br.) P. Forster comb. nov.

Batesanthus purpureus N.E. Br. in J.D. Hook., Icon. pl. 25: t. 2500 (1896). Type:

Efulen, Cameroons, Bates 383 (K, fide J.D Hook. loc. cit.).

Cryptolepis newil (Benth.) P. Forster comb. nov.

Gymnolaema newii Benth. in J.D. Hook., Icon. pl. 12: 74-75, t. 1186 (1876). Type:

East tropical Africa, on Kilimanjaro mountain, C. New (K, fide Benth. /oc. cit.).

282 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

2. GUNNESSIA

While resident at Weipa, Ann Gunness (née Morton) undertook intensive collecting

of the local flora. This resulted in many new records from an area that had been

botanically poorly known. Among these collections was material of an asclepiad that

was not referable to any of the genera currently known to occur in Australia. Subsequently,

further collections of this plant have been made on Cape York Peninsula, revealing that

it is quite common in deciduous vine thickets. This material is not referable to any

other genus of Asclepiadaceae and is described here as both a new genus and species

belonging to the subfamily Asclepiadoideae.

Gunnessia pepo P. Forster gen. et sp. nov.

Liana lignea perennis latice albo. Caules cylindrici indumento denso in vittis longitu-

dinalibus duobus restricto. Folia petiolata; lamina late lanceolati-ovata, base cordata

usque rotundata, apice acuminata venis secundarus 5-6 infra laminae pallide cremeis et

elevatis, nectariis extrafloralibus 6 basi praedita. Flores in nodis proxime apicem caulis

portati. Cymae umbelliformes extra-axillares. Pedicelli indumento in vittis longitudina-

libus duobus restricto. Flores globosi. Sepala triangularia, pilis uniseriatis parvis, glandibus

in marginibus carentia. Corolla segmentis praeter apices connatis, tubo globoso depresso,

extus papillato usque laevi, intus laevi, apicibus segmentorum acutis recurvatis extus

intusque papillatis. Corona 2-seriata, serie exteriore ad basem columnae staminalis affixa,

ex lobis exterioribus 5 incurvis spathulatis ; in annulum connatis constanti; serie interiore

ex tubo parum carunculato interne, columnam staminalem cingenti, lobis 5 uregulatim

denticulatis ab apice recurvatis et lobis 5 parvis cum corpusculi alternantibus circum

medium tubi et ad angulum 90° cum eo constanti. Pollinia globosa, erecta usque

horizontalia, sine margine ullo pellucido, aurea; corpusculum oblongum; caudiculae

prope medium geniculatae ad basem corpusculum affixae. Folliculi binati, fusiforme-

ovati. Semina ovata, comosa.

Typus: | km S of Cape York, 10°42’S, 142°32’E, 11 February 1986, B. Gray 4268 (holo:

QRS*: iso: BRI*).

Woody perennial liane, with white latex. Stems cylindrical, to 6-7 m long and 6 mm

diameter, grey-green ageing grey; with dense indumentum restricted to two longitudinal

bands; internode length variable to 10 cm. Leaves petiolate; lamina broadly lanceolate-

ovate, up to [5 cm long and 10 cm wide, base cordate to rounded, tip acuminate, upper

surface grey-green, pale bluish grey abaxially: secondary veins 5 or 6, pale cream and

raised abaxially; petiole up to 35 mm long and c. 2 mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries

6 at base of lamina. Cymes borne on nodes directly below stem apex, extra-axillary,

umbelliform, 1-8-flowered; bracts triangular, c. | mm long and 0.25 mm wide, with

sparse to dense indumentum: peduncle to 3.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm diameter, grey-green,

with short, sparse indumentum. Flowers globose, 3-4 mm long, 15-16 mm diameter;

pedicels c. 6 mm long and | mm diameter, grey-green, with short sparse to dense

indumentum restricted to two longitudinal bands. Sepals triangular, c. 2.5 mm long and

2 mm wide, ciliate, calycine glands absent. Corolla pale yellow to cream, segments fused

apart from tips. tube depressed globose, papillate to smooth externally, smooth internally,

3-4 mm long and 15-16 mm diameter; tips acute, recurved, c. | mm long and | mm

wide, papillate internally and externally. Corona pale yellow to cream, in 2 series. Outer

coronal series attached to base of staminal column, comprising 5 lobes fused into an

annulus c. 2 mm high and 3 mm diameter; each lobe incurved, spathulate, c. 1 mm

long and | mm wide. Inner coronal series comprising a tube surrounding the staminal

column, slightly carunculate internally, c. 2 mm long and 3 mm diameter, with 5

irregularly toothed lobes recurving back from the top of the tube; each lobe c. 0.5 mm

long and 0.5 mm wide; halfway down the tube are 5 smaller lobes alternate with the

corpuscles, that are at 90° to the tube wall. Staminal column c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5

mm diameter. Anther appendages acute, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.5 mm wide. Slit between

anther wings c. 0.5 mm long. Style-head depressed globose, not exceeding anthers, c. |

mm diameter. Pollinaria c. 0.2 mm long and 0.6 mm wide; pollinia globose, held erect

to horizontal, lacking any pellucid margin, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.15 mm wide, golden;

corpusculum ‘oblong, 0.1-0.11 mm long, c. 0.05 mm wide, tan; caudicles geniculate near

middle, attached to bottom of corpusculum, c. 0.1 mm long and 0.03 mm wide. Follicles

paired, fusiform-ovoid, ribbed along suture, to 8 cm long and 2.5-3 cm wide. Seeds

ovate, 8-9 mm long, 4-6 mm wide, tan; coma 20-25 mm long, white. Figs 4 & 5.

283

, Asclepiadaceae, 2

Forster

poe '

er ” 2 oR ah _—,

* } +e ar es ant

| r ha Me, aii “ieee " yt Hay, + alah A

Sef “dheaa i oe SE Nat hdl i : ‘+! i ie

ee * ri * * + ™ * :

eres me %) _s yeaa ag a * Th) * * ty to

3 *, ws, ail aie an anes Hint a! i rare eh _ He we “ ter aid any ere

es a ee ir i i a a OT eh, Si ak, i ie a ane

+ [ en * f ae on D4 rey LM oh ron i] * ” " es an, ae *,

on és A aw 3 a ” Lat ” ee eT ee Poe Pia ll we hel at * 7 a

ore i eh _ " Ls 4a a 1 YL w r r aed ‘

+ Pree) ae, Se a on | Ks ra te ¢ * “4 A s * r * = t ts

ibe, i + . ae he he ’ vey ay! ee ye? a R tr La wer % Maas a a 5 re tT ra * * +" { ty

aay waa 4 Ht } real oa wa +, at J 4 yt Me oF int * ba " « a bas, a a o My

® pred, +, rit | a . " ™ ”

er, rf ” ! ‘* i a % Mgt Me “. he y a hee k

4, Le#, aed od i I 3 % My uy yoy Agee eon boye ‘ - . " See i | eo.

a t if +7 r te what ae “s Y ey ee Py ae met rt ' ra rhe » _ - a a K f .

, } rg eee ae ar Sn ce a ar eT ae cS * ae Oe os et

’ 4 ay j you” t * aa Fie r KA eh atthe ot tee oe

Se +, on . z + 4 fc * ‘ eae baal ade " : i ; ot a ae

iy + + ee a”, tree pee 1 i 1 a haiee 1d ta a i]

ee aw i ry are ee “hat A ieee epeettt 1 a 5 L ! a wd ty ey wt i * i cn 1

* . . + m re = _— J . . * a7 ' ‘ + + rH

a ld

lll 221

wt fp ™ Fy

wnt ry

. at ‘

—

“

“] Pte

ae ue

; : :

Hi ry ™, " on ‘a r ‘1 % : ee a |

Tet, : “ptt tata ra sis iabearah i ah os, 4 "ug f i . ee |

re a

at i ‘i Lom

* +

at ee eae we “

a t nd 44 + % +n t

“eenabsgat * 4 Poteau tang, i aa Pn at why

q ee %} * t, “Tt ‘. Pa ama ” rind,

hal ee hy ee bee ee, r 1 at Sa flew

| aa A | 4 As! wa ry f “ dev . es re if fara!

a “Heat a aut ‘ara * 4 f Cr moll ree td ow he i) “ + ro

Bs AEN j daeale,, “Boa 4 { ‘ : oe "te, ht ve La “ *

watt

* 4 a de es ta

Ce ta XV ae tel Tey a” it

+ ipl fe5 edt ee ees PT 7

ed aed nha re

Sa Srusie rs

a ee ea ees ng Pe at a tre Ls

TT fo mn an? oo 4 aed ee wy bine

at aT ey, teen otPt YY : ‘, cele Ae aS ae TF) i

i” TEE a tet ae oe rn J a

‘4 AR erates ee TORT Abana. Art Ta bad Pe ee ;

k ‘ = te" " ohn wo ee ep yn RS re eter yrs eon i

i “Spo ae é Z

+ r

. . i" he i hy i fey

; - 8 1 =, ie 4 a t ‘+ i “ff + Fp +

cat Mite taint Brae a tL tbe tite hr : by i ry wor +t PLT Pi i Fay +, +

aed ne tec ee re eres ; yt _ * t ’ hat Ce te z nt gaye” ' ia ee

pL te Pe TATE ee : : + ra * sorts. a ne or reek en, ¥ raha’ id “+ *

as aac ee ene a ry t ~ of 4 + att Thee “s Me + he , ied | were ry, a

ae.

4 rr,

a 4 Vi a oa Me ty fe ‘et 5 oa”

* bey" iat _

" ay wwe ony pate * ri] 1 = |

a Cr i he hy i we SEN et La] *

a .

vr, ad ar irl

fee. el el r H are Dor

Png » meek 1 im, * a iy

er: ‘ i? Fra] * 3 ‘ ' as, - Mi yy! See

rom: = tat ae ir } » ff dry ” ae ty i

' he a ” »

’ " a w oa t r t ry %.

Py ry ‘+ ™, eh ? . Pad id m ra -

nt - i H = Peed ie Pd iy *, a,

; * wey Ce ie a eS ard, ah ns pei

Pets | \ ” ee re hye " * » hal eh ae Mf

why * ot LL + Ne hy! ‘ a 4 ok tt i rad wey,

. t >» 3 * ci ‘ “

fe Fa i ae ae a ac ail " ba" a "ye? my _ 5

wt a ~ t ant mt) 7. ru " *. . ei ra a a we

air a Ol eh ot i re eas aa 4

* ny Pas oh if 4 ‘od PCC La tala * ett

" wn ; “err he on J “ * >

“=

.™ f “4 : :

” La » ] »”

‘. ids a ee Oe aS Se + died ! ee Gas ere

wir oh oh, a” hm yh a* rs kd Ps Na ae a Pry. a biep » ™ hed

we a * Ce ee od Seal ‘apne Pebbles ; al

La me . ooh oh » i. aed r ” r

oe tL ; yr o, oP ba y tag E : pr o Part as, .

‘io ee ™y » ” pie y ? a i Leer 4 a » ry Ve ” *, a

ley vt a nyt ‘i i ae, W tanh yh Hye i = rit sé ” 4 hay, “ mid

pars * - aay ays i " 4 we * ™ * Pu ho - ~ .

cae de bi ra 9" * 4 » Pity, ampetn yn o " ” + my

“mit 4 » al “on PW hd he ee we » in ‘i

+H, ae ow * * "*s, sw * wi? Lory My Pomnoy vy »

thet fat) * ove Py hl Magt “Hb fa ome Hg hry a”

tha ike ny ” /* "ha Hew arr ae b he » Lr

on ” Nailer / » y Mabou! P. 4, / rs sen ll

ae * 7 * ! - ” = “hy phe om Ld hoa wh ri »” aad

View ” . ? Seer ae Php oa \ ahd 1 id "s Ay we

’ il Ya Me add U we i Oe r

CMe oo * voy on v + hy , ” 1 ; res Wea

are Neat Bae ” er hae’ ' i”. ~ Uk child a

rata te my “a x) wf 14H oy A ' I ” ll F- >, Pee

rhe 1 fap wt ma, ees re Hi Vel ye

moe | i - > »* * we +e? ue

my i "haa hae re » ‘ yes a? A =

ere ye an M ‘yest ‘, 7 ot we vt ott y wanes

am Ea a A Yealmé a veel

are Sie a a a Sdldl sade rd ed } 1 i a hey

a 7 prey Tt me or) et

t ee il) ae ee

+ a as

i Sa eMac

, ve nn ey

* hort wee

‘ i ” cand r

” ul g 4

oo + wot

a » a * . 7

* :

Tear eo * " ‘ P r sr “oo at “| "oe lat

Pt. Po .. t) ¥ » » r we re ‘ ar

» » * » 2h cy ¥ i op a » o* ye

en ee * ime yy te Fh eas mh Te age

* * ” " r * * ad a

’ sya ne 4 ” ‘1 yo a ee er er) ah tee

hy * . hi ap 7 a ee | "}

ee oe a Te: : ey xe woeitrety ry ieee

hh ” Pe re + + a er oe eek

FM er ee

ot ” Ld ea, a. LJ

ee ; ‘ vg haat Beha Pode ey ee ye

rr" 8 . a eo rn ey ee

™ a ee i a a |

cc ee

a pa ve

f fruit

view oO

f suture X 0.55. B. lateral

le * 0.55. E. abaxial leaf surface showing

Cy. abaxial leaf surface show

ing region o

foll

it X 0.55. D. abaxial leaf surface showing detail of

win-

F. ventral view of t

t showi

iew of fru

. apical v

iS grayl

. Cryptolep

H. abaxial leaf surface showing det

E,F, Forster 3849

ia pepo: A

g keeled area of suture X 0.55. C. ventral view of fi

venation X 0.55. E-F. Cryptolep

detail of venation < 0.55. G-H

Fig. 4. A-D. Gunness

showin

tail of venation X 0.55.

g de

Forster 4416 & Liddle

& Kairo NGF21183. Del. L.G. Jessup.

| of venation X 0.55. A-C, O'Reilly [AQ456952] D,

mann

H, Stre

is nymanii

G, Womersley NGF19427

284 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Specimens examined. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: c. 6 km § of Cape York, 10°42’S, 142°32’E, Feb 1986, Jones

2311 (BRI); 2.7 km past Lockerbie HS site on road to Cape York, 10°47/S, 142°29E, Jun 1988, Forster 4416 &

Liddle (BRD: Myerfield road from Weipa to Stone Crossing, Wenlock River, 12°26'S, 142°05’E, Nov 986, Jessup

812 (BRD; Kennedy Hill Gorge, 12°28’S, 143°16"E, Jun 1989, Forster 5393 (BRD; 62.2 km past Moreton Telegraph

Station on Carron Valley road, 12°30’S, 143°06’E, Jun 1988, Forster 4577 (BRI); 44.4 km east by road of Maloney’s

Springs, 12°30’S, 143°15’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5432 (BRI); Unigan Reserve, Weipa, 12°36’S, 141°SS’E, Jan 1989,

O’Reilly [AQ456946] (BRI*); Beach Flats area, Rocky Point, Weipa, 12° 36’S, 141°SI’E, Feb 1989, O'Reilly

[AQ456953] (BRI*); Rocky Point, Weipa, 12° 37'S, 141°52’E, Dec 1988, O'Reilly [AQ456948] (BRI*), ditto, Jan

1989, O’Reilly [AQ456949} (BRI*): Lake McLeod, Weipa, Feb 1989, O'Reilly [AQ456944] (BRI*); Lake Patricia,

Weipa, 12°39’S, 141°SO’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4076 & Liddle (BRI, K); Meeka Scrub near Andoom, 12 NNW of

Lorim Ft, 12°34’S, 141°49’E, Apr 1988, Forster 4080 & Liddle (BRI*); ditto, Dec 1980, Morton 938 et al.

(BRIORS): Mt White, Coen, 13°56’S, 143° VE, Jun 1989, Forster 5526 (BRI, DNA).

Distribution and habitat: Presently known only from far north Queensland, in the vicinity

of Weipa, Bamaga (Lockerbie Scrub), east of Moreton Telegraph Station and from Mt

White at Coen (Map 1). Plants are present as canopy lianes and occur in association

with other asclepiadaceous vines such as Marsdenia velutina R. Br. (which is superficially

similar in appearance), Cynanchum leptolepis Benth., Ceropegia cumingiana Decne.,

Tylophora benthamii Tsiang, Secamone elliptica R. Br.. Gymnema geminatum R. Br.,

Toxocarpus sp. and Marsdenia cymulosa Benth. The community type is deciduous vine

thicket. At Lake Patricia, the soil is a deep sand with organic matter, whereas at the

Meeka Scrub, it is a red laterite and at Lockerbie a red soil similar in texture to

krasnozems.

Phenology: Flowering from December to March, fruiting 2~3 months later.

Notes: This species represents a remarkable new genus of asclepiad. It does not appear

to be closely allied to any of the other genera that occur in Australia, New Guinea or

Asia with the most distinctive features being the globose corolla, and the double corona

with the inner corona forming a tube around the staminal column and possessing small

lobes halfway down. The flowers, with respect to the corolla and staminal corona, are

superficially similar to those of Stapeliopsis neronis Pillans (Bruyns 1981), Echidnopsis

malum (Lavranos) Bruyns (Bruyns 1988) and the recently described Heterostemma

vasudevani Swarupanandan & Mangaly (Swarupanandan et al. 1989) of the Stapelieae.

However, G. pepo is not closely related to the Stapelieae due to the pollinia lacking a

pellucid margin, anthers with appendages and the presence of white latex. G. pepo is at

first appearances very similar to H. vasudevani (which is probably a redescription of

Oianthus beddomei J.D. Hook.), but the pollinaria of H. vasudevani have erect, ellipsoid

pollinia with pellucid margins and short non-geniculate caudicles. There are also differ-

ences in the staminal corona tube, with that of H. vasudevani obviously resulting from

five lobes being fused together, whereas in G. pepo, the degree of fusion is sufficiently

advanced that the original five lobes comprising the tube are no longer discernable.

Presumably the morphologically similar flowers of all four of these taxa mentioned here

are a result of selection for similar pollination syndromes.

Geniculate caudicles are uncommon in Asclepiadaceae native to the Australian-

Malesian region. They are present in Sarcolobus R. Br. (Rintz 1980a) but the caudicles

in species of that genus are much longer than those of Gunnessia. In species of Sarcolobus

the corolla is rotate and the tubular staminal corona is absent. The pollinaria of Gunnessia

are similar to those of many species of Tylophora R. Br. particularly with respect to the

bene pollinia, but in most other characters the flowers of these genera are quite

issimilar.

Etymology: The genus is named for Mrs Ann Gunness who first collected material of

this plant and made valuable collections of plants in the Weipa area. The specific epithet

alludes to the resemblance of the flower to the fruit of certain vegetable squashes in the

family Cucurbitaceae.

Conservation status: Plants are common in the deciduous vine thickets at Weipa and at

the Lockerbie Scrub. It 1s probably not endangered at present.

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 285

Fig. 5. Gunnessia pepo: A. apical view of corolla (scale 3 mm), B. lateral view of corolla (scale 3 mm). C. lateral

view of dissected corolla showing staminal corona (scale 2 mm). D. apical view of staminal corona (scale 0.5

mim). E. lateral view of staminal corona (scale of A = 1 mm). F. lateral view of dissected staminal corona (scale

0.5 mm). G. pollinarium (scale of A = 0.25 mm). All from Gray 4268. Del. P. V. Bruyns.

3. MARSDENIA

Marsdenia velutina was described by Robert Brown from material he collected in

1803 in northern Australia and has been considered as endemic in Australia. When

Schlechter (1914) renamed Warbureg’s MM. verrucosa as M. papuana he commented that

this species was very similar to M. velutina from northern Australia. A number of

collections from New Guinea and the Solomon Islands are of M. velutina and show no

differences from Australian material of it. From the description published by Warburg

it 1s evident that MM. papuana is conspecific with M. velutina.

Marsdenia velutina R. Br., Prodr. 461 (1810); Pergularia velutina (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst.

veg. 1: 844 (1820); Tylophora velutina (R. Br.) G. Don., Gen. hist. 4: 128 (1838).

Type: Northern Territory, mainland opposite Groote Eylandt, 4 January 1803,

R. Brown (lecto (here designated): BM, 2 sheets (photo BRI})).

Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8: 614 (1844); Benth., Fl. austral. 4: 338 (1869); Bailey,

Queensl. fl. 3: 1008-1009 (1900); Funke, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 41: t. 18,

fig. 24 (1930). |

Marsdenia papuana Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 144 (1914) synon. nov.; Marsdenia

verrucosa Warb., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 13: 410 (1891) non M. verrucosa Decne. Type:

not designated.

K. Schum., Fl. Kais.-Wilh. Land 141 (1889); K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Schutzgeb.

Sudsee 514 (1905).

Marsdenia Klossii 8. Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 9: 112 (1916). synon.

nov. Type: Canoe Camp, Utakwa River to Mt Carstensz, Dutch New Guinea,

1912-13, CB. Kloss (holo: BM!).

A full description and citation of Australian collections will be given in my

forthcoming revision of Marsdenia in Australia. The following material from New Guinea

and the Sclomon Islands belongs here.

Selected specimens. Irian Jaya. Rouflaer River, Aug 1926, Docters van Leeuwen 10083 (L; BO cy) Holiandia,

Dec 1954, McKee 1793 (L). Papua New Guinea. BOUGAINVILLE: Siwai, Jul 1930, Waterhouse 160—B (A,L; K_ n.y¥.).

EAST SEPIK DisTRICT: Augusta River, Oct 1910, Gjellerup 360 (A; BO n.v.}. MADANG District: Gogol Valley,

5°13’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1977, Wiakabu et al. LAE60369 (A; LAE x.v.). MorosBe District: Umi River, 6°15%S,

286 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

146°1S’E, Jan 1963, Avillar & van Royen NGF15641 (BRI,CANB; LAE 7..¥.); Vicinity of Kajabit Mission, Aug-

Dec 1939, Clemens 40845 (A,BRI); Boana, May—Nov 1940, Clemens 41626 (A), 41373 (AY: Near Picra, c. 10

miles [16 km] SE of Garaina, Jan 1964, Hartley 12624 (A,BRI,CANB,L); Near Village of Yalu, c. 12 miles {20

km] NW of Lae, May 1963, Hartley 11875 (A,BRI,CANB,L); c. 2.5 miles [4 km] N of Gurukor, 6°50’S, 146°38’E,

Feb 1962, Hartley 9912 (BRI,CANB); Near the Butibum River, c. 7 miles [12 km] N of Lae, May 1962, Hartley

10283 (A,BRI,CANB,L),; near Markham River bridge, W of Lae, May 1960, Thorne & Henty 27540 (BRI,L).

CENTRAL District: Nebiri Quarry, Apr 1970, Gebo UPNG375 (BRI), Kokoda, Apr 1936, Carr 16362 (CANB);

near Kokoda, Sept 1954, Hoogland 3907 (L). MILNE Bay DisTRIcT: Rigo district, Turner [AQ217168] BET

PAPUAN ISLANDs: Dixons Bay, Bessels Is, Louisiade Group, Jan 1885, Chalmers & Bridge Sen aged (BRI

Solomon Islands. Waimamura, San Cristobel, Sep 1932, Brass 2832 (BRI; A n.y.); N of Palaswu School, Small

Ree a ‘s Gafui BSIP17307 (L); Matanikolo River, NW Guadalcanal, Nov 1967, Nakisi, Ben & Mauriasi

BSIP ;

4. TYLOPHORA

As a precursor to publication of revisions of 7y/ophora R. Br. in Australia and

New Guinea, it is useful to recognise the occurrence of 7. flexuosa R. Br. in New

Guinea. While it has not been possible to locate any type material of 7. perlaxa Schitr.,

Schlechter’s description correlates well with 7. flexuosa and specimens collected by Brass

from the Fly River belong to this latter species. Citation of Australian material and a

description will be published in my forthcoming revision of the genus in Australia.

Tylophora flexuosa R. Br., Prodr. 460 (1810); Hoya flexuosa (R. Br.) Sprengel, Syst. veg.

1: 843 (1820); Vincetoxicum flexuosum (R. Br.) O. Kuntze, Revis. gen. pl. 2: 424

(1891). Type: Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, January 1803, R. Brown (lecto

(here designated): BM (photo BRI'); 1solecto: CANB(CANB278897)).

Tylophora perlaxa Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 40, Beibl. 92: 3 (1908), synon. nov. Type:

British New Guinea, Fly River, November 1885, Bauerlen (holo: Bf).

Specimens examined. Indonesia. Irian Jaya. Road from Mopa Airstrip to Manggatrikke, Merauke district, Aug

1954, van Royen 4560 (CANB; L n.yv.); Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Apr 1999, Brass 13939 (A,BRI; CANB

n.y.); Hamadi, Hollandia, Nov 1956, v.d. Sijde BW4116 (L; BO n.v.); Warmare Valley, c. 20 km SW of Manokwari,

Jun i962, Koster BW13985 (L). Papua New Guinea. MANUS DISTRIcT: Near Pelikawa, 2°10/S, 149°50’E, Oct

1974, Foreman & Katik LAE5S9120 (BRI; A,;CANB,K,L,LAE n.v.). WESTERN DisTRIcT: Morehead River, 8°44/S,

141°38’E, Nov 1972, Henty & Foreman NGF49332 (BRI; A,BISH,BO,CANB,K,L,LAE,NSW,PNH, SING,US 7.¥.);

Upper Wassi Kussa River (left branch), Jan 1937, Brass 8622 (BRI; A n.yv.); Oroville Camp, Fly River (30 miles

[50 km] above D’Albertis Junction), 1936, Brass 7440 (BRI; A n.y.). MoROoBE DisTRIct: Mouth of Markham

River, inlet of Lae Harbour, Markham Beach, Feb 1976, Larivita & Henty LAE70539 (BRI; L 7.v.); Waigani

swamp, Jan 1981, Leach UPNG3789 (A; BISH,G,L,LAE,M,MEL,NY a NoRTHERN District: 5 km E of

Popondetta airport, near Sambogo River, 8°46’S, 148°22’E, Oct 1975, Wiakabu & Kairo LAE70293 (BRI; LAE

1.¥.), MILNE BAY District: Bolo Bolu, Goodenough Is, Sep 1953, Brass 24367, 24448 (A), UNPLACED TO DISTRICT:

Ira Tailala River, Mar 1926, Brass 1166 (A). Woodlark Is, Unkinbod Bay, Nov i956, Brass 28760 (A; L n.yv.).

5. DISCHIDIA.

Schlechter in his studies of Malesian Asclepiadaceae, recognised four segregate

genera in addition to Dischidia R. Br., namely Conchophyllum Blume, Dischidiopsis

Schitr. (Schlechter & Warburg 1904), Spathidolepis Schltr. (Schlechter 1905) and Oisto-

nema Schltr. (Schlechter 1908). None of these can be maintained when the modern

concept of Dischidia proposed by Rintz (1980b) is followed. The types of Dischidiopsis

(D. philippinensis Schltr.) and of Oistonema (O. dischidioides Schltr.) are based on

material from the Philippines and Borneo respectively, whereas no type was designated

for Conchophyllum. Dischidiopsis, Oistonema and Conchophyllum are not considered

further here as Dischidia is in need of revision in Malesia and names may already be

available in Dischidia for those particular species.

As part of my studies on the Asclepiadaceae of Papuasia, however, I have had to

critically examine the status of Spathidolepis. In describing Spathidolepis, Schlechter

(1908) considered the single species, S. torricellensis Schltr. close to Dischidia but differing

from it in the small coronal lobes and the thin leathery leaves. Neither of these characters

is a valid distinguishing feature. Species such as D. superba Rintz have similar small

coronal lobes (Rintz 1979) and while many Dischidia species have fleshy leaves, there

is a complete gradation from species with-fleshy ones to others with membranous ones.

An isotype of S. torricellensis at K lacks flowers; however its foliage can be matched

with that of several fertile specimens from New Guinea. These collections match the

floral description given by Schlechter for S. torricellensis and are also recorded as collected

from a habitat type similar to that recorded for S. torricellensis. Hence they are considered

as conspecific with the type collection.

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2

“i

) mt"

Eee

irae rd

pres

iret

pee

ee wee

a at

=e Sette oe re

eens eects mae afte

ates

Por

ee rac

288 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Dischidia torricellensis (Schltr.) P. Forster comb. nov.

Spathidolepis torricellensis Schltr. in Schumann & Lauterb., Nachtrage Fl. Schutzgeb.

Sudsee 356 (1905). Type: Norddéstl. New-Guinea: auf Baumen in den Waldern

fa eiieeehoraa cas April 1902, R. Schlechter 14445 (holo: Bt; iso: K (photo

RI')).

Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 50: 95 (1914).

Epiphytic perennial lane. Stems cylindrical, to 2 mm diameter, with sparse short

indumentum of uniseriate hairs; internodes to 9 cm long. Leaves petiolate; lamina

— coriaceous, glabrous, lanceolate-elliptic, 5-9 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, with obvious reticulate

venation, mid-rib raised abaxially, sunken adaxially; apex caudate to cuspidate, obtuse

at tip; base cuneate, secondary veins 16-17; petiole grooved adaxially, 2-3 mm long, c

| mm diameter; extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of lamina. Inflorescence an veiooli tern

raceme-like cyme to 5 mm long; bracts triangular, c. 1 mm long and 1 mm wide, with

Sparse indumentum; peduncle to 1 cm long and c. 2 mm diameter. Flowers urceolate,

3-4 mm long and 2-4 mm diameter; pedicels 2-4 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diameter, with

dense indumentum. Sepals oblong, c. 2 mm long and | mm wide, ciliate, with | or 2

glands at base of each sinus. Corolla white; tube 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm diameter,

glabrous externally and internally; petals erect, ovate, fused for two-thirds of length, each

strongly jointed in middle and with tips reflexed, c. 2 mm long and 2.5 mm wide;

externally glabrous, internally with region of dense antrorse hairs to c. | mm long in

centre of petal, blocking entrance to tube. Staminal corona c. 1 mm long and 2 mm

diameter, attached to bottom of staminal column and consisting of 5 separate lobes;

each lobe spathulate-obovate and recurved-winged at base on either side, entire lobe c.

0.75 mm long and 0.75 mm wide, wings 0.3-0.4 mm wide. Staminal column c. 1.5 mm

long and | mm diameter. Anther appendages oblong-obtuse, incurved over style-head,

Q.5—0.75 mm long, c. 0.25 mm wide. Slit between anther wings c. 0.75 mm long. Style-

head elongate-conical, c. 0.75 mm long, 0.25 diameter at tip and 0.75 mm diameter at

base. Ovaries c. | mm long, glabrous. Pollinaria c. 0.4 mm long and 0.26 mm wide;

pollinia held erect, oblong, 0.35-0.37 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide; corpusculum oblong,

0.2-0.25 mm long, c. 0.08 mm wide; caudicles winged, c. 0.15 mm long and 0.1 mm

wide. Follicles fusiform (immature), glabrous, 11-12 cm long, c. 2 mm diameter. Seed

not seen. Fig. 6.

Specimens examined. Irian Jaya. Jayapura: 6 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Feb 1939, Brass 12915

(BRI; A n.¥.); Rouffaer River, Sep 1926, Docters van Leeuwen 10275 (L; BO a.y.).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the Torricelli Mountains, Idenburg River

fer Parnas River areas (Map 1) where it grows as an epiphyte in rainforests over

1000 m alt.

Acknowledgements

P.V. Bruyns (BOL), K. Harold and L.G. Jessup provided the illustrations. L.

Pedley provided the latin diagnoses. B. Gray (QRS) initially brought the material of C.

grayi to my attention. B. Leuenberger (B) provided a list of Schlechter types held at B.

K.L. Wilson (NSW) and G.P. Guymer (BRI) while Australian Botanical Liasion Officers

at Kew, located and photographed various types. P.R. Sharpe provided translations of

various German language publications. Collections were made by M. O’Reilly or on

trips with P.D. Bostock, G. Kenning, D.J. Liddle and M.C. Tucker. K. Harold and E.M.

Ross (BRI) commented on the manuscript. The Queensland Herbarium provided working

space and processed loan material. The Directors and Curators of A, BRI, CANB, L,

ORS and UPS allowed access to collections either at their institutions or on loan. The

Australian Biological Resources Study provided funds in 1988 and 1989. All are gratefully

thanked for their assistance.

References

BACKER, C.A. & BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, R.C. (1965). Asclepiadaceae. In Flora of Java 2: 244-274.

Groningen: N.V.P. Noordhoff.

BLUME, C.L. (1850). Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum. Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J. Brill.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks & Wildlife Service. Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

Forster, Asclepiadaceae, 2 289

seanrar cosaeee" sn; 22 tecepenansegsseangun:

Se: et EE

| COOP CANA ELE terrae PS Dh Pet SERRE Sere

CO HR, PARP Tro sse Ba

Sunsee’! tc. Ssusuenunca mec seaeeeey Seeser' 7

- P , TET Tey TBS rae

‘eee “yy on

cuneeseRBeec’aeuLae cH

peal awry Ct As

eRe art ne oe

HCECCEPECECEE eek +E

So ae as;

Oh Ss el Weary

oF ey ac eauee SHEE

' . } Pj

SCE orp

ROSE ECCCEE ET SoH

eo cece ee Uuuuuee seen

ne ae aT

ao ee PCE CECE rrr Sa a

CCE EET EET CEE CC CCC ee

and Dischidia torricellensis (O).

BROWN, N.E. (1904). Periploceae, Asclepiadeae. In W.T. Thiselton-Dyer (ed.), Flora of Tropical Africa 4(1):

241-254. London: Lovell Reeve & Co., Limited.

BRUYNS, P.V. (1981). A review of Pectinaria Haw., Stapeliopsis Pillans and a new genus Ophionella (Asciepta-

daceae). The Cactus and Succulent Journal of Great Britain 43: 61-83.

BRUYNS, P.V. (1988). A revision of the genus Echidnopsis Hook. f. (Asclepiadaceae). Bradleya 6: 1-48.

BULLOCK, A.A. (1955). Notes on African Asclepiadaceae. VI. Kew Bulletin 1955: 265-292,

FORSTER, P.I. (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 1. Austrobaileya 3: 109-133.

LOSENER, T. (1926). Rudolf Schlechter’s Leben und Wirken. Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens und Museums

zu Berlin-Dahlem. 9: 912-958.

RINTZ, R. W. (1979). Three new species of Asclepiadaceae from Peninsular Malaya. Blumea 25: 255-231.

RINTZ, R.W. (1980a). A revision of the genus Sarcolobus (Asclepiadaceae). Blumea 26: 65-79,

RINTZ, R. W. (1980b). The peninsular Malayan species of Dischidia (Asclepiadaceae). Blumea 26: 81-126.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1905). Asclepiadaceae, In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zur Flora der Deutschen

Schutzgebiete in der Sidsee. Leipzig: Gebriider Borntrager.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1908). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Asclepiadaceen des Monsun-Gebietes. Beiblatt zu den

Botanischen Jahrbtichern 15: 1-19.

SCHLECHTER, R. eee Die Asclepiadaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Botanische Jahrbucher fiir Systematik,

Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengeographie 50: 81-164.

SCHLECHTER, R. & WARBURG, O. (1904). Asclepiadaceae. In J. Perkins, Fragmenta Florae Philippinae.

Contributions to the Flora of the Philippine Islands. Leipzig: Gebriider Borntrager.

SCHUMANN, K. (1905). Asclepiadaceae. In K. Schumann & K. Lauterbach, Nachtrage zur Flora der Deutschen

Schutzgebiete in der Stidsee. Leipzig: Gebriider Borntrager.

SWARUPANANDAN, K., SASTIDHARAN, N. & MANGALY, J.K. (1989). A reconsideration of the generic

circumscription of Heterostemima Wight & Arn. (Asclepiadaceae) and a new species from India. Botanical

Journal of the Linnean Society 101: 249-259.

TRACEY, J. G. (1982). The Vegetation of the Humid Tropical Region of North Queensland. Melbourne: CSIRO.

VENTER, H.J.T. & FIELD, D.V. (1989). A new species of Stomatostemma (Periplocaceae) from Mozambique,

Africa. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 99: 397-400.

Accepted for publication 6 February 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 291-295 (1990) 291

A NEW SPECIES OF EUCALYPTUS L’HERIT. (MYRTACEAE)

FROM SOUTHERN QUEENSLAND

A.R. Bean

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Eucalyptus infera, a new species of Eucalyptus (E. Subgenus Symphyomyrtus Pryor and Johnson nom. inyal.) is

described, and notes on its taxonomic affinities, habitat, distribution and conservation status are given.

Eucalyptus infera A. Bean sp. nov. affinis E. camphorae R. Baker sed differt habitu

constanter ‘“‘mallee’’, cortice e summo humo laevi, foliis vivide viridibus, alabastris

cornuatibus, fructibus valvis valde exsertis praeditis. Typus: Queensland. DARLING

DOWNS DISTRICT: southern end of S.F. 444, south-west of Warwick, 28°24’S,

151°42’E, 4 October 1988, A.R. Bean 936 (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,MEL,NSW).

Eucalyptus dealbata var. populnea Blakely; Key to the Eucalypts (1934). Type:

Queensland, Darling Downs District, Inglewood, October 1922, CL. Smith (holo:

NSW 72.y. iso: BRI),

A mallee to 8 m high, stems up to 150 mm diameter. Bark smooth throughout, shiny,

coppery to olive-green in colour, shedding in narrow ribbons, and lacking oil glands.

Lignotuber present. Cotyledons bilobed, c. 2 X 3 mm. Seedling leaves petiolate, opposite

for about five pairs, elliptical, to 30 X 15 mm, dull green above, paler and often purplish

below. Seedling stems glandular, verrucose. Juvenile leaves (after about Node 12)

alternating, petiolate; petioles up to 21 mm long; laminae glossy green, discolourous,

crenulate, ovate to orbicular, to 70 X 70 mm, mucronate or emarginate. Stems angular.

Adult leaves alternating, petiolate; petioles up to 25 mm long; laminae glossy green,

concolourous, broadly lanceolate to elliptical, 60-79 < 27-38 mm, margins slightly

crenulate. Intramarginal vein remote (2-3 mm) from the margin. Oil dots abundant,

several per areole. Inflorescences axillary, 9-18-flowered. Peduncles terete or slightly

angular, 10-14 mm long. Pedicels 2-5 mm long. Buds to 15 X 5 mm, hypanthium

hemispherical, operculum elongated, horn-shaped, 2.5~3 times longer than broad. Stamens

white, all erect in bud, all fertile. Anthers versatile, dorsifixed. Stigma blunt. Fruit

pedicellate, truncate-globular, 5~6 X 5-6 mm; disc broad, convex; valves (3)4, strongly

exserted. Seeds black or brown, wedge-shaped, angular, reticulate, not lacunose, hilum

terminal. Ovules in 6 rows on placenta. Figs 1 & 2. :

Specimens examined: Queensland. DARLING Downs District: Herries Range, Inglewood, Oct 1922, Smith

(BRLNSW); Herries Range, near Warwick—-Pikedale road, Dec 1987, Bean 715, 716, 717 (BRI,NSW); southern

end of S.F. 444, south-west of Warwick, Oct 1988, Bean 934, 936 (BRI,;CANB,MEL,NSW),; ditto, Jan 1989, Bean

984 (BRI,MEL,NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Eucalyptus infera is currently known from just one locality

near the Herries Range south-west of Warwick where it covers an area of 40-50 hectares.

Most commonly it grows in or next to often-dry watercourses, but it also extends onto

adjacent low rises. Its altitudinal range is 725-750 metres. The soil type in areas where

FE. infera occurs is a grey sandy-clay, sometimes with a gravelly surface layer.

E. infera occurs as a component of an open forest community, growing as an

understorey to other Eucalyptus species, such as &. maculata Hook., E. fibrosa F. Muell.

subsp. fibrosa, E. melliodora Cunn. ex Schauer, E. crebra F. Muell., E. tereticornis Smith,

and &. moluccana Roxb. Other associated plants include Melaleuca decora (Salisb.) J.

Britten, Racosperma lineatum (Cunn. ex G. Don) Pedley, Racosperma fimbriatum (Cunn.

ex G. Don) Pedley, Jacksonia scoparia R. Br. and Melichrus urceolatus R. Br.

Flowering period: September-November.

292 Austrobatileya 3(2): 1990

rie ¥, Hem wees infera: A. twig with mature buds and leaves X 0.5. B. juvenile leaf x 0.5. C. mature buds X

. WD, fruits xX I,

Affinities: Eucalyptus infera is a distinctive species which can be readily distinguished

from all other eucalypts. However, its affinities are not immediately obvious.

Its buds, fruits and seeds show a strong affinity with those of species of Series

Exsertae Blakely (Chippendale 1988), the Red Gums. The buds are horn-shaped, with

stamens all erect in bud. The fruits have a convex disc and strongly exserted valves.

The seeds are dark and angular, not lacunose, with a terminal hilum. These are all

characteristics of Series Exsertae. Also, the ovules are in six longitudinal rows, in common

with members of the Red Gum group (Brooker 1979). Of the species in this group, £.

amplifolia Naudin most resembles EF. infera, because of the broad juvenile leaves, large

number of buds per inflorescence and the habitat it occupies. &. amplifolia reaches its

northern limit near the Queensland/New South Wales border at around 900 m altitude.

The seedling, juvenile and adult leaves, seedling stems, bark characters and habitat

show a Strong affinity with the Series Foveolatae Maiden (Chippendale 1988), the Swamp

Gums. The seedling and juvenile leaves of FE. infera are broad, distinctly crenulate and

emarginate, and its seedling stems are verrucose. Its bark is uniform in colour and sheds

in narrow ribbons. It grows on poorly drained sites. These are all characteristics of Series

Foyeolatae. Of the species in this group, FE. camphora R. Baker most resembles EF. infera

because of its broad adult leaves and fruits with exserted valves. Also, it differs from E.

infera in only one of the thirteen seedling characters used by Ladiges et al. (1984) to

elucidate relationships within Series Foveolatae and some related species. EF. camphora

bain cn northern limit on the Queensland/New South Wales border, at about 1100

m altitude.

Bean, Eucalyptus infera 293

Oil glands in the bark have been found to be useful in taxonomic studies in

Eucalyptus (Chattaway 1955). These glands are absent in Series Exsertae, but present in

Series Foveolatae and other related series. Bark oil glands are absent in E. infera. While

they are present in &. camphora, they occur very sporadically compared to some other

species e.g. E. viminalis Labill.

Ff. infera clearly differs from both Red Gums and Swamp Gums, and would

perhaps best be placed in a separate series between Series Exsertae and Foveolatae. Table

1 shows how E. infera differs from both E. camphora and E. amplifolia.

Notes: Blakely named this taxon at varietal rank. It is however worthy of species rank

by virtue of its distinctiveness as outlined in the above table. Since the epithet populnea

is already occupied at species rank for an unrelated taxon, this taxon 1s described under

a new name.

Tablel. Comparison of E. infera, E. camphora and E. amplifolia

Character E. infera E. camphora E. amplifolia

Habit always a mallee mallee or tree always a

tree

Height 5-8 m 10-21 m to 30 m

Bark coppery to olive-green, grey to brownish-grey, white to

uniform no stocking of witha stocking ofrough blue grey

rough bark bark

Bark in ribbons in ribbons small plates or

shedding large flakes

pattern

Juvenile leaves ovate to orbicular, to

70 X 70 mm

ovate to spathulate, to broadly lanceolate

80 X 40 mm to orbicular,

150 X 150 mm

ovate, to 130 X 50 mm lanceolate, to 200

grey-green, margins x 30 mm, margins

Adult leaves broadly lanceolate, to

79 X 38 mm, green,

margins often crenulate entire entire

Buds per 9-18 7 7-18

inflorescence

Operculum 2.93.0 1.25-1.75 2-3

(L/B ratio)

Fruit truncate-globular, disc obconical, disc level, | subglobular, disc

broad, convex, valves

strongly exserted

valves at rim level or

slightly exserted

broad, convex,

valves strongly

exserted

Position in understorey top stratum top stratum

canopy

Seedling verrucose verrucose not verrucose

stems

Bark oil absent present absent

glands

Seeds black or brown, brown, not angular, black, angular, not

angular, not lacunose,

hilum terminal

lacunose, hilum ventral

lacunose, hilum

terminal

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

1 ot

peat es =

Peete 1, x ee BS cs as

ais a SRE Se Siicoths

oer

Rais

ie ee =

Foret rere ee

Poe ite Hh

Serar

T of

Wen

vee

ae i

aun

ee ait

Sena

pias ie eos Dea

A tn ten NE

fee oe

Peres

feat

selene

“GEE

ratty,

ehreha te

eae

oii inane reas

eee We

ate eee or eee

Pa ie

peer nah

aan nel

ger ie J

nas

aetare”

ATTBEN EAT

CAE cae = eee ire A HE

Lie eee = ee sb me. :

i, % a

ae are SRE Sree

= a Aree :

i panies sro eae Sele 7 <

2 ? eae eee ‘

: ‘ i 2" eee pistes

Bet a See

eae

abr

Sen fe

fa nehiprcer ates ents 7

arene

Pee

py? me. pees ae

ree

pena eerie

ogee

buenas

ioe

pare

Suto:

Peter

Forty

ar ASerreathi

{pars alec rrr el

edie lire

siyeers

ree

Sennen

aoe

mn Sea ee

eee State

z = eee meee

ke : I eee bet £

z = 5 ar

noe e

ie Pater

eee ites:

eater

peretae

ee tet eet Tate

wifeetileteeet se

aes Sete a

THER ay]

ee ee i

eae

TIRES

SAE Fp

eR eens

eee

HSI

MFESI TE

ESE

Cobos Stee

Fig. 2. Eucalyptus infera: A. typical habitat, showing mallee form of plant. B. bar

Peet

Pat

we RETE

pen 3

oe LS

Font ~.

OE ee ee ee Pe

"any A De EE LE

Bean, Eucalyptus infera 295

Conservation status: Eucalyptus infera is known only from the type locality, where it is

locally common and occupies 40-50 hectares. The great bulk of this occurrence lies

within State Forest, and the Queensland Forestry Department is planning to gazette a

Scientific Area to protect this rare eucalypt species (W. Greasley, pers. comm.). Suggested

conservation status is 2V based on Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the fact that this species grows as an understorey

to other eucalypts, a situation which rarely occurs with Eucalyptus species. (Latin inferus:

“lower, that which is beneath’’)

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mrs Jan Sked for providing the illustrations, and Mr Les Pedley

for supplying the Latin diagnosis.

References

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H.(1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants, 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks and

Wildlife Service.

BROOKER, M.LH. (1979). Notes on Red Gums, Grey Gums and Eucalyptus pumila Cambage - a rare species

with obscure affinities. Australian Forest Research 9: 265-76.

CHATTAWAY, M.M. (1955). The ey of bark - II. Oil glands in Eucalyptus species. Australian Journal of

Botany 3: 31-27.

CHIPPENDALE, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora (Myrtaceae). In A.S. George (ed.), ner of Australia 19.

Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

LADIGES, P.Y., DALE, M.B., ROSS, D.R. & SHIELDS, K.G. (1984). Seedling characters and phylogenetic

relationships an the ‘informal Series Ovatae of Eucalyptus. Subgenus Symphyomyrtus, Australian Journal of

Botany |

PRYOR, L.D. & JOHNSON, L.A.S. (1971). A Classification of the Eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National

University,

Accepted for publication 1 September 1989

Austrobaileya 3(2): 297-300 (1990) 297

ACACIA ACRIONASTES (LEGUMINOSAE: MIMOSOIDEAE), A

NEW SPECIES FROM SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND

L. Pedley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly Q 4068

Summary

Acacia acrionastes is described as new. It has close affinities with A. floydii and A. betchei. It is restricted to

mountain peaks in south-eastern Queensland. A. floydii does not occur in Queensland.

Acacia acrionastes Pedley, sp. nov. affinis A. floydii Tindale et A. betchei Maiden &

Blakely ab illa phyllodiis plerumque aliquantum latioribus, glande foliari e basi

phyllodii longius disposita, calyce apice pubescente, floribus in capitulo pluribus

(12-16), petalis longioribus, seminibus brevioribus, areola inaperta; a hac phyllodiis

plerumque longioribus glande non in medio disposita, lobis calycis non tandem

separatis, legumine latiore, seminibus brevioribus latioribusque differt. Typus:

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Mt Maroon, lower slopes, 28°13’S, 152°44’E,

February 1986, R. Cummings 3230 Cholo: BRI).

A spindly tree to 8 m, vegetative eae glabrous; branchlets terete, sometimes slightly

glaucous. Phyllodes linear, (6-)9-12.5(-17) cm long, 2—3(-4) mm wide, (25-)30-60 times

as long as wide, tapering gradually from the middle to a point, rather thick in texture,

without obvious secondary venation, wrinkled when dry; pulvinus c. 1 mm long; gland

prominent, varying widely in position, commonly 10-25 mm from base of phyllode

(1/5-1/9 of phyllode length from base). Heads of 12-16 flowers in axillary racemes, the

axis c. 4.5 cm long, branches 10-15, each c. 5 mm long, all parts glabrous. Flowers pale:

calyx turbinate, + truncate, c. 0.7 mm long, pubescent in a narrow fringe at the top;

corolia 1.5 mm long, the lobes free to about the middle; stamens c. 3 mm long; ovary

glabrous, the style oblique, 3.5 mm long. Pod with up to 9 seeds, up to 10.cm long, 8-

10 mm wide, raised slightly over the seeds and the margins sometimes a little indented

between them; seeds arranged longitudinally, 4.5-5 mm long, 3 mm wide, pleurogram

prominent, the areole large, open, funicle thickened into a clavate aril. Fig. 1.

Other specimens (all BRI): Queensland. MORETON District: Mt Edwards, Jun 1938, Smith [AQ166903]; Mt

French, 10 km SW of Boonah, alt. 300 m, Sep 1986, Bird & King [AQ40671 9}; ditto, Nov 1986, Bird [AQ431622};

Mt Maroon, on rocks near summit, Jan 1962, Everist 7032; Mt Ernest, Jan 1953, Tyack Bake [AQ166900]; Mt

Lindesay, alt 1200 m, Oct 1932, Stewart [AQ1668991.

Distribution and habitat: This species occurs on shallow rocky soils derived from rhyolite

or basalt and among rocks on mountain peaks, up to 1200 m alt., in the south-eastern

part of Queensland. These peaks have an unusual flora with several endemic species,

for example Pultenaea whiteana S.T. Blake, Comesperma breviflorum Pedley and Acacia

saxicola Pedley. The other species of the complex have restricted geographic ranges near

the Queensland—New South Wales border, all on granite. A. betchei and A. adunca occur

in the elevated country around Stanthorpe extending south to the northern part of the

srs Scr tet Tableland. A. floydii 1s found in somewhat wetter situations to the east

of Tenterfle 3

Phenology: This icbind flowers in July and August and fruits about November.

Etymology: Greek akris, -os, hilltop, peak, and nastes, an occupant; a reference to the

habitat of the species. It should be treated as a noun functioning as an adjective (see

Stearn, 1973, p. 98).

Notes: The affinities of A. acrionastes are with A. betchei and A. floydii. It differs from

A. betchei in having usually longer phyllodes with the gland below the middle, calyx not

splitting into spathulate lobes and wider pods with shorter, wider seeds. From A. floydii

it differs in having usually longer phyllodes with the sland further from the base, calyx

pubescent at the top, heads with more flowers, longer petals and shorter seeds with

closed areoles. The ‘mountain plants’ referred to under 4. adunca Cunn. ex G. Don in

Pedley (1980, p. 286) are A. acrionastes and the specimen, White 7843, cited there is

298 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

also A. acrionastes. The phyllodes of A. adunca are usually narrower and uncinate, and

the flowers are a deeper yellow. The four species may be distinguished as follows:

1. Phyllodes uncinate, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, 40-70 times as mane as wide, oii

not overly prominent webred a: Pig A. adunca

Phyllodes 1-4 mm wide, 22-65 due: as ¢ lane as re tot RESET EE or

if slightly so then gland prominent, exserted ............0.-. 085. 2

2. Gland prominent, exserted, 3-15 mm from base of phyogs, heads of 8-

12 flowers ..... . A. floydi

Gland not exserted or, ee SO, iat: occasionally a absant Scadla af 12 ¢ or

more flowers .. .. k, #, 4 era OT ee e. 3

3. Gland small and exserted, at about the middle of the phyllode, or absent;

heads of 16-25 flowers, rarely 12; asi at shit AEDS into spathulate

lobes; pods 5-7 mm wide .. .. A. betcheli

Gland not exserted, 10-25 mm ‘earn bas ‘oft phyllode te, / 5-1 19 its

length); heads of usually 12-16 flowers; Sie ae not Spite into free

lobes; pods 8-10 mm wide ... . A. acrionastes

A. floydii was wrongly included in the checklist of Queensland species of Racos-

perma (Pedley 1987). The record was based on specimens of A. acrionastes. The rationale

for referring A. acrionastes to Acacia rather than to Racosperma is given elsewhere

(Pedley 1990).

lpswichoO

@®

oStanthorpe

Oo. 28

B Tenterfield

Map 1. Distribution of Acacia acrionastes (@), A. betchet (@) and A. floydii (QO).

299

corn

oes

" ”

fone te

SPLEEN ESI a

oye

ry gt

Ca il oh Li ee led

ry * *

roy

wr ”

f gland X 4.5. C. flower X 12,

ion oO

ing posi

D.E. Bird [A04316221.

A. twig X 0.75. B. base of phyllode show

fes

D. pod X 0.75. E. seed X 6. A-C. Cummiunes 5230

ia acrionas

fes:

la acrionas

as, &

oy '

LP pginrernyyen tl aise rf My

ee en . Daal «Ngee s ¥ ere Prenat

La oe et iy eee ods “oe PA eT a ont a

Meinl 4 Cader Ct Peer * eat 2 Te ee Se a arent * 2

pacers hier wane tn or ee bY Nat he op ned Pie thin ; WTP a a, ‘

* * tetetaee Mat

AT Eh Le eae AEN ohn ome hs CITE a mena TY Creche

eaiyhiase Pate é ripen aha’ eas tidied peti eet be tas : res ee nk * th *

OL ei daamll wi whe

a paek kay

ee el ae te al = ” »* ah

Sr ee TERRA TS ke ea SS RAL ried Seer

rT ‘Ah oe op da ] 4a yt ne Pea a WL Abed

4 sept! mee’ ah gee ee dw “1% bed ea

pit ie “at nh 4.) 5" Ae *

ante wen sn Mere

rch+* ae

Pr ee en _cpamakamppoparssial

Pedley, Acac

Fig. 1. Acac

Lee opty tpt eee ee eeeeeee eee e meneame ee ee et tee Ben Mae ate ee ate Me ate Me ate Dstt” Datta aS a LAL SL eT OB PLE ee Pe EE

tn eee eee eee eee te

300 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr Mary D. Tindale for examining specimens of A. acrionastes

and giving me her opinion of their identity. The illustration and map are the work of

Mr W.A. Smith.

References

PEDLEY, L. (1980). A revision of Acacia Mill. in Queensland (concluded). Austrobaileva 1: 235-337.

PEDLEY, L. (1987) Racosperma in Queensland: a checklist. Austrobaileya 2: 344-357.

PEDLEY, L. (1990). New combinations in Acacia (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya 3: 215-216.

STEARN, W.T. (1973). Botanical Latin. 2nd Ed. Newton Abbot: David & Charles.

TINDALE, M.D. (£980). Notes on Australian taxa of Acacia No. 6. Telopea 1: 429-449.

Accepted for publication 20 March 1990

EE eRe eae ACE LE LC PC CRC ear SCTE DIENT DST Ee ee SEED a a ac

Austrobaileya 3(2): 301-307 (1990) 301

OWENIA X RELIQUA (MELIACEAE), A NEW HYBRID FROM

QUEENSLAND

Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Individuals intermediate in characters considered diagnostic for Owenta acidula F. Muell. and O. venosa F. Muell.

have been recorded for a number of localities in southern and central Queensland. These intermediate individuals

are rarely encountered in the region where the two species are parapatric. There is no evidence of clinal gradation

between O. venosa and O. acidula, The intermediate individuals are considered to be hybrids based on phenotypic

and ecological evidence and are described as O. X religqua.

Introduction

When Mueller (1857) described the genus Owenia he included four species, namely

O. acidula F. Muell., O. venosa F. Muell., O. cerasifera F. Muell. (conspecific with

Pleiogynium timorense (DC.) Leenh.) and O. reticulata F. Muell. Mueller (1862) added

O. vernicosa F, Muell. and O. xerocarpa F. Muell. (treated as conspecific with O. reticulata

by Bentham (1863)), and Domin (1927) described O. capitis-york from north Queensland.

In south-eastern and central Queensland, two species, O. acidula and O. venosa,

have been recorded. The character most commonly used to distinguish these taxa is the

number of leaflets per leaf; O. acidula having seven or more pairs of leaflets per leaf

and O. venosa having three or four pairs of leaflets per leaf (Reynolds 1983). Other

useful field characters by which the taxa can be distinguished are the light green to grey

mature leaves and a tendency to sucker in O. acidula contrasted with dark green mature

leaves and lack of a tendency to sucker in O. venosa. The flowers of both these species

are very similar, but the mature fruit differ slightly in shape, those of O. acidula being

globose-ovoid and those of O. venosa being globose. O. acidula is regarded as having a

wide distribution over inland Queensland and reaches an eastern limit in the brigalow

open forest/semi-evergreen vine thicket communities on black earths and related soil

types as defined by Johnson (1984). O. venosa by comparison, appears to be restricted

to south-eastern Queensland where it occurs in semi-evergreen vine thicket or araucarian

microphyll vine forest on red krasnozem or related soil types.

During 1985, sterile material of an Owenia was collected south of Mundubbera

(Forster 2241) that could not be satisfactorily placed to either O. venosa or O. acidula

using the characters outlined above. The tree from which the specimen was taken had

numerous suckers and leaves with five to seven pairs of leaflets that were intermediate

in size between individuals of O. venosa and O. acidula. The plant was growing in

Eucalyptus crebra open forest adjacent to cleared land formerly supporting brigalow

open-forest. Similar plants (Forster 4828) were subsequently found in regrowth brigalow

open-forest close by. Examination of herbarium material at the Queensland Herbarium

revealed a small number of collections from central Queensland that also had this

intermediate leaflet number and morphology.

Given the distinctiveness of both O. venosa and O. acidula the question arose

whether these intermediate plants represented hybrids, part of a clinal intergradation

between the two taxa, or a new species.

Materials and Methods

Collections of Owenia were made throughout eastern Queensland and herbarium

collections at BRI, NE and QRS were examined. A selection of specimens examined for

O. acidula and O. venosa is given in Appendix 1.

Leaf morphology: For each collection examined: (1) the maximum number of leaflets

per leaf was determined, and (2) leaflet length and width were measured from the top

Leaflet Length (mm)

302 Austrobatleya 3(2): 1990

five leaflets on any leaf selected at random. Leaflet length was compared to leaflet width

ig. 1) to determine whether or not continuous variation existed between O. venosa,

O. acidula and those considered intermediate.

Floral morphology: Few herbarium collections of the two Owenta species at the herbaria

listed above are fertile. Out of a total of 92 collections examined, some 14 possessed

flowers and 19 had fruit. Collections of fresh flowers were fixed in 70% alcohol or dried

flowers reconstituted by boiling in water with a touch of detergent, and comparative

morphological measurements made (Table 1).

Results

Most herbarium and field collections are easily sorted to O. venosa or O. acidula

by the colour of the dried leaves and leaflet shape and number (Figs 1 & 2). The flowers

of all collections show little difference in a number of characters (Table 1). A number

of collections cannot be equivocally placed with material of either O. acidula or O.

venosa (Fig. 2), having foliage of a grey-green colour. These collections are also inter-

mediate between O. venosa and O. acidula in terms of the leaflet number, leaflet length

and width. The relationship between leaflet length and width is given in Figure 1. There

is considerable variation in both O. venosa and O. acidula in these characters.

Based on herbarium records, parapatric populations of O. venosa and O. acidula

have been recorded from the Biloela, Dalby, Theodore, Rockhampton and Mundubbera

areas. Individuals of O. acidula, O. venosa and intermediate plants have been observed

srowing in close proximity in the Chinchilla area (D. & N. Hoy, pers. comm. 1989). In

the Mundubbera area, no individuals of O. venosa or O. acidula were observed in the

vicinity of the intermediate individuals, although both had been recorded from the

general district (Kent [AQ347163] & Forster 3318). —

10- . ¢, e ¢

o ©

}

¢ © @

60- %

PN e

ve , %s?

o rs

50 ar e

Oo ° ©

8 6 © a

40- oY 5 9 Oo ec

o Oo o § @

Oe ee <7 O

30 - 0 Sond?

oF ote

8 49 }

20- o &

° »

10-

3 5 7 9§ 1 1 #15 #17 «+19 21 23 25 27 29

Leaflet Width (mm)

Forster, Owenia X religua 303

Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for Owenia venosa, O. acidula and O. X reliqua.

Character O. venosa O. X religua O. acidula

suckers absent present present

leaflet number 3-5 5-10 §—18

leaflet colour dark green grey-green light green to grey

leaflet shape elliptic-oblong ovate-elliptic to narrowly

to obovate- linear-elliptic linear to

oblong linear-ovate

leaflet length 36-75 X 30-50 X 7,5-14 10-52 X

<x width (mm) 13-30 ]~9

panicle form simple to simple to simple

thrysiform thrysiform

pedicel length c. 1 mm c. | mm subsessile

sepal length (mm) 2 1-2.5 2-2.5

petal length A. 235 4 X 2.5 3-4 X 2.5

xX width (mm)

Staminal tube 3~4 & 2.5 2.9-3 X 2 2.9-3.5 X 2

x width (mm)

anther number 8-10 7-10 8

fruit shape globose globose globose

-Ovoid

number of locules 4 3 3

Discussion

The morphologically intermediate individuals described above (Table 1, Figs 1,

2C) are rarely encountered and only occur in regions where both O. acidula and O.

venosa have been recorded or observed; therefore they do not represent clinal intergra-

dation between these two species.

The area south of Mundubbera where these intermediate individuals of Owenia

have been recorded is characterised by a complex mosaic of soils (de Mooy et al. 1977)

with corresponding variation in the plant communities. Similar variation in soils and

vegetation occurs in the Theodore and Biloela areas. Hence while O. acidula and O.

venosa are usually well separated in south-east Queensland (Map 1), in these areas both

taxa may occur parapatrically.

Mature individuals of Owenia species usually have a large number of fallen fruit

beneath them, but this was not the case for the intermediate trees south of Mundubbera.

A single fruit was observed on the largest of these individuals (c. 6 m high) in 1987.

Whether this apparent low fruit production is a result of inherent low fertility or to

failure of cross-pollination due to lack of available pollen sources is unknown.

The brigalow and semi-evergreen vine thicket communities in which these plants

occur share many species or related species and are considered to be part of a structural

and floristic gradation (Webb et al. 1984). It is probable that O. venosa and O. acidula

are closely related and have radiated into different habitats while retaining the ability

to interbreed, thus resulting in the hybrid formally described below.

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Taxonomic Treatment

r, hybrida noy. Hybrida naturalis ale O. venosa F. Muell. et

sie ae ap i ‘Muell’ te foliolis 5-10, ovatis-ellipticis ad linearis-ellipticis,

5-5 cm longis et 7.5-15 mm latis, et cinereo-viridibus inter parentes oe

Typus: Queensland. BURNETT District: 4 km NW of) Toondahra ‘

[51°21’E, November 1988, PJ. Forster 4829 (holo: BRI; iso: K,L).

| ' ith greyish

ree to 6 m high, suckering at some distance from primary trunk, with.

pea ey scaly binge Soi resinous when young, becoming aecaaaper with age,

| mm wide; leaflets sessile, in 5-10 opposite or subopposite pairs, se pag nah naa

linear-elliptic to ovate-elliptic, 1.5-5 cm long, 6-15 mm wide, glabrous, ne grey er ta

above, paler below; apex obtuse to acute; base cuneate; margin entire cg : a

recurved, midrib prominent; fine secondary reticulate venation prominent be ele oe

rescence a thrysiform panicle, 2-6 cm long, with l—many flowers. Flowers campanulate,

ca oe

Frere

"ae as 4-9 i

zor

partie

eerie

patra

Pz.

“en art

; ; : i

. . st 7 ‘ :

eae

. eee - :

apa ee ees .

: rH es

Te ee oie eet totts

, : EBA EG oe Ee ate To 8 EE Ene ne ED Pee

a SATE 2 Bde eee ee wie

SEAT eee ee eee een

" . SURE a

te Pe ae renpenitie?

Hite Es freee are

. WATE Se: = “4 oat

. 2a 2

3 ? ae

‘ae bent

* te,

at . ‘ 2 i : Berar ieee _— ttt

3 oad . aes Sar oe pe eh Se ed gt meen ee ee oad Sewer

= z 7 ; x Sh ae at a ee eer ee EE ee ig en erry te eee -

em oe te She ae at pag ee EST nah eit Su ee Fear _ am

Fe ee Dees Sas - ee es er a ret na Pe eer a Pe

Jee tee me be tends gl es oe nen ee ee pa rh etaty 2 ee ot

peioeatiee: Sr esa eae cat eee cap mance So enna. . ie

Saas pene ae a Me en Fie ee Fuel pees pared Soria ere oa Lene ne cena ae va = a

betters oo. Tl + een LA ene re Ln (eel i ieerieen ties PHY, ot

Sitesi ia oe pare ena aay 2 ¥

Sees nd oe 7 = . oe if : r

tie 9355 = = Serie = ; es

io i, at = =

al Tot ;

_ ao cm 7

z Seer reer Shitenat tirana |

fa pelos rae pl ia pT ee a pre rad Sree oe ?

SEER PELE ape a peg a a rhe ha el ra Lae gee Se ga med a

Fi ee a ear fae ark ee eed ar eer ea :

ae pet cc natal sae naa pe ace ene Para een eee % 2 Ho.

ST rrr ae Solara ee ee rete aire. par er - a "

Fr ee reps Dae eae enen at ere erate, é

Fea Pc ere ee Tomes ip rere tenant etna er A at

eee or ar eee ie oe gee pene Peed Pee eee .

Tle reat a re Sor [Rehr nrren iatna PAS ad cy -

ppt erent ere SEH pepe rele Soe a g 3

Sree eee ureter protean Frees ecoelle eee 2

Ba Pieter Pepe Tere nga pee are Hin aay z a . 5

Site eeeeree epee Greetinererrettemeeee “

ie en teeta 5 .

Pep a eee rere ae ae . , rf .

er a a rag er rere Wiese mee ee ' fe é . . 7

Se ee | we ey A ‘ 5 c

eel PS rtei eat hee a pe en pe ee z, i,

Se trial Pearcy Beet: Haag . 2

ea Lee mare :, z ‘

A ar eee en eae ae eo wate: : z . .

PE ne a fe Be .

Sr oi Deroy arr neeer™ ar : a

Ri :

See oes cn a. .

Fr eee Pe ee eg ep f ¢

Se inn ee r ERS .

bara ret nd bee arn eT red SI ere has . . ed 3

a nd al Me ta at ara npr one ee . a

Sas eared meee eg ici er ’ is

na ere eer nearer rs patentee * aa » Oy AS . .

Ee area eee en ree a ag Ee he F a: . ee

tetas Terrie areanm 4 i) De anes =a

fore) a eer ee er ea : VS Se,

ar sept eet eT ea poe peepee hr Die ee i 4 ea "id a ae pe Set feet

Sai a riser a ea PIAL | apse peta en et es steht Sear Sa

peer eer ees ay [er nee career - :

eet rey epee ea rel Lee errr ety pees ate of oe s * fe oa a

Be rer eben ere pe) Ses ~ “a Au?

le pees ee percent ie 4 &, 4 . .

ee pee en ra es oe eee eee — alta

Ea ae irre a eee acted ane nee EN . aan ay

aed Cah ted pa cee ae aT ada Di aera eee eit eye s ye ere

pe ny fee en re ee Sere or = - * *

en piri pn et ERT = . . . 3 ‘ 7

i Loner peers eee Soe : Pi * .-

Sree eee a rr ar agnr ee r peee <a i

— ae pe ed Tae eae ae Darel fiber a%6 ,

sisal erro ener area ete fra -. P : .

eee ee a a re ea eer . 5 .

eer erga aed po ier ber Per LL age Eee = -

pe rte pt le te ele a . * - ==

Uo ee a ier ere 4 + by trad ane :

Pir dP ee eal rel ee Pe 1 ~ Oe 2 a

a een eee has eaters ‘, 7 -. . 5 .

mA rca Pa oe * . 4 “ey

Seat id ier bi dt + waese 2 ‘ ¥

omits san earner Te . ne * Fi et,

ed oe alten peateae nate * 4 . * a 4 :

ape caster. ee be 4 te i

Ree PMEN ERE 2 ;

Lint erento . te .

reteprarrieaarr ee ee & ae fh. my L i

meme ee s¢ .

ein nena ar 7 7% at i aa ‘

BS Pera + Tapat SiC fs 4 is. or) , :

per ar . adie re ‘-

creer ih oon pf Peta Pee i 4 7 ‘ 7

"7 2 Tee abe Le ee . >

wise ipa Peace tM

Berrios | pee eens srs *

. Beene enien [ aeeeee Soo .

one [Pea fe Sareea feet . .

ee reat hina et cer a

seize las eet ta Booeier Leb Fee a

et La ee Sree. . ot

Sra ear enim thea heen ren r

Seed arr EE Pe gpd er ree . . Fie

= Pete earn bee *

Sena Moa pecans

eer ah acer. Lele ee ee = ‘

Sri tinea ae ee " ,

oe Recta rit ae “ * :

AN el phan Mee na ne .

Sp eri ieiaar na inet cra *

ere r

Sertiel gl [apd Rib yee Peo ee ne bee 4

he nae nett ae ee

Tae ee Ee . : ms .

Sioa ree a ro : .

sprains aeraearior eee 4 .

trots ’

Sie ae rere . d

Allrerc erent + .

cine band ore ere . “og .

ye rte | Sige r

=i cert ip .

Spee ete © —

ae Sear rn . ‘ ,

oa ote

ribet riots :

See 3 s ‘ 3 7

Re ee . ,

s > . * * 7 had =

. oe. Se tai eee » :

- ,; ".. . (a. Paar =o . F ‘

fe * Fre * “ag rt fe . é B, 7

ig . es a” = 2 . re . . a a Pa

* ae . we ial I aed . *

is F. + + Ss J

et me r Fe . . ~ = . ae he . - =

T Tis, Tet rr . .

. PE p28 - * + JIE - res hte . .

: . ome : .

Pr rr * . .

re .

« Ep * =

- age

. . . . > war =

7 - . me

. a

r Yo.

é : . ary

. $ ~Re.

. er.

J " ry = " 3 ‘ i

. . 4 | * s. =

sor aa

: roy 1 : “ - 3k

— . . : ead

j idula, B. O. acidula, C, O.

leaves from O. venosa, O. acidula and O. X reliqua. A. O. acidu . |

Cider EO pee O. venosa. A, Forster 3602; B, Forster 3603; C, Forster 3314; D, Forster 3315; E.

Forster 3308.

el tT Poe Grae Rt Da boten Boot Dod | rrr rere

Forster, Owenia X reliqua 305

3-3.5 mm long, 2—2.5 mm diameter, sessile. Sepals 5, ovate, 1-2.5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm

wide, green. Petals 5, ovate-oblong, c. 4 mm long and 2.5 pass wide, green. Staminal

tube 2.5-3 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter, irregularly toothed and fringed at top, green.

Anthers 7-10, narrowly oblong, 1.5-1.6 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, yellow. Stigma c.

1.6 mm long and | mm diameter, yellow. Fruit 3-locular.

Specimens examined. Queensland. LEICHHARDT DISTRICT: c. 20 km NNW of Moura, 3 km SE of “Bindaree”’,

24°22'S, 149°55’E, May 1984, Thompson [AQ440572] (BRI); “Martindale”, Taroom Shire, Apr 1983, Gray

[AQ393576] (BRI); Charvel, Theodore, House [AQ010656] (BRI). Port Curtis DISTRICT: c. 20 km NW of

Biloela, May 1984, Thompson [AQ440571] (BRI; Experimental farm, Biloela, Oct 1947, Smith 3476 (BRI).

BURNETT District: 4 km NW of “Toondahra”’, 25°57’/S, 151°21’E, Sep 1985, Forster 2241 (BRIE); ditto, Dec

ERLE OK, 3314 (BRI,QRS); 3 km WNW of “Toondahra”’, 25°58’S, 151°21’E, Nov 1988, Forster 4828

Etymology: The epithet alludes to the predominantly relictual/remnant nature of the

vegetation communities due to land clearing, in which both the hybrid and the parent

species occur.

Acknowledgements

The Directors of BRI, NE and QRS allowed access to collections at their insti-

tutions. M.P. Bolton, Tropical Weeds Research Centre, Department of Lands, Charters

Towers organised several trips on which material was collected. Special collections were

made by G.I. Forster. Some material was collected on trips with P.D. Bostock, D.J.

Liddle, D. Orford and M.C. Tucker. L.H. Bird and D. & N. Hoy provided information

on the localities of some populations. R. Henderson corrected the latin diagnosis. Permits

to collect were issued by the Queensland Department of Forestry for various lands

administered by that Department. All of this assistance is gratefully acknowledged.

References

BENTHAM, G. (1863). Owenta F. Muell. In Flora Australiensis Ll: 384-386. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.,

Limited.

DE MOOY, C.J., HUBBLE, G.D, & BECKMANN, G.G. (1977). The Soils of the Central Burnett Area, Queensland.

Soils and Land Use Series No. 56. Melbourne: Division of Soils, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial

Research Organization, Australia.

nO K. (1927). Beitrage zur Flora und Pflanzengeographic Australiens (Meliaceae). Bibliotheca Botanica 89:

JOHNSON, R.W. (1984). Flora and vegetation of the Brigalow Belt. In A. Bailey, The Brigalow Belt of Australia,

pp. 41-59, Brisbane: Royal Society of Queensland.

MUELLER, F. VON (1857). On some new genera of Australian Plants, discovered during the progress of the

North Australian Exploring Expedition. Journal of Botany and Kew Garden Miscellany 9: 302-310.

MUELLER, F. VON (1862), Fragmenta Phytographiae Australiae. 3 (17): 16. Melbourne: Government Printer.

REYNOLDS, S.T. (1983). Meliaceae. In T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of South-eastern Queensland 1: 476-

484, Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

WEBB, L.J., TRACEY, J.G. & WILLIAMS, W.T. (1984). A floristic framework of Australian rainforests. Australian

Journal of Ecology 9: 169-198.

Appendix 1. Selected specimens.

Owenia venosa F. Muell.

Queensland. PORT CURTIS DISTRICT: Johnson Ck, 1 km N of Mt Etna, 23°09’S, 150°27’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5110

& Vavryn (BRI). LEICHHARDT District: Isla Gorge, Aug 1973, Sharpe 655 & Hockings (BRD; W slopes of

Gogango Range, c. 20 km ESE of Duaringa, 23°45/S, 149°51’E, Jun 1983, Anderson 3430 (BRI); near Ghinghindah,

May 1977, Olsen 3576 & Byrnes (BRI). BURNETT DISTRICT: Hurdle Gully S.A. 33, Coominglah S.F. 1674, 24°54’S,

[51°OQUVE, Jan 1988, Forster 3428 (BRI,K); 4.5 km NNE of Monogorilby, 26°01’S, 151°01’E, Dec 1987, Forster

3318 (BRI,DNA); Edenvale Hill near Kingaroy, Dec 1947, Michael 3084 (BRI). Wipe Bay Districr: The

Hummock, near Bundaberg, Dec 1938, Goy & Smith 614 (BRD; Kepnock, 24°52’S, 152°22’E, Oct 1948, Smit

4160 (BRD; Cordalba S.F. 832, 10 km NNE of Booyal, 25°08’S, 152°04’E, Jan 1988, Forster 3342, Tucker &

Orford (BRI,KS); Bellevue Scrub, Dundowran via Nickenbah, Jul 1928, Tryon [AQ060779] (BRI); Didcot Ck,

25°28’S, 151°54’E, Dec 1987, Forster 3315 (BRI,K,MO); Theebine, Nov 1921, White [AQ060783] (BRI); 15 km

W of Gympie, 26°15’S, 152°40’E, Sep 1977, Anning CF1 (QRS); near Imbil, Jun 1947, Smith & Webb 3140 (BRI);

DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Reserve 197, near Dalby, Dec 1943, Jennings [AQ060767] (BRD); Highfields, Bailey

[AQ060778] (BRI). MORETON DistricT: S.F. 289 Yarraman, 26°49’S, 151°57’E, Nov 1973, Moriarty 1501

(CANB,QRS); Flinton Hill,Worlds End Pocket, 27°31’S, 152°45’E, Dec 1987, Forster 3308 (BRI,MEL); Pine Mt,

Nov 1983, Bird [AQ419917] (BRI); Rosewood, May 1913, White [AQ060775] (BRI).

Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

306

> . o> rs

o ®

24 S$

, Fo

ee ms 5

— re 6

e > !

, e

@ o” °

oO % © @ ¢ 96

Oo. ° J ‘ ;

28 S 4 , ;

f oe $

' rs

o (

‘ Q

rs ’

28 4S ;

» °

150 152 E

Map 1. Distribution of Owenta acidula, O. venosa and hybrids in south-east Queensland based on holdings at

BY arrows.

Forster, Owenia X reliqua 307

Owenia acidula F. Muell.

Northern Territory. Gidyea Ck, Lake Nash, 20°58’S, 137°5S’E, Oct 1955, Michael [AQ060744] (BRI,NE); “Murray

Downs”, Jul 1954, Winkworth 525 (BRI). Queensland. Cook DisTRICT: between Petford & Dimbulah, 17°15’S,

145°00’E, Dec 1974, Hyland 7936 (BRI,QRS). BURKE District: Nonda between Hughenden & Cloncurry, Hubbard

7248 & Winders (BRI); Hughenden, Nov 1935, Blake 10066 (BRI,CANB). GREGORY NORTH District: Carandotta,

SE of Urandangie, Nov 1935, Blake 10174 (BRI,CANB). GREGORY SOUTH District: Quilpie, Aug 1928, Francis

[AQ060739] (BRI). NortH KENNEDY District: 5 km from ‘Fletcher Dale”, Charters Towers to “Hillgrove’,

Gregory Developmental Road, 19°52’S, 146°06’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3632 & Bolton (BRD; 2.5 km S of “Doongara”,

20°35’S, 146°29’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3733 (BRI). WARREGO DisTRict: c. 30 km by road N of Thargomindah,

Jun 1955, Smith 6347 (BRI). LEICHHARDT DisTRICT: Dysart, 22°05’/S, 148°10’E, Aug 1977, McConnell 14 (QRS);

2 km S of Nipan saleyards, 24°47’S, 150°O1’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3602 (BRI,K); Kianga Railsiding, 24°47/S,

150°O1’E, Mar 1988, Forster 3603 (BRI,K). MircHeLL Districr: 30 miles [50 km] SE of Barcaldine, Nov 1939,

Evyertst 1926 (BRI). MARANOA District: Roma, May 1934, Blake 5827 (BRI). BURNETT District: 34 km S$ of

Mundubbera, Dec 1981, Kent [AQ347163] (BRD. DARLING Downs District: ‘Kindon”, 54 miles [90 km] NNE

of Goondiwindi, Dec 1938, Smith 597 (BRI); 28 miles [47 km] N of Talwood, Oct 1970, McDonald 474 (BRI).

New South Wales. Bullala S.F., Sheeba Downs turnoff, Jan 1988, Mackay [NE46140A] (NE); road to “Janbeth”,

a 2 i NW of Bourke, 30°24’S, 145°54’E, Apr 1985, James 739 (BRI); Gurley, Nov 1914, Breakwell [AQ060746]

Accepted for publication 1 February 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 309-317 (1990) 309

POMADERRIS LABILL. (RHAMNACEAE) IN QUEENSLAND, 1

E.M. Ross

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Summary

Pomaderris clivicola is described as new. The remaining Queensland species with indumentum on the upper leaf

surfaces, viz P. prunifolia Cunn. ex Fenzl, P. vellea Wakef., P. lanigera (Andrews) Sims and P. fropica Wakef.

are circumscribed and a key to the above species is given.

Introduction

Little research on the genus Pomaderris Labill. has been published since Bentham’s

(1863) treatment in Flora Australiensis. Wakefield (1951) published a preliminary paper

to validate names of 16 new Australian species and make three new combinations, but

his promised monograph never eventuated. The species enumerated by Wakefield occur

mainly in New South Wales and Victoria but five are also found in Queensland. More

recently, Walsh (1988, 1989) has begun delineating taxa and clarifying the relationships

of species in this genus in southern Australia. However botanists still have difficulty

identifying some of the taxa occurring in Queensland due to an apparent intergrading

of the characters that have been used to distinguish them in much of the literature. |

Wakefield (/oc. cit.) distinguished some of his new species on apparently slight differences,

though the distinctions seem to be consistent in southern states. However, in some cases,

names that really only apply to species which have a very restricted range in southern

areas have been misapplied to Queensland species, and different taxa have been lumped.

under the one name for convenience.

In Queensland, the genus, with approximately 15 named and four un-named

representatives, 1s not considered to be of any ecomonic importance. Individual taxa

are often rare and inconspicuous, being most often associated with rocky or poor areas

of low nutrient availability. With such projects as the Flora of Australia being undertaken,

it becomes timely for the taxonomy of this genus to be clarified. It is on this basis that

the current studies are being undertaken, to deal primarily with Queensland species.

In addition to absolute measurements and shape, the characters most commonly

used for distinguishing taxa have been the presence or absence of petals and the nature

and length of the indumentum, particularly on the leaves and sepals (Wakefield 1951;

Willis 1972; Beadle 1980; Ross 1986; Harden, in prep.). Until a phylogenetic study is

carried out to clarify relationships, artificial groupings based on gross morphology are

the most practical way to recognize and identify taxa. Therefore in this series of papers

extensive use 1s made of these characters, since they are easily visible and measureable,

though there is the risk of subjective assessment, particularly with density of indumentum.

The indumentum of the species dealt with in this paper 1s illustrated in Figures 1 and

2. This first paper deals with the artificial group of species which have hairs on the

upper surface of their leaves; subsequent treatments will deal with those with glabrous

upper leaf surfaces.

Most taxa (and all new taxa) dealt with here have been studied in the field.

Herbarium specimens from BRI and selected specimens from NE and NSW were studied

and the species descriptions were compiled from these. The NSW specimens were

obtained on loan after examining NSW’s holdings in situ. Type specimens from BRI,

NSW and MEL were also examined. SEM photographs of the leaf surfaces of Pomaderris

clivicola were taken to ascertain the nature of the indumentum. Classification of the

basic plant structural formations used in the ecological discussions is that of Specht

(1981), and that of Webb (1978) is used for closed forest.

310 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Key to Pomaderris im Queensland (species with pubescent upper leaf surfaces)

1. Leaf margins toothed, upper leaf surface scabrous with stout, simple or

rarely basally divided trichomes, lower with stellate or dendritic

trichomes .... ..... A, P. prunifolia

Leaf margins entire; upper leaf surface not scabrous, lower with ee

trichomes overlying very short, stellate trichomes ...............0..., 2

2. Upper leaf surfaces with a dense, rarely sparse, indumentum of simple

trichomes... .. ram 3

Upper leaf surfaces with a very dense indumentum of minute stellate

TIGHGONIES. c-5636 mule uly ae ve es 5 ath ond RB HELIA Desks pamcoeles A

3. Lower leaf surface with a very dense (velutinous) indumentum of simple

curly trichomes c. 0.5-0.6 mm long... 2. P. vellea

Lower leaf surface with a very dense indumentum of minute stellate

trichomes overlain by a moderately dense rare of sad ed acd: curly

or crinkly trichomes 0.5—2.0 mm long. . Fee 3. P. lanigera

4, Petioles 6-13 mm long; receptacle c. | mm long; vane filaments c.

1.5 mm long; anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long .... ..... 4 P. tropica

Petioles 2.5—4.5 mm long; receptacle c. 0.5 mm long; saniinal filaments

2-2.5 mm long; anthers ec. 1 mm long.. eo ere §. P. clivicola

1. Pomaderris prunifolia Cunn. ex Fenzl in Endl., Enum. Pl. Hueg. 22 (1837). Type:

New South Wales ad Bathurst, Cunningham (holo: ?W n.yv.).

Erect shrub 2-3 m tall. Twigs slender, pubescent with translucent and/or ferruginous

dendritic trichomes, glabrescent, then bark purplish brown. Leaf laminas ovate, occa-

sionally oblong-elliptic, 16-47 mm X 8-21 mm; apex blunt, obtuse, or toothed appearing

acute, base cuneate to rounded, margin toothed: midrib and primary lateral veins sunken

above, secondary obscure, midrib raised below, primary veins 6-9 on each side, c. 45°

to midrib, raised, senerally ending at margin with a tooth, + straight or slightly looping:

scabrous above with stout simple or rarely divided trichomes c. 0.3-0.5 mm long, densely

pubescent below with translucent stellate and dendritic trichomes c. 0.3-0.4 mm long

and also sparsely to moderately densely covered with ‘stalked’ dendritic trichomes 0.4-

0.5 mm long, especially on veins; dull dark green above, pale to + ferruginous below.

Petioles 4~9 mm long, indumentum as for twigs. Stipules very narrowly triangular to +

linear, 3.5-8 X c. 0.5 mm, attenuate, margin membranous, irregularly toothed; pubescent

with dendritic trichomes on back. Inflorescences terminal cymose panicles 1-3 cm xX

1.5-2 cm; pedicels 1-2 mm long, with indumentum of translucent stellate trichomes;

bracts orbicular, 3-4 * 2-4 mm, obtuse, concave, margin membranous, to 1 mm broad

apically; receptacle and sepals densely pubescent with translucent stellate trichomes c.

0.3 mm long, and moderately densely pubescent with translucent to occasionally ferru-

sinous simple trichomes up to | mm long, denser on receptacle. Receptacle obconical,

c. | mm long. Sepals c. 1.5-2 mm long, oblong-ovate, acute. Petals absent. Staminal

filaments 1.5-2.5 mm long, anthers dorsifixed, 0.75-1 mm long. Style 3-fid, column c.

| mm long, lobes 0.5-0.75 mm long, stigmatic surface extending along side of lobes;

summit of ovary densely pubescent with straight, simple trichomes c. 1 mm long.

Capsules 3-valved, obconical, 2.5-3 * 1.5~2 mm, indumentum as for flower, becoming

sparser with age; seeds brown, oblong-ovoid, sometimes slightly compressed dorsiven-

trally, 1.5-2 * c. 1 mm.

Selected specimens: Queensland. DARLING Downs DisTRIcT: Stanthorpe, Sep 1930, Westcott 36 (BRI); Wyberba,

Oct 1958, Hockings {[AQ109689] (BRI; Guily N of Bald Mtn, SW side of Girraween NP, Sep 1974, ‘McDonald

449 (BR I). New South Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Creek below Waa Gorge, Mt Kaputar NP, Oct 1978,

Harden s.n. (NE); Old Booralong run past Back Ck nr Guyra, Jul 1930, Af4cKie W35 (BRI); 18 km SSE of

Hillgrove on Long Point Road, Oct 1972, Williams s.n. (NE); 19 km by road SSE Hullgrove, Chandler R. Gorge,

Oct 1972, Williams s.n. (NE). CENTRAL TABLELANDS: Bathurst N.S.Wales, Dec 1825, Cunningham 16 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Southern Queensland in the Granite Belt (Stanthorpe and

Wallangarra areas), south to Victoria; on rocky slopes or the edges of gorges, often along

creeks in these areas, in open-forest.

Ross, Pomaderris, 1 311

Fig. 1. Trichome types: |. Upper surface. 2. Lower surface. A. P. prunifolia. B. P. vellea, C. P. lanigera. D. P.

lanigera form 4. E. P. tropica. All surfaces X 25; individual trichomes X 50. ,

312 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from July to October, fruits November and

December.

Affinities: This species appears to have no close relatives in Queensland, but seems

closest to P. betulina Hook., a species which occurs in southern New South Wales and

Victoria. P. prunifolia 1s easily distinguished from other species occurring in Queensland

by ae toothed margins on the leaves, and by the dendritic trichomes on their lower

surface.

Conservation status: The species is locally common in rocky habitats, is represented in

at least two national parks, and does not appear to be endangered.

2. Pomaderris vellea Wakef., Vict. Nat. 68(8): 142 (sphalm. 141) (1951). Type: Torrington,

October 1911, JL. Boorman (holo: NSW!; iso: MEL!).

Erect shrub to c. 2.5 m tall. Twigs slender, densely pubescent with simple curly greyish

trichomes, often ferruginous near the tip, eventually glabrous and then twigs purplish,

lenticellate. Leaf laminas oblong to ovate-oblong, 12-75 X 8-27 mm, apex obtuse,

sometimes retuse, usually mucronate, base rounded, margin entire; midrib sunken above,

primary lateral veins + obscure, midrib raised below, primary lateral veins 8-14 on each

side, angle to midrib greater than 60°, + parallel, looping just inside the margin; above

densely velutinous with simple, + straight (occasionally basally divided) translucent

trichomes c. 0.2 mm long, below very densely pubescent with simple curly trichomes c.

Q.5—0.6 mm long, both translucent and ferruginous; dark dull grey-green above, ferruginous

below, darker on the veins. Petioles 5-12 mm long, indumentum as for the twigs. Stipules

ovate- oblong to very narrowly triangular, 3.5-5 X 0.75-1.5 mm, acuminate, margin

toothed, teeth patent, pubescent on back with white trichomes, longer simple ferruginous

ones on keel and margins. Inflorescences dense terminal cymose panicles 2-5 X 3—6 cm;

pedicels 1.5-4 mm long, with very dense indumentum of translucent + straight spreading

trichomes 0.5-1 mm long; bracts orbicular, 3-4.5 x 3-4.5 mm, obtuse, margin mem-

branous, up to 1.5 mm wide apically, pubescent on back with simple antrorse trichomes

up to 0.5 mm long; receptacle and sepals very densely pubescent with translucent +

straight trichomes 0.6-1 mm long, spreading on receptacle, + antrorse on sepals.

Receptacle obconical, 1.5—2 mm long. Sepals oblong-ovate, 2.5-3 mm long, acute. Petals

2-2.5 mm long, clawed, claw c. 1.2-1.5 mm long, with 1 or 2 trichomes along it, blade

obovate to ovate, c. 1 mm long, attached at base of staminal filament, upper margin

usually unevenly serrate or minutely erose. Staminal filaments c. 3.5-4 mm long, anthers

dorsifixed, i-1.5 mm long. Style deeply 3-fid, column c. 1 mm long, lobes c. 2 mm long,

stigmas + capitate, extending slightly down one side; summit of ovary densely pubescent

with straight, simple mostly ferruginous trichomes {-1.5 mm long. Mature capsules not

seen.

Selected specimens: Queensland. DARLING DOWNS DISTRICT: Stanthorpe, undated, Bernays [AQ109731] (BRI);

Wallangarra, Sep 1919, Bei/ [AQ109730] (BRI). New South Wales. NORTHERN TABLELANDS: Dangar’s Falls nr

Armidale, Oct 1971, Williams s.n. (NE); Moona Falls area, E of Walcha, Sep 1976, Williams s.n. (NE).

Distribution and habitat: Southern areas of the Granite Belt in Queensland south to the

Hunter Valley area of New South Wales; generally on rocky outcrops or rocky slopes

on shallow soils, in open-forest or open-scrub.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from September to November.

Affinities: P. vellea could possibly be confused with an obtuse-leaved form of P. lanigera

which occurs on the Granite Belt in southern Queensland. However it can be distinguished

from the latter species by the dense velvety indumentum on the upper leaf surface and

the single layer of moderately long curly trichomes on the lower leaf surface.

Conservation status: Although of restricted occurrence in Queensland, it occurs over

quite a large area in New South Wales, and can be locally common in suitable habitats.

It 1s not considered to be endangered.

ieee Ll eee

Ross, Pomaderris, | 313

3. Pomaderris lanigera (Andrews) Sims, Bot. Mag. 43: t. 1823 (1816); Ceanothus laniger

Andrews, Bot. Repos. 9: t. 569, col. (1809). Type: based on plant cultivated in

London, not preserved; lecto (here designated): H. Andrews, Bot. Repos. 9: t.

569, col. (1809).

Pomaderris ferruginea var. pubescens Benth., Fl. aust. 1: 417 (1863). Type: Illawarra,

Shepherd (syn: MEL!).

Erect often multistemmed shrub up to 2(rarely 3) m tall. Young branchlets ferruginous

to greyish pubescent with short stellate translucent trichomes overlaid by wavy or crinkly

trichomes 0.7-1(-1.5) mm long, eventually glabrescent and then purplish, lenticellate.

Leaf laminas narrowly oblong-ovate, narrowly ovate, oblong or ovate, 21-126 x 9—41

mm, apex acute or occasionally blunt, rarely obtuse, mucronate, base rounded, margins

entire or somewhat undulate; midrib impressed above, primary lateral veins visible when

dried but not prominent, below midrib raised, primary veins (6-)9~14 on each side of

midrib, angle 45-60° to midrib, looping towards margin, sometimes almost parallel,

reticulation usually obvious between them; indumentum moderately dense (rarely sparse)

above, with straight simple trichomes 0.25-0.5 mm long, very densely pubescent below

with short translucent stellate trichomes with a moderately dense to dense (rarely sparse)

overlay of longer curly or wavy translucent or often ferruginous trichomes 0.5-1(-2)

mm long, particularly on veins. Petioles 4-15 mm long, indumentum as for twigs.

Stipules ovate to broadly ovate, 5-8.5 X 3.5-6.5 mm, acuminate tip | mm long, margin

distantly but regularly toothed, teeth patent, often obscured by hairs on margin, pubescent

on back with long simple trichomes on midvein and margin. Inflorescences relatively

open, terminal and upper axillary cymose panicles, 2 ¥ 3 cm —- 11 X 13 cm, indumentum

as for twigs; pedicels (1.5-)2-4 mm long, indumentum dense, of short stellate trichomes

and longer white simple trichomes to c. 0.5 mm long; bracts broadly ovate, membranous,

4-5 X 3-3.5 mm, acuminate, margin and back hairy, receptacle obconical, 1-1.5 mm

long, indumentum as for pedicel but simple trichomes up to 1(-1.5) mm long, moderately

dense; sepals 1.5-2.5(-3.2) mm long, 0.75-1(-1.5) mm wide, yellow inside, whitish

pubescent outside with very short dense stellate trichomes and scattered longer simple

trichomes 0.5—1(-1.5) mm long; petals yellow, narrowly to broadly spathulate, to fan-

shaped, clawed, total 1.5—2(-2.5) mm long, claw 1-1.2(-1.5) mm long, blade 0.6-0.8(-

1.5) mm long, margin erose or uneven, claw attached to stamen in lowest 0.2 mm;

staminal filaments 2—2.5(-3.5) mm long, anthers dorsifixed, 0.6-1(-—1.5) mm long; style

3-hid, united part 1-1.3 mm long, lobes 0.75—1.4 mm long, stigmas club-shaped; summit

of ovary pubescent with straight translucent trichomes 0.6-—0.8(—1.5) mm long. Capsules

obovoid, 3.5-4(-4.5) xX 2.5-3 mm; seeds shiny, oblongoid, rounded dorsally, keeled

ventrally, 2-2.5 * 1.2-1.5 mm.

Selected specimens: Queensland, LE}CHHARDT DISTRICT: Isla Gorge, c. 28 km SW of Theodore, Aug 1973, Sharpe

497 & Hockings (BRI); Carnarvon Ck, National Park ‘Hell-hole Gorge’, Jul 1961, Gittins 313 (BRI); Blackdown

Tableland, c. 35 km SE of Blackwater, Sep 1971, Henderson 1032, Durrington & Sharpe (BRI; MEL v#.¥.).

MARANOA DISTRICT: Mt Moffatt, 25°01’S, 147°S7’E, Sep 1986, Willams 86033 (BRI). BURNETT DISTRICT: *Manar’,

45 km SSE Mundubbera, Sep 1984, Forster 1884 (BRD; ditto, Nov 1984, Forster 1950 (fruit) (BRD. DARLING

Downs District: 52 km N of Warrego Hwy on Auburn rd, 26°22’S, 150°43’E, Nov 1984, Rodd 4174 & Hando

(BRI,LNSW, MEL #.¥.}; Girraween NP nr Wyberba and Wallangarra, Sep 1971, Ryan [AQ0003354] (BRI).

MORETON DisTRIcT: Glasshouse Mts: on Mt Beerwah, Mar 1968, Smith [AQ109652] (BRI); 2 km E of Swanbank

Power Station, Bundamba, 27°3-’S, 152°43’E, Sep 1984, Bird [AQ395632] (BRD; 1 km SW Greenwood Village,

Redbank Plains, Oct 1988, Bird (BRI); Mt Maroon, Sep 1939, Goy & Smith 715 (BRI); Mt Barney, Aug 1931,

White 7839 (BRI); Nr Picnic Ck and Surprise Rock, Lamington NP, Aug 1960, Blake 21357 (BRD). New South

Wales. NORTH COAST: Koonyum Ra. 6.4 km W of Muilumbimby, Aug 1973, Covey 5005 (BRI,NSW). NORTHERN

TABLELANDS: Gibraltar Ra. c. 74 km NE of Glen Innes, Nov 1967, }7//fams s.n. ONE); Gibraltar Ra. NP, 64 km

NE of Glen Innes, Sep 1967, Williams s.n. (NE).

Distribution and habitat: Southern and central Queensland, New South Wales and

Victoria, usually on sandstone derived or poor sandy or shaly soils, on hillsides or near

or along creeklines, or in rocky or heathy areas near cliffs, growing in soils derived from

volcanic rock types such as rhyolite and granite.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from July to October; fruits have been recorded

October to December.

Conservation status: This species is widespread and can be locally common in suitable

habitats, and has been recorded in gazetted National Parks, e.g. Carnarvon NP. It is not

considered to be endangered.

314 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

Notes: The taxon known as P. /anigera exhibits a great deal of variation and at least

four forms can be fairly easily distinguished:

1. A form which has narrowly ovate acute leaves with a dense overlay of simple wavy

trichomes up to | mm long, a compact to open inflorescence, floral parts with

simple, often crinkly trichomes 0.5-1 mm long, and sepals 2-2.5 mm long. This

form is found mainly in coastal southern Queensland, New South Wales and

Victoria but has also been recorded from the Stanthorpe district.

2. A form which has narrowly oblong-ovate, narrowly oblong or occasionally oblong

leaves with a sparse to moderately dense overlay of simple, often crinkly trichomes

up to | mm long, an open inflorescence, floral parts with simple trichomes 0.5—

1 mm long and sepals 1.5-2 mm long. This form is found mainly in subcoastal

southern Queensland to central inland Queensland, e.g. Bundamba, near Brisbane,

south-east of Mundubbera and Carnarvon and Isla Gorges, usually on sandstone

or poor sandy soils though one locality record mentioned granite derived soils

as a substrate.

3. A form which has consistently very short, oblong obtuse leaves, but otherwise with

dimensions as for the above forms. This has been found only in the vicinity of

Wyberba on the Granite Belt. Other forms have scattered leaves of this shape.

4. A form with ovate acute leaves, distinctly longer simple trichomes on both the lower

leaf surfaces (1-2 mm long) and the floral parts (1-1.5 mm long), generally small,

compact inflorescences, at least 1n flower, and larger flowers (sepals 2.5~3.2 mm

long) and fruit. This form has been recorded from the volcanic outcrops of

southern Queensland, viz Mt Beerwah, Lamington National Park, Mt Barney, Mt

Maroon, Crows Nest area, and the Granite Belt, and corresponding areas in New

south Wales, such as Gibralter Range and possibly further south to southern

New South Wales.

These forms intergrade somewhat, as the ranges of a number of the traditional distin-

guishing characters, such as flower size, density of simple trichomes on the lower leaf

surface, degree of “curliness’” of the simple trichomes, and habitat preference, overlap.

However Form 4 has consistently longer indumentum and larger flowers, and is possibly

worthy of distinction at varietal rank.

There is, unfortunately, some doubt as to which of these four taxa Andrews’ name

correctly applies. The only known element from the original material is the illustration

in his Botanical Repository which is formally lectotypified here. According to Stafleu

and Cowan (1976) “no herbarium specimens fof Andrews’] are known to exist’, and a

thorough check of K and BM material failed to locate any under Ceonothus laniger or .

Pomaderris lanigera (pers. comm. T. Macfarlane).

Andrews’ illustration certainly matches the material I have included in Form 1,

which appears to be the common form in southern Australia. However there is a

possibility that plants of Form 4 also occur on volcanic outcrops north and south of

Sydney. Both forms could be possible sources of plants, or seeds from which plants were

esrown, from which Andrews took his specimen to prepare his illustration. In order to

correctly apply the name to a particular population, it would be necessary to conduct a

thorough study of south-eastern Australian populations, and the history of exploration

of the Sydney region during the first 30-35 years of setthement, to ascertain the most

probable locality from which Andrews’ material came.

Bentham (1863) cites several syntypes for P. ferruginea var. pubescens, only one

of which I have seen. This name is included in synonymy here on the basis of that

specimen.

4. Pomadertris tropica Wakef., Vict. Nat. 68(8): 141 (sphalm. 142) (1951). Type: Queens-

land. Cook District: Walsh’s Pyramid, N.Q., 7 August 1938, H. Flecker (N.Q.N.C.

No 5060) (holo: BRI).

Shrub 2-3 m tall. Twigs slender, pubescent with very short stellate trichomes c. 0.1 mm

long overlain by numerous longer simple trichomes c. 0.4-0.5 mm long, glabrescent.

Leaf laminas ovate to elliptic, 24-84 x 14-33 mm, apex obtuse, mucronate, very rarely

subacute, base cuneate, margin slightly incurved when dry; midrib sunken above, primary

Ross, Pomaderris, | 315

lateral veins generally obscure, midrib raised below, 9-16 primary lateral veins on each

side of midrib, at angle of 45-50° to midrib, + parallel, looping to margin; indumentum

above very densely velvety, of stellate trichomes c. 0.1 mm long, below very densely

pubescent with curved simple trichomes 0.2-0.3 mm long overlain by a moderately

dense indumentum of appressed + straight simple trichomes 0.5-0.7 mm long, trichomes

translucent or with slightly ferruginous pigment in straight trichomes mainly along veins

and margins; dull dark green above, undersurface pale creamish, veins darker. Petioles

6~13 mm long, densely pubescent as for twigs. Stipules narrowly triangular, 4.5-5.5 x

1-2 mm, long attenuate, margin regularly toothed, acutely keeled, pubescent on back

with ferruginous trichomes, caducous. Inflorescences terminal cymose panicles 2.5 x 4

cm - 4 X 7 cm; pedicels 2-4 mm long; indumentum on pedicels, receptacle and sepals

as for twigs; bracts narrowly spathulate, 3-4 x 0.75—1 mm, abruptly acuminate, margin

membranous, pubescent on back with simple trichomes. Receptacle obconical, c. 1 mm

long. Sepals oblong-ovate, acute, c. 2 X 1 mm. Petals absent. Staminal filaments c. 1.5

mm long, anthers dorsifixed, c. 0.3-0.4 mm long. Style 3-fid, column c. 0.5 mm long,

lobes c. 0.5 mm long, stigmas capitate; summit of ovary densely covered with long

simple trichomes c. 0.7 mm long. Fruits ellipsoid to ellipsoid-obovoid, 3-3.5 mm long,

densely pubescent with mainly long trichomes; seeds matt brown with black at the hilum,

+ oblongoid, c. 2.5 X 1.5 mm, rounded dorsally, keeled ventrally.

Selected specimens: Queensland. CooK District: Waish’s Pyramid, N slopes, Nov 1954, Blake 19768 (BRI;

K.MO,PERTH,SP,US n.y.); Walsh’s Pyramid, 17°12’S, 145°48’E, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 13781 (BRI,QRS).

Distribution and habitat: Restricted to Walsh’s Pyramid, North Queensland, in narrow

crevices and drainage lines on exposed rock faces on the sides of the mountain.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from August to November; fruits have been

collected October and November.

Conservation status: This species has been recorded only from a population at the type

locality. The area is included in a National Park. Suggested code is 2RC using the criteria

of Briggs and Leigh (1988).

5. Pomaderris clivicola E. Ross, sp. nov., differt P. cinerea Benth. foliis ovatis, pagina

inferna foliorum et sepalis extus trichomatibus longis simplicibus superantibus

trichomata brevissima densa, velutina stellata, antheris filamentisque longioribus,

et ramis styli glabris; differt P. tropica Wakef. foliis parvioribus, pagina inferna

foliorum trichomatibus paucioribus simplicibus, sepalis brevioribus, antheris fil-

amentisque longioribus. Typus: Queensland, BURNETT DISTRICT: 4.5 km S of

Binjour, Humphrey road, 4 January 1990, PJ. Forster 6184 (holo: BRI; iso:

BRI,CANB,K,MEL,NSW, distribuendi).

Multistemmed shrubs 3-4 m tall; bark tessellated at base; stems ascending, glabrous,

purplish brown, lenticels numerous. Twigs slender, densely pubescent with short trichomes

c. 0.1-0.2 mm long overlain by numerous simple trichomes c. 0.5 mm long becoming

sparser down the twig. Leaf laminas ovate, 15-32 * 6-12 mm, occasionally smaller,

apex tapered to a blunt often mucronate point, base cuneate, margin flat to slightly

incurved when dry, midrib sunken above, 1-2 pairs of primary lateral veins slightly

sunken above, others obscure, midrib raised below, 4-8 primary lateral veins visible on

each side of the midrib, at angle of 45-60° to midrib, raised, looping towards margin;

indumentum above very dense velvety, of clustered or stellate trichomes c. 0.1 mm long,

below very densely pubescent with simple curved trichomes c. 0.2 mm long overlain by

a moderate indumentum of simple + straight trichomes 0.5-0.7 mm long, trichomes

translucent or occasionally towards tips of unexpanded leaves, long straight trichomes

ferruginous; dull greyish green above, below pale greenish white. Petioles 2.5-4.5 mm

long, indumentum as for twigs. Stipules narrowly triangular, 2-3 x 0.6-0.75 mm,

acuminate, margin regularly toothed, pubescent along keel on back. Inflorescences small

terminal cymose panicles 7~20 * 7-17 mm; pedicels (1-)2—3 mm long, pubescent as for

twigs; receptacle and outside of sepals with dense indumentum of short trichomes

overlain by moderately dense layer of longer straight trichomes; bracts obovate to broadly

obovate, c. 1.5 X 1.2 mm, caducous. Receptacle obconical, c. 0.5 mm long. Sepals yellow

to cream inside, oblong-ovate, 1.2-2 X c. 0.75 mm, apex acute. Petals absent. Staminal

filaments 1.5-2.5 mm long, anthers dorsifixed, 0.6-1 mm long. Style deeply 3-fid, column

c. | mm long, branches 0,5-1 mm long, stigmas capitate; summit of ovary densely

316 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

pubescent with long simple trichomes. Capsules ovoid, c. 2 mm long, pubescent with

dense short and moderately dense long trichomes; seeds + ellipsoid, outer side curved

more than the inner, c. 2 X 1 mm. Fig. 3.

Selected specimens: Queensland. BURNETT District: MUNDUBBERA 9146~-443724, 435 km S of Binjour, Binjour

Plateau, Dec 1987, Forster 3322 (BRI,CANB,K,MEL,NSW); 4.5 km S of Binjour on road to Humphrey, Mar

1988, Ross 8802 & Forster (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Known only from the type locality* on the Binjour Plateau,

south-eastern Queensland, where it grows on a steep south-facing slope, in red soils,

below he aes rock. The plants form part of the understorey in simple sem1-evergreen

vine thicket.

Phenology: Flowers were collected December-January after some rain in the area; at

other times of the year when the site was visited (March, October, November) only buds

were noted. Capsules were recorded January to March.

Fig. 2. P. clivicola: A. Twig X 1.5. B. Old flower X 25. C. Fruit X 12. D, Seed x 25. E. Trichome types: |. Upper

leaf surface X 25. 2. Lower leaf surface X 25. Individual trichomes X 50. A, Ross 8912; B-E, Ross 8802 &

Forster,

Ross, Pomaderris, 1 317

Affinities: P. clivicola is similar to P. cinerea Benth. which occurs only in southern New

South Wales, but the latter has elliptic leaves with no long trichomes overlying the short

dense curved trichomes on the underside of the leaf, and a pubescent style. The other

species which it resembles, P. tropica Wakef., has larger leaves, denser indumentum of

long trichomes on the lower leaf surface, longer sepals and shorter staminal filaments.

There is no overlap in distribution of any of these three species.

Conservation status: To date only one population* of the species has been found,

comprising c. 20 plants apparently forming two + even-aged groups, a more numerous

one of large shrubs 3-4 m tall intermingled with another of shrubs c. 1 m tall. A narrow

secondary road cuts through the middle of the population which 1s currently not protected

by legislation. Any road works, particularly widening of the road, could effectively destroy

the population. Its conservation status 1s therefore assessed as 2V using the criteria of

Briggs and Leigh (1988).

Etymology: From the Latin ‘clivus’ - slopes and ‘cola’ - dweller, alluding to the steep

hillside on which the species grows.

Acknowledgements

The assistance of the following people is gratefully acknowledged: the Director

and staff of MEL, NE and NSW for efficient processing of loan material; G. Harden at

NSW for useful discussions; T.D. Macfarlane, while Australian Botanical Liaison Officer

at Kew, for searching for the type of Ceonothus laniger, L. Pedley for assistance with

the Latin diagnosis; W. Smith for the illustrations; P. Forster for drawing the population

of P. clivicola to my attention and he and L. Bird for numerous excellent collections of

the genus in south-eastern Queensland.

References

BEADLE, G. (1980), Rhamnaceae. In Students Flora of North Eastern New South Wales. Part IV. Armidale:

University of New England. one

BENTHAM, G. (1863). Rhamnaceae. In Flora Australiensis. Volume I. London: L. Reeve & Co.

BRIGGS, J.D. & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or threatened Australian plants. 1988 revised edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service. Special Publication [14].

HARDEN, G. (in prep.). Pomaderris. In Flora of New South Wales.

ROSS, E.M. (1986). Rhamnaceae. In T.D. Stanley & E.M. Ross, Flora of South-eastern Queensland. Volume 2.

Brisbane: Queensland Department of Primary Industries.

SPECHT, R.L. (1981). Major vegetation formations in Australia. In A, Keast (ed.), Ecological Biogeography of

Australia. Volume 1, Part 2. The Hague: Dr. W. Junk by Publishers.

WAKEFIELD, N.A. (1951). New species of Pornaderris. Victorian Naturalist 68: 140-143.

WALSH, N.G. (1988). Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south-eastern New South

Wales. Muelleria 6: 429-435.

WALSH, N.G. (1989). Two new species of Pomaderris Labill. (Rhamnaceae) from south-eastern Australia.

Afuelleria 7: 81-87.

WEBB, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.

WILLIS, J.H. (1972). Rhamnaceae. In A Handbook to Plants of Victoria. Volume II. Melbourne: Melbourne

University Press.

Accepted for publication 22 February 1990

* Note in proof: A second population of P. clivicola has been located WNW of Monto. The specimen citation is

S.F. 28, Grid ref. 9048-919493, Apr 1990, Forster 6713 (BRI,CBG,MEL). This is c. 110 km NW of the previous

locality.

Austrobaileya 3(2); 319-321 (1990) 319

THE RECOGNITION OF SUBSPECIES IN DENDROBIUM

DISCOLOR LINDLEY (ORCHIDACEAE)

David J. Liddle

P.O. Box 794, Mareeba, Qld 4880

and Paul I. Forster

Botany Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Qld 4067

Summary

Dendrobium discolor has two different labellum shapes which are geographically correlated. No apparent intergradation

of this variation in labellum shape has been observed. The northern populations in Australia and those in New

Guinea are given subspecific status as D. discolor subsp. incurvata D. Liddle & P. Forster.

Dendrobium discolor Lindley 1s a commonly encountered lithophytic or epiphytic

orchid in coastal areas of north Queensland and parts of New Guinea (Dockrill 1969,

Cribb 1986). These authors noted that it is an extremely variable species, especially in

the form, size and colour of the flowers. Cribb (1986) detailed the numerous varieties

ascribed to this species throughout its taxonomic history. He concluded that “D. discolor

is in nature, extremely variable. The variation seems more or less continuous rather

than disjunct and it is probable that the recognition of so many distinct varieties 1s

unwarranted. ”’

We agree that D. discolor is very variable and that recognition of any of the

varieties described is unnecessary. However examination of various clones of this species

both in their natural habitat and in cultivation reveals that the shape of the labellum

(lip of Cribb) may be correlated with geographical origin. Populations originating from

Coen and further north all have labellums with narrowly obtuse to acute lateral lobes

which either incurve over the column with the upper portions of each lobes touching at

the apex (Fig. 1C-D) or are erect. Plants from New Guinea with this feature were

illustrated by Millar (1978). Populations south of Coen all have labellums with ascending

lateral lobes with rounded to broadly obtuse lateral lobes (Fig. 1A-B), as illustrated by

Dockrill (1969), Jones (1988) and Upton (1989). This distinction is obvious even in

pressed herbarium material which we examined at BRI and QRS.

Because this variation can be correlated with the place of origin and is not random,

we believe that it is worthy of recognition at the subspecific level.

| Examination of the illustration of the type specimen of D. discolor shows a plant

with broadly obtuse, ascending lateral lobes of the labellum.

Dendrobium discolor Lindley in Edwards, Bot. Reg. 27: t. 52 & misc. 21 (1841). Type:

cult. Loddiges (holo: K, n.v.), ie Cribb, Kew Bull. 41: 665 (1986).

iosey Austr. Indig. Orchids 1: 468 (1969); Cribb, Kew Bull. 41: 665-667

‘ comprehensive description of the species may be found in Cribb (/oc. cit.) or Dockrill

(foc. cit.).

Key to subspecies

1. Lateral lobes of the labellum rounded to broadly obtuse,

ascending... Oe cs, subsp. discolor

Lateral lobes of the Jabelforn narrowly obtuse to acute: incurved with the

outer edges touching, or erect.. .. 2. 0... 0... ce ee ee ee subsp. incurvata

320 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

D. discolor subsp. discolor

Labellum 12-15 mm long, 11-12 mm wide; lateral lobes rounded to broadly obtuse,

7.3—7.5 mm wide at broadest point, ascending; mid-lobe broadly lanceolate, 5-6 mm

long, 6-7 mm wide. Fig. 1A & B.

Selected specimens: Queensland. Cook District: 0.5 km W of the beach on the track from the beach north of

the MclIvor River to Starke Stn, 15°07/S, 145°14’E, Jul 1987, Clarkson 7283 (BRI); Near banks of Bloomfield

River, Nov 1978, Scarth-Johnson 791A (BRI; Bloomfield Beach, Sep 1960, Smith 11075 (BRI); cult. Mareeba

(ex Schnapper Is, off shore from Cape Kimberley), Jul 1989, Liddle [AQ456941] (BRI); Limestone Quarry, Big

Mitchell Ck, 16° 46/8, 145°24’E, Jul 1984, Gray 3392 (QRS): cult. Mareeba (ex Daintree), Jun 1988, Liddle

[AQ429666] (BRI); cult. Mareeba (ex Daintree ferry), Jul 1989, Liddle [AQ456947] (BRI). NorTH KENNEDY

DISTRICT: Proserpine, Oct 1934, Macpherson [QRS044078] (QRS). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Mackay, Oct

1887, Griffith 87 (BRI). Port CURTIS DISTRICT: Barren Is, 23°10’S, 151°OS’E, Batianoff 9648 & Dillewaard (BRD:

Agnes Waters, 24°14’S, 151°56’E, Aug 1987, Gibson N872 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Confined to eastern Australia from the Mclvor River area

north of Cooktown to Agnes Waters in the south. Plants are epiphytic or lithophytic

and common on rocky headlands and islands.

Notes: This subspecies has been widely used in the production of interspecific hybrids

with the ascending lateral lobes of the labellum remaining a feature of such plants. By

comparison subsp. incurvata has been little used for producing hybrids for cultivation

and considerable potential exists for the production of hybrids with an incurved labellum.

D. discolor subsp. incurvata D. Liddle & P. Forster subsp. nov. a subsp. discolore lobis

lateralibus labelli anguste obtusis usque acutis et incurvis partibus superis uterque

lobi ad apicem contiguis vel erectis (non ascendentibus) differt. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: Upper Pascoe River, 12°55’S, 143°00’E, 5 July 1972, A.W. Dockrill

471 (holo: QRS; iso: BRD.

Labellum 10-12 mm long, 5.4-6 mm wide; lateral lobes narrowly obtuse to acute, 6-

7.4 mm wide at broadest point, incurved over the column and touching at the upper

edges or erect; mid-lobe narrowly lanceolate, 4.5-7 mm long, 3-5 mm wide. Fig. 1C-

Selected specimens: Papua New Guinea. WESTERN District: Suki Ck, 8°05’S, 141°10’E, Mar 1968, Aéi/lar

NGF35349 (BRI); Pangoa Airstrip, Lake Murray, 8°O5’S, 141°15’E, Mar 1968, Millar NGF35425 (BRI); Brown

River, Edihu Ck, 9°1S’S, 147°20’E, Aug 1970, Millar NGF48601 (BRI). CENTRAL DISTRICT: Sogeri, 9°20/S,

150°25’E, Mar 1969, Millar NGF40850 (BRD). Australia, Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: cult. Mareeba (ex Ida Is),

Jul 1989, Liddle [AQ456942] (BRI); Bamaga, Aug 1980, Scarth-Johnson 960A (BRD); Muttee Head, Jun 1988,

Kenning 149408935) (BRI); Olive River, 12°10’S, 14°305’E, Sep 1974, Hyland 7418 (ORS); Kennedy Hill Gorge,

[2°28’S, 143°16’E, Jun 1989, Forster 5405 (BRI); Claudie River, 12°45/S, 143°1S’E, Jun 1972, Dockrill 446

(BRI, ORS): Lower reaches Claudie River, 12°50’S, 143°20’E, Jun 1972, Stocker 886 (ORS): Leo Ck, upstream

from falls, on eastern fall of MclIiwraith Range, 13°40'S, 143°29'E, Jul 1978, Clarkson 2390 (BRI): Rocky River,

T.R.14, 13°40'S, 143°25’%, Sep 1973, Stecker 1060 (QRS), Rocky River, 13° 50'S, 143°25’E, Sep 1971, Stocker 801

(QRS); cuit. Mareeba (ex Coen), Jun 1988, Liddle [AQ429663] (BRD: cult, Mareeba (ex Mulingar), Jul 1989,

Liddle [AQ456940] (BRD.

Distribution and habitat: Southern parts of New Guinea, some associated islands, in

eastern Australia from the tip of Cape York Peninsula, south to Coen. Plants may be

lithophytic or epiphytic and grow in similar situations to those of subsp. discolor.

Notes: There are numerous names at both specific and varietal level in the synonymy

of D. discolor (Cribb 1986). At least one at species level (D. arachnanthe Kraenzl.) and

several at varietal level (e.g. D. discolor var. Pebrilabvug H.G. Reichb., D. discolor var.

albertisiana F. Muell.) have types which would probably render them applicable to the

new subspecies described above. We have refrained from using any of these names as

they are not descriptive of the features emphasized here.

eda The subspecific epithet 1s derived from the incurved nature of the labellum

obes.

Acknowledgements

The Directors/Curators of BRI and QRS allowed access to plant specimens and

use of resources. G. Kenning enthusiastically provided material of various clones. R.

Henderson assisted with the Latin diagnosis.

Liddle & Forster, Dendrobium discolor 321

Fig. 1. Dendrobium discolor subsp. discolor. A, face view of flattened labellum showing rounded lateral lobes, x

2.4. B. face view of flower showing descending lateral lobes of the labellum X 1.1. Dendrobium discolor subsp.

incurvata: C. face view of flattened labellum showing narrowly obtuse lateral lobes x 2.4. D. face view of flower

showing incurved lateral lobes of the labellum x 1.1. A,B, from Hve material of Liddle [AQ456941]; C,D, from

live material of Liddle [AQ456940].

References

CRIBB, P.J. (1986). A revision of Dendrobium sect. Spathulata (Orchidaceae). Kew Bulletin 41: 615-692.

DOCKRILL, A. (1969). Australian Indigenous Orchids, 1. Sydney: Society for Growing Australian Plants.

JONES, D.L. (1988). Native Orchids of Australia. Frenchs Forest: Reed Books Pty Ltd.

MILLAR, A. (1978). Orchids of Papua New Guinea. An Introduction. Canberra: Australian National University

Press.

UPTON, W.T. (1989). Dendrobium Orchids of Australia. Knoxville: Houghton Mifflin Australia Pty Ltd.

Accepted for publication 8 Feburary 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 323 (1990) 323

NOTES

Two caliciahan lichens new to Australia

During a field trip in Australia by one of the authors (GT), two calicialian lichens,

not earlier published from Australia (Tibell 1987) were collected.

Pyrgillocarpon cubanum (Nyl.) Nadv.

For a morphological description, the reader is referred to Tibell (1984). Pyrgillocarpon

cubanum was earlier only known from the type locality in Cuba where it was collected

on smooth bark in a dense tropical rainforest near a small stream.

Specimen examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 18 km NE of Atherton, c. 4.5 km NE of

Tinaroo Falis, just N of Danbulla Forest Drive, c. 500 m N of Tinaroo Falls Dam, 17°09’S, 145°35’E, alt. 680-

720 m, 1985, Thor 5152 (S).

Tylophoron protrudens Nyl.

For a morphological description, the reader is referred to Tibell (1982). Zylophoron

protrudens has a wide distribution in tropical to subtropical areas and has been reported

from Costa Rica, South America, Africa and Borneo (Tibell 1982). It has recently also

been found in the USA (Florida: Thor 1988). In Australia it was collected on smooth

bark in a dense tropical rainforest near a small lake.

Specimen examined: Queensland. Cook District: Atherton Tableland, 18 km E of Atherton, along the path

around Lake Eacham, 17°17’S, 145°37’E, alt. c. 720 m, 1985, Thor 5269 (S).

References

THOR, G. (1988). Three calicialian lichens new to the continental United States. Bryologist 91: 367.

TIBELL, L. (1982). Caliciales of Costa Rica. Lichenologist 14: 219-254,

TIBELL, L. (1984). A reappraisal of the taxonomy of Caliciales. Nova Hedwigia Betheft 79: 597-713.

TIBELL, L. (1987). Australasian Caliciales. Spmbolae botanicae upsalienses 27(1): 1-279.

Leif Tibell

Department of Systematic Botany, Uppsala University,

P.O. Box 541, S-751 21 Uppsala, Sweden

and Goran Thor

Department of Botany, University of Stockholm,

§-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden

Accepted for publication 9 August 1989

Austrobaileya 3(2): 325-326 (1990) 325 —_

NOTES

Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham. subsp. muricatum (Ceratophyllaceae), a new record for

Australia

Until now all authors of treatments of the genus Ceratophyllum L. have recognised

only one species from Australia, Ceratophyllum demersum L., although Aston (1973)

suggested that Ceratophyllum submersum L. “may eventually be found in Australia,

particularly in the north’. Wilmot-Dear (1985) apparently did not see Australian spec-

imens of the genus held in Australian herbaria as no Australian herbarium is listed

amongst those from which material was borrowed and only one Australian specimen

(held at K) is cited. Similarly Les (1986; 1988a; 1988b; 1989) apparently did not borrow

material from Australian herbaria for his work on the genus.

Examination of Australian material of Ceratophyllum, while preparing the treat-

ment of Ceratophyllaceae for the Flora of Australia project, led to the separation of

three specimens, Henshall 2036, Jacobs 4048 and Godédrick 3545 as being distinct from

the remainder of the Australian material. These specimens are a good match for a New

Guinea specimen, Brass 6458, which was cited by Wilmot-Dear (1985) as C. submersum

var. echinatum (A. Gray) Wilmot-Dear and cited by Les (1985) as C. submersum L. Les

(1989) showed C. submersum L. 1s restricted to Europe, North America and northern

Africa and placed specimens from New Guinea, previously included under C. submersum

L., under C. muricatum Cham. subsp. muricatum.

Two species are here recognised from Australia, C. demersum L. and C. muricatum

Cham. subsp. miuricatum.

The important distinguishing features of the two species are summarised in the

key below. C. muricatum subsp. muricatum is found in tropical and subtropical Asia

and Africa and in Australia from the three localities given below. C. demersum 1S

widespread in most tropical and temperate parts of the world and in Australia is found

in northern and eastern coastal and subcoastal areas from near Broome to near Melbourne

and along the Murray River.

|. Leaves dichotomously branched 1 or 2 times, occasionally a few dicho-

tomously branched 3 times. Fruits not winged, surface smooth though

usually with dark glandular dots........ Sepiaer: C. demersum

Leaves dichotomously branched 3 or 4 times. Fruits winged surface often

C. muricatum subsp. muricatum

Specimens examined: Papua New Guinea. c. 5 miles [8km] north-west of Hisiu village, Kairuku Subdistrict,

Central District, Aug 1962, Darbyshire 817 (BRI; G,K x.¥.); Coast between Oriomo and Fly Rivers, Apr 1936,

Brass 6458 (BRI: BM »#.¥.). Australia. Northern Territory. Barabil Ck, 12°39’S, 132°52’E, Jun 1978. Henshall 2036

(DNA,MEL). Queensland, NoRTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Bowen, 20°01’S, 148°L SE, May 1981, Jacobs 4048 (NSW).

ae Wales. Deep Creek, Upper Coldstream via Wamarra [28°53’S, 152°46’E], Mar 1968, Goodrick s.n.

(NSW).

Acknowledgements

The Directors of AD, CANB, CBG, DNA, HO, MEL, NSW and PERTH are

gratefully acknowledged for the loan of specimens.

References

ASTON, H.1. (1973). Aquatic Plants of Australia. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.

LES, D.H. (1985). Ceratophyllaceae. In G.J. Leach and P.L. Osborne, Freshwater Plants of Papua New Guinea

97-102. Port Moresby: The University of Papua New Guinea Press.

LES, D.H. (1986). The evolution of achene morphology in Ceratophyllum L. (Ceratophyllaceae), I. Fruit-spine

variation and relationships of C. demersum, C. submersum and C. apiculatum. Systematic Botany 11: 549-

558.

LES, D.H. (1988a). The evolution of achene morphology in Ceratophyllum L. (Ceratophyllaceae), I. Fruit variation

and systematics of the “spiny-margined” group. Systematic Botany 13: 73-86.

326 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

LES, D.H. (1988b). The evolution of achene morphology in cence tn L. (Ceratophyllaceae), HI. Relationships

‘of the “facially-spined” group. Systematic Botany 13: 509-518.

LES, D.H. (1989). The evolution of achene morphology in Ceratophyllum L. (Ceratophyllaceae), [V. Summary

‘of Proposed Relationships and Evolutionary Trends. Systematic Botany 14: 254-262.

a Es M. (1985). Ceratophyllum revised — a study in fruit and leaf variation. Kew Bulletin 40: 243-

FA.

T.D. Stanley

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

Accepted for publication 16 March 1990

Austrobaileya 3(2): 327-328 (1990) 327

NOTES

Further notes on Bertya sharpeana Guymer (Euphorbiaceae): a significant extension of

its range in Queensland.

Until March 1990, Queensland Herbarium records showed that the rare and

endemic perennial shrub Be tya sharpeana Guymer occurred only at Mt Coolum (26°34/S,

153°03’E) in the Moreton Pastoral District of Queensland. However on 28th February

1990, one of us (SGP) discovered a new population of Bertya sharpeana at Sydney

Heads (21°25'S, 148°34’E) in the Leichhardt Pastoral District (Map 1). Sydney Heads is

situated about 75 km south-west of Mackay and 5 km north of Mt Britton, and 1s about

920 m above sea level. It is isolated and its only access is from Mt Adder road. The

geology of the area is volcanic exposed rhyolite. About 50 plants were located in a

windswept rocky area c. 50 m X 50 m supporting low open-heath vegetation of Acacia

spp., Astroloma sp., Leucopogon neo-anglicus, Leptospermum neglectum, Callistemon

pearsoniil, Pultenaea retusa and Banksia spinulosa.

This species of Bertya was first collected at Mt Coolum in July 1966 by Dr A.G.

Harold. Unfortunately his original specimen was not retained at Queensland Herbarium.

As a result this species remained unknown until Messrs G.N. Batianoff and P.R. Sharpe

rediscovered it on 17 September 1981. At this stage the flora of south-eastern Queensland

was sufficiently well documented thai the specimen was recognised to be an undescribed

Species.

A detailed taxonomic description 1s provided by Guymer (1988). Specimens of

B. sharpeana from Sydney Heads differ from those at Mt Coolum by

(a) Young branches and foliage being noticeably more densely clothed with white

stellate tomentum;

(b) Upper surface of leaves retaining many white stellate hairs. (Mt Coolum

specimens have mainly tuberculate upper lamina surfaces);

Guymer (1988) described this new taxon as an endangered species occurring only

on Mt Coolum. Mt Coolum is a volcanic plug consisting mainly of peralkaline rhyolite

also known as comendate (Ewart 1985). The total area of Mt Coolum is about one

square kilometre and it is estimated that less than 2% of the area is occupied by B

sharpeana. The main population occurs along the south-eastern cliffs some 150 m above

sea level. Occasional plants are recorded at the south-eastern base of the mountain and

on the northern and western slopes in Eucalyptus open-forest, woodland and in the

margins of rainforest. However B. sharpeana is most abundant in closed-heath, where

Melaleuca nodosa, Phebalium woombye, Logania albiflora, Leptospermum spp.., Banksia

collina and Allocasuarina thalassoscopica are the most common species.

The new locality record necessitates the reassessment of the conservation status

of this species from 2E to 3V using the criteria of Briggs and Leigh (1988). Mt Coolum

is an area now proposed for an Environmental Park, while the Sydney Heads area forms

part of a proposed national park named “Diamond Cliffs”. The geology of the two

localities from which Bertya sharpeana has so far been recorded suggests that the species

is endemic to rhyolitic outcrops. These are relatively common in southern and central

parts of Queensland (Whitaker & Grimes 1975). It is reasonable to assume that other

populations of this Bertya may be discovered on these outcrops with more intensive

held work. Therefore the code V (vulnerable) is probably now more appropriate.

To date attempts to cultivate this species have not been successful.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to James Elsol for useful comments and Will Smith for

preparing the map.

328 Austrobaileya 3(2): 1990

ct eee gt ott rd

e _~ f ‘t is Y

= i+ “es at : a? =

"OS aA a . | ea

Fa TET: € Eungella \*7-

* 7 ot 1 . ie

54° i BES OL ew National!

7 pg ok Sy oer is oy

: reat ~., & ~ i

; SF Oe ey

. }

> +

= Fe,

er Fe Pe

a + + oe J. .

= +, & a Te, = 2

”> ‘ * i’ ‘eo 27

O.~ Fe ® awe

VQ & acyl

2. BL

= = = es

Fe ep am

2a :

* | .

ud y

er. iis See “29!

+. oy a Q a

+ bn u 4

= ra) al 5 ie ce

Tar s % ae

t ange = \ am,

“a.

A Ke

uA “i

ie. : ~

: .

‘aSydney Heads

Gre Ne

. = i ‘i

os = 23 js ou x

: 4 PS Mt.6ritton4 ME ees

¢) | ee 3 *".* : i x ‘ i

7 2 ooh i: c.

age Pay

vi oe

u i

i 148°30

Map 1. Locality of Sydney Heads, Central Queensland.

References

BATIANOFF, G.N., SHARPE, P.R. & NELDNER, V.J. (1985). Flora and vegetation of Mt Coolum, Queensland.

Oueensiand Naturalist 25; 28-56.

BRIGGS, J.D, & LEIGH, J.H. (1988). Rare or Threatened Australian Plants. 1988 Revised Edition. Australian

National Parks and Wildlife Service Special Publication No. 14. Canberra: Australian National Parks &

Wildlife Service.

EWART, A. (1985). Notes of the Geology of Mt Coolum. Queensland Naturalist 25: 1—S.

GUYMER, G.P. (1988), Notes on Bertya Planchon (Euphorbiaceae). Austrebaileya 2(5): 427-431.

WHITAKER, W.G. & GRIMES, K.G. (1975). Geological Survey of Queensland: Queensland Geology, Scale

i:2 $00 000. Department of Mines, Brisbane.

George N. Batianofi

Queensland Herbarium, Meiers Road, Indooroopilly, Qld 4068

and Steven G. Pearson

Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service

Eungella National Park, Dalrymple Heights, Qld 4757

Accepted for publication 27 March 1990

329

CORRIGENDUM

Austrobaileya 3(1) 1989

p. 64 & p. 66. The captions for these two illustrations have been reversed. The caption

on p. 64 refers to the illustration on p. 66. The caption on p. 66 refers to the illustration

on p. 64.

ene ay sg

S. R. Hampson, Government Printer, Queensland—1990

110627

Austrobaileya 3(2): 173-329 (1990)

CONTENTS

Argophyllum verae RTOS) a new DRIES from northern Sree

Paul I. Forster . Be bactiD) Aen oc ta sea Ra: iia ea eed

Aeschynomeneae (Benth.} Hutch. Sen dua ans in Australia

S.T. Reynolds tie eb con FR tee re Re

Six new species of Hedyotis L. (Rubiaceae) from northern Australia

David A. Halford Se Ae ee alee es,

New eondiinatices in Acacta Miller (Legeminosse aria tain

L. Pedley oie ge Wtatey SEALS re ete Rowe pile rhe egy. ay ered a ®.

Hoya R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae} in Australia — an alternative classification

Paul I. Forster & David J. Liddle... .. 2. 0 Do ee,

Two new species and a new name in Commed)ina L. et a roan in Australia

T.D. Stanley .. Ree ees Be oe a7 ee sea ereke ne arte ciat wae eget ced oe

Gondwanan erasses in the Australian flora

B.K. Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs

Acacia porcata (Mimosaceae), a new ’ species from south-east Queensland

Paul J. Forster | ce lat as hafy Bk Macatee Ween Relee amines a5 o Belts

Notes on Leucopogon R. Br. canola iaias in seneetneee

. Pedley -4 | 7

Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2

Paul I. Forster

A new ogee a pian ain L’ Herit. beh ihe mnisics from southern Queensland

Acacia acrionastes (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), a new species from south-

eastern Queensland

L. Pedley

Owenia X reliqua ens a new six acinl from Queensland

Paul [. Forster SEL sete ee

Pomaderris Labill. RDAEIN aCe) in panei aeri is l

E.M. Ross . A we arce Worai cant ie

The recognition of subspecies in Dendrobium discolor piled iheaneattat

David J. Liddle & Paul I. Forster . ie Aie ee na,

NOTES

Two calicialian lichens new to Australia

Leif Tibell & Goran Thor

Ceratophyllum muricatum Cham. subsp. muricatum (Ceratophyllaceae), a new

record for Australia

T.D. Stanley

Further notes on Bertya sharpeana Guymer (Euphorbiaceae): a significant

extension of its range in Queensland

George N. Batianoff & Steven G. Pearson .... ..

173

177

203

215

217

235

239

261

265

2/3

291

297

301

309

319

323

325

327